WO2025047654A1 - Positive photosensitive pigment composition, cured film containing cured product thereof, organic el display device, electronic apparatus, and block copolymer - Google Patents
Positive photosensitive pigment composition, cured film containing cured product thereof, organic el display device, electronic apparatus, and block copolymer Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2025047654A1 WO2025047654A1 PCT/JP2024/030197 JP2024030197W WO2025047654A1 WO 2025047654 A1 WO2025047654 A1 WO 2025047654A1 JP 2024030197 W JP2024030197 W JP 2024030197W WO 2025047654 A1 WO2025047654 A1 WO 2025047654A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- formula
- repeating unit
- carbon atoms
- group
- pigment
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Pending
Links
Images
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08F—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
- C08F26/00—Homopolymers and copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and at least one being terminated by a single or double bond to nitrogen or by a heterocyclic ring containing nitrogen
- C08F26/06—Homopolymers and copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and at least one being terminated by a single or double bond to nitrogen or by a heterocyclic ring containing nitrogen by a heterocyclic ring containing nitrogen
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08F—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
- C08F295/00—Macromolecular compounds obtained by polymerisation using successively different catalyst types without deactivating the intermediate polymer
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09B—ORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
- C09B67/00—Influencing the physical, e.g. the dyeing or printing properties of dyestuffs without chemical reactions, e.g. by treating with solvents grinding or grinding assistants, coating of pigments or dyes; Process features in the making of dyestuff preparations; Dyestuff preparations of a special physical nature, e.g. tablets, films
- C09B67/006—Preparation of organic pigments
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G02—OPTICS
- G02B—OPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
- G02B5/00—Optical elements other than lenses
- G02B5/20—Filters
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
- G03F7/022—Quinonediazides
- G03F7/023—Macromolecular quinonediazides; Macromolecular additives, e.g. binders
Definitions
- the present invention relates to a positive-type photosensitive pigment composition, a cured film containing the cured product, an organic electroluminescence display device, an electronic device, and a block copolymer.
- pigment dispersants that can exhibit high pigment dispersion performance and that do not impair patterning properties or film properties in photolithography.
- pigment dispersants must be designed or selected with due consideration given to the compatibility between pigment dispersion performance and other properties that are important for the application, and since this greatly affects the value of the final product, numerous technical proposals have been made to date.
- (meth)acrylic dispersants having an aliphatic tertiary amino group are commonly used in the technical field of negative photosensitive pigment compositions, such as materials for forming color filters of liquid crystal displays, materials for forming black matrices, and materials for forming black column spacers.
- Patent Document 1 discloses a technology that uses a methacrylic dispersant in which a portion of an aliphatic tertiary amino group is converted to a quaternary ammonium salt (e.g., dispersant solutions a, b, and c in the examples) to achieve good average particle size and contrast, as well as solvent resolubility of the dried film of the negative photosensitive pigment composition that may occur during standby for discharge from a coating device.
- a methacrylic dispersant in which a portion of an aliphatic tertiary amino group is converted to a quaternary ammonium salt (e.g., dispersant solutions a, b, and c in the examples) to achieve good average particle size and contrast, as well as solvent resolubility of the dried film of the negative photosensitive pigment composition that may occur during standby for discharge from a coating device.
- a methacrylic dispersant in which a portion of an aliphatic tertiary amino
- Patent Document 2 discloses a negative photosensitive pigment composition that achieves low viscosity, contrast, and development speed by using a pigment dispersant with a specific range of amine value derived from an aliphatic tertiary amino group (e.g., dispersants B, C, and D in the examples).
- a pigment dispersant with a specific range of amine value derived from an aliphatic tertiary amino group (e.g., dispersants B, C, and D in the examples).
- the black pixel division layer also has the function of suppressing external light reflection, providing value such as improved visibility and reduced power consumption.
- Patent Document 3 discloses a negative-type photosensitive pigment composition containing a methacrylic dispersant in which an aliphatic tertiary amino group or a portion of the group has been converted to a quaternary ammonium salt (e.g., Dispersant-I and -II in the Examples).
- Patent Document 4 discloses a negative-type photosensitive pigment composition containing an aliphatic tertiary polyamine dispersant in which multiple graft chains of a polyether structure have been introduced into an aliphatic polyamine (e.g., Dispersant 4 in the Examples).
- Patent Document 5 discloses a positive-type photosensitive pigment composition that does not contain a pigment dispersant having an aliphatic tertiary amino group. According to Patent Document 5, the composition has the technical feature of enabling excellent positive-type halftone processing with high exposure sensitivity, and suppressing the decrease in exposure sensitivity before and after storage in a cool, dark place (atmospheric pressure/shielded from light, -20°C ⁇ 1°C).
- Patent Document 6 discloses a positive-type photosensitive dye composition containing an amine salt of C.I. Solvent Black 27 or 34, which is an azo-based chromium complex, or C.I. Solvent Black 29, as a black dye having high heat resistance comparable to organic pigments and high solubility in organic solvents.
- Patent Document 5 when the positive photosensitive pigment composition disclosed in Patent Document 5 is taken out of a cool, dark place and stored in a sealed container under atmospheric pressure/room temperature (for example, liquid temperature 25 ⁇ 1°C), there is an issue that semi-dry film-like foreign matter containing pigment aggregates that are difficult to redisperse in an organic solvent forms and adheres to the surface of the inner wall of the container. In addition, this issue causes foreign matter defects in the black pixel division layer, and when an organic EL display device is driven, non-lit pixels occur, impairing the display characteristics.
- atmospheric pressure/room temperature for example, liquid temperature 25 ⁇ 1°C
- azo-based chromium complexes such as C.I. Solvent Black 27, 29, or 34 may generate highly toxic hexavalent chromium when treated at high temperatures, and the positive-type photosensitive dye composition and its developer wastewater disclosed in Patent Document 6 have problems in terms of human safety and environmental conservation when put into industrial use.
- a positive photosensitive pigment composition comprising (a) a resin, (b) an organic pigment, (c) a photoacid generator, and (d) an organic solvent, wherein the resin (a) comprises (a-1) a resin having a repeating unit a and a repeating unit b, the repeating unit a being one or more selected from the group consisting of a repeating unit represented by formula (1), a repeating unit represented by formula (2), a repeating unit represented by formula (3), a repeating unit represented by formula (4), and a repeating unit represented by formula (5), which will be described later, and the repeating unit b is a repeating unit represented by formula (6), which will be described later.
- a cured film comprising a cured product of the positive photosensitive pigment composition according to any one of [1] to [7].
- An organic electroluminescence display device comprising the cured film according to [8].
- An electronic device comprising the organic EL display device according to [9].
- the repeating unit b is a repeating unit represented by formula (33) and/or a repeating unit represented by formula (34) described below.
- the present invention provides a positive photosensitive pigment composition that suppresses the generation of semi-dry film-like foreign matter containing pigment aggregates after storage in a sealed container under atmospheric pressure/room temperature, and that can stably form black pixel division layers and spacer layers in one go with positive halftone processing with high exposure sensitivity.
- FIG. 1 is a cross-sectional view of a TFT substrate in an organic EL display device that is a specific example of an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of the appearance of a positive photosensitive pigment composition in an example and a comparative example after it is dropped into a glass vial and sealed.
- FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of the appearance of semi-dry film-like foreign matter formed on the inner wall surface of a glass vial in the examples and comparative examples.
- FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram showing an example of the maximum opening width W1 and the minimum opening width W2 of the opening of the exposure sensitivity measurement substrate in all the examples and comparative examples.
- the process for producing an organic EL display device includes the steps of forming a pixel dividing layer and a spacer layer.
- a numerical range expressed using " ⁇ ” means a range including the numerical values written before and after " ⁇ " as the lower and upper limits.
- the pixel division layer means a pixel division layer provided in an organic EL display device, and does not include a black matrix provided in an organic EL display device or a liquid crystal display device. Visible light means light in the wavelength range of 380 nm or more and less than 780 nm, and near ultraviolet light means light in the range of 200 nm or more and less than 380 nm. Near infrared light means light in the wavelength range of 780 nm or more and less than 1300 nm.
- Light shielding means a function of reducing the intensity of transmitted light relative to the intensity of light incident perpendicularly to the cured film, and light shielding property means the degree of shielding of visible light.
- Transmittance means light transmittance.
- Mw weight average molecular weight
- Mn number average molecular weight
- GPC gel permeation chromatography
- C.I used to name some colorants is an abbreviation for Colour Index Generic Name, which is based on the Colour Index issued by the Society of Dyers and Colourists, and for colorants that are registered in the Colour Index, the Colour Index Generic Name indicates the chemical structure or crystal form of the pigment or dye.
- Carbon blacks classified as C.I. Pigment Black 7 are classified as inorganic black pigments.
- the solid content refers to the proportion (mass%) of the components in the positive photosensitive pigment composition excluding organic solvents and water.
- the pigment dispersants disclosed in Patent Documents 1 to 4 have no adverse effect on the photopolymerization initiator, which is a photosensitizer that imparts negative photosensitivity, they promote the undesirable decomposition of the photoacid generator, which is a photosensitizer that imparts positive photosensitivity, causing rapid deterioration. Furthermore, it was found that they capture at least a portion of the acid that is desirably generated in the film in the exposed area during the exposure process, inhibiting the normal function of the photoacid generator. In addition, the inventors have also found that there is a region in which a certain correlation is observed between the amount of semi-dry film-like foreign matter generated and the incidence of non-illuminated pixels in an organic EL display device.
- the inventors have conducted extensive research with a focus on allowing the pigment dispersion mechanism based on acid-base interactions to coexist without inhibiting the positive photosensitive mechanism based on acid generation.
- a positive photosensitive pigment composition containing a pigment dispersant with a specific structure is particularly effective in solving the problems described above.
- the positive photosensitive pigment composition according to the first embodiment of the present invention comprises: A positive-type photosensitive pigment composition comprising: (a) a resin; (b) an organic pigment; (c) a photoacid generator; and (d) an organic solvent,
- the (a) resin contains (a-1) a resin having a repeating unit a and a repeating unit b,
- the repeating unit a is at least one selected from the group consisting of a repeating unit represented by formula (1), a repeating unit represented by formula (2), a repeating unit represented by formula (3), a repeating unit represented by formula (4), and a repeating unit represented by formula (5)
- the repeating unit b is a repeating unit represented by formula (6) in the positive photosensitive pigment composition.
- R 1 , R 4 , R 7 , R 11 , R 15 and R 20 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms
- R 2 , R 5 , R 8 , R 12 , and R 16 each independently represent a single bond or a divalent linking group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms and not containing a nitrogen atom
- R 3 , R 6 , R 9 , R 14 , and R 19 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms
- n 1 , n 2 , n 3 , n 4 , and n 5 are integers each independently representing 0 to 2
- R 10 and R 13 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms
- R 17 and R 18 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms
- R 21 represents a monovalent group having
- the positive photosensitive pigment composition of the present invention has positive photosensitivity. Possessing positive photosensitivity, it is possible to form a pixel division layer with extremely high in-plane uniformity of the aperture width of the opening by positive halftone processing, and it is possible to stably suppress in-plane variation in the light-emitting pixel size determined by the aperture width, thereby manufacturing an organic EL display device with suppressed unevenness in brightness. This effect is the same as that of the positive photosensitive pigment composition disclosed in Patent Document 5.
- Positive photosensitivity refers to the property that, when a prebaked film of a photosensitive composition is irradiated with light including near ultraviolet light and exposed, the solubility of the exposed portion of the film in an alkaline developer, which will be described later, becomes higher than the solubility of the unexposed portion of the film in an alkaline developer, which will be described later.
- compositions that have the property that the solubility of the exposed portion of the film in an alkaline developer is lower than the solubility of the unexposed portion of the film in an alkaline developer, i.e., have negative photosensitivity are not included in the positive photosensitive pigment composition of this specification, even if they contain (a) a resin, (b) an organic pigment, (c) a photoacid generator, and (d) an organic solvent.
- the alkaline developer referred to here is not particularly limited in type or concentration, so long as it contains at least water and has a pH of 1.0 or more and less than 7.0 as measured using a pH meter.
- the positive photosensitive pigment composition of the present invention contains (a) a resin,
- the (a) resin contains (a-1) a resin having a repeating unit a and a repeating unit b,
- the repeating unit a is at least one selected from the group consisting of a repeating unit represented by formula (1), a repeating unit represented by formula (2), a repeating unit represented by formula (3), a repeating unit represented by formula (4), and a repeating unit represented by formula (5)
- the repeating unit b is a repeating unit represented by formula (6).
- R 1 , R 4 , R 7 , R 11 , R 15 and R 20 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms
- R 2 , R 5 , R 8 , R 12 , and R 16 each independently represent a single bond or a divalent linking group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms and not containing a nitrogen atom
- R 3 , R 6 , R 9 , R 14 , and R 19 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms
- n 1 , n 2 , n 3 , n 4 , and n 5 are integers each independently representing 0 to 2
- R 10 and R 13 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms
- R 17 and R 18 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms
- R 21 represents a monovalent group having
- (a) resin here refers to a compound that has a polymer chain in which five or more repeating units each having three or more carbon atoms are linked together, and has a Mw of 1,000 or more.
- the resin (a) contains (a-1) a resin having repeating units a and b (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as component (a-1)).
- component (a-1) a resin having repeating units a and b
- the first advantageous feature is that it has the effect of promoting fine dispersion of the organic pigment (b) described below and improving the dispersion stability in the positive photosensitive pigment composition.
- the improvement in dispersion stability in liquid form broadens the particle size distribution of the pigment and suppresses an increase in the viscosity of the positive photosensitive pigment composition, leading to improved film thickness uniformity of the pixel division layer and spacer layer that are finally obtained.
- the second advantageous feature is that when the positive photosensitive pigment composition is stored in a sealed container (e.g., liquid temperature 25 ⁇ 1°C) under atmospheric pressure/room temperature, it has the effect of suppressing the phenomenon in which semi-dry film-like foreign matter (hereinafter sometimes simply referred to as "semi-dry film-like foreign matter") containing pigment aggregates that are difficult to redisperse in organic solvents appears on the surface of the inner wall of the container.
- a sealed container e.g., liquid temperature 25 ⁇ 1°C
- the organic solvent referred to here is not particularly limited, but examples include organic solvents that are the same as or have a similar structure to the (d) organic solvent contained in the positive photosensitive pigment composition. Therefore, refilling the positive photosensitive pigment composition makes it easy to remove adhesions due to redispersion of the pigment, and to clean the inside of the container with the organic solvent.
- This effect makes it possible to avoid the problem that when the semi-dry film-like foreign matter comes into contact with the cleaning solvent or the positive photosensitive pigment composition, at least a part of it peels off from the inner wall of the container in the form of a film, and gets mixed into the positive photosensitive pigment composition to become an insoluble foreign matter. Furthermore, it is possible to form a pixel division layer and a spacer layer that are excellent in smoothness and free of convex foreign matter defects, and it is possible to manufacture an organic EL display device in which the occurrence of non-lighting pixels is suppressed.
- the non-lighting pixels referred to here mean light-emitting pixels that are defective parts that do not light up even when a voltage is applied when the organic EL display device is driven and cannot emit light.
- the second advantageous feature is more useful when the organic EL display device of the present invention described later is a top-emission type organic EL display device.
- Changes in the particle size distribution of insoluble components in a positive photosensitive pigment composition caused by at least a portion of the semi-dry film-like foreign matter peeling off in a film-like manner from the inner wall of the container and becoming mixed in can be measured from the maximum particle size ( ⁇ m) measured using a laser diffraction particle size distribution analyzer "MT3000II (MICROTRAC)" or from image analysis using a laser microscope.
- the long diameter of insoluble foreign matter is generally 1 ⁇ m or more and has poor Brownian motion, making it difficult in principle to measure it using a dynamic light scattering particle size distribution analyzer.
- the third advantageous feature is that the positive-tone photosensitive function is not impaired, and since the deterioration of the photoacid generator (c) described below is suppressed, a large amount of acid can be generated in the exposure step, and the phenomenon in which the generated acid is trapped in the film in the exposed area can be suppressed, thereby obtaining high exposure sensitivity.
- the high exposure sensitivity here means that the minimum exposure dose required to simultaneously form the pixel division layer having the opening of the desired opening width and the spacer layer by positive halftone processing is small. In other words, the higher the exposure sensitivity, the shorter the exposure time becomes, and the better the productivity of the organic EL display device can be improved.
- the third advantageous feature is that the higher the light-shielding property of the pixel division layer to be formed, the greater the effect can be obtained.
- component (a-1) has excellent developability in an alkaline developer, which can suppress the generation of development residues.
- component (a-1) consists only of repeating units a and b
- component (a-1) is a solid at atmospheric pressure/25°C and has the film-forming ability of a binder resin.
- the repeating unit a in component (a-1) has a pigment adsorption group with a nitrogen-containing structure that has a moderately low basicity, and the pigment adsorption group adsorbs to the surface of the organic pigment (b) and exerts an effect as a pigment dispersant.
- repeating unit a in component (a-1) in order to suppress the generation of semi-dry film-like foreign matter, repeating units in which R 2 , R 5 , R 8 , R 12 and R 16 in formulas (1), (2), (3), ( 4 ) and (5) are a single bond, -COO-, an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or -COO-alkylene group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms are preferred.
- -COO-alkylene group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms means a group in which a carboxylate bond (-COO-) is bonded to an alkylene group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms.
- repeating units represented by formula (7) in order to suppress the generation of semi-dry film-like foreign matter and to obtain high exposure sensitivity, it is more preferable to use one or more repeating units selected from the group consisting of repeating units represented by formula (7), repeating units represented by formula (8), and repeating units represented by formula (9). It is most preferable to have a repeating unit represented by formula (9) in terms of its high effect of suppressing the generation of non-illuminated pixels.
- the positive photosensitive pigment composition of the present invention contains (a) a resin,
- the (a) resin contains (a-1) a resin having a repeating unit a and a repeating unit b,
- the repeating unit a is at least one selected from the group consisting of a repeating unit represented by formula (7), a repeating unit represented by formula (8), and a repeating unit represented by formula (9),
- the repeating unit b is more preferably a repeating unit represented by formula (6).
- R 22 , R 25 , and R 28 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms
- R 23 , R 26 , and R 29 each independently represent a single bond, —COO—, an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or —COO-alkylene group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms
- R 24 , R 27 , and R 30 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms
- n 6 , n 7 , and n 8 are integers each independently ranging from 0 to 2.
- repeating units belonging to repeating unit a include repeating units represented by formulas (10) to (32). One or more of these may be present.
- the repeating unit b in the (a-1) component has intramolecular and/or intermolecular interactions with the repeating unit a that is not adsorbed to the pigment surface, which further suppresses the deterioration of the photoacid generator (c) described below and suppresses the capture of acid generated in the film, thereby improving exposure sensitivity.
- the repeating unit b has a steric repulsion effect, and due to a synergistic effect with the effect of the repeating unit a, the positive photosensitive pigment composition is concentrated on the surface of the inner wall of the container under atmospheric pressure/sealed conditions, and even if the pigments are maintained in close proximity to each other, the generation of semi-dry film-like foreign matter can be suppressed.
- the repeating unit b is a repeating unit represented by the above formula (6), and R21 in formula (6) is a monovalent group containing a hydroxyl group and having 1 to 30 carbon atoms.
- R21 in formula (6) is a monovalent group containing a hydroxyl group and having 1 to 30 carbon atoms.
- the hydroxyl group or a group containing a hydroxyl group include an alcoholic hydroxyl group, a phenolic hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a phosphate group, and a sulfo group.
- the carboxyl group here has the same meaning as a carboxy group.
- the hydroxyl group contained in R 21 does not include a structure in which a hydrogen atom is bonded to an oxygen atom located at the end of a polyalkylene oxide structure.
- the polyalkylene oxide structure means a divalent group in which two or more alkylene oxides are bonded in a row, that is, a group represented by -(AO)x-.
- A represents an alkylene group, and the number of repeating units x represents an integer of 2 or more.
- the oxygen atom bonded to the terminal hydrogen atom is regarded as a part of the atoms constituting the polyalkylene oxide structure, not as a part of the atoms constituting the hydroxyl group as used herein.
- the repeating unit represented by formula (6) preferably contains a repeating unit which is a monovalent organic group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms and containing one or two phenolic hydroxyl groups, in order to improve exposure sensitivity. That is, in the positive photosensitive pigment composition of the present invention, the repeating unit represented by formula (6) preferably contains a repeating unit containing a monovalent organic group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms and containing one or two phenolic hydroxyl groups.
- the repeating unit containing a monovalent organic group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms and containing one or two phenolic hydroxyl groups it is more preferable to include a repeating unit represented by formula (33) and/or a repeating unit represented by formula (34), in order to improve exposure sensitivity and suppress non-lighting pixels. That is, in the positive photosensitive pigment composition of the present invention, the repeating unit represented by formula (6) more preferably contains a repeating unit represented by formula (33) and/or a repeating unit represented by formula (34).
- R 31 and R 34 each represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms
- R 32 and R 35 each independently represent a single bond or a divalent linking group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms
- R 33 , R 36 , and R 37 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms
- n 9 is an integer number which is 1 or 2
- n 10 , n 11 , n 12 , n 13 and n 14 are integers, each independently representing 0 to 2.
- R 32 and R 35 do not contain any nitrogen atom other than the nitrogen atom contained in -CONH-.
- the sum of n 11 and n 12 is 0 to 3, and the sum of n 12 and n 14 is 1 or 2.
- repeating unit b in component (a-1) in terms of improving exposure sensitivity, a repeating unit in which R 32 and R 35 in formula (33) and formula (34) are each independently a single bond, -COO-, or -CONH- is more preferable.
- R 32 and R 35 in formula (33) and formula (34) are each independently a single bond, -COO-, or -CONH- is more preferable.
- repeating unit b include repeating units represented by formulas (35) to (53).
- the component (a-1) further contains a repeating unit represented by formula (54) as the repeating unit c.
- the repeating unit c further increases the affinity of the component (a-1) with the organic solvent (d), improves molecular mobility, and enhances the steric repulsion effect of the component (a-1). That is, in the positive photosensitive pigment composition of the present invention, it is preferred that the (a-1) resin having the repeating unit a and the repeating unit b further contains a repeating unit c, and that the repeating unit c is a repeating unit represented by formula (54).
- * represents a binding site.
- R 38 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms;
- R 39 represents -COO- or -O-;
- R 40 represents an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms;
- n 15 is an integer of 2 to 30, and
- R 41 represents a phenyl group substituted with an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an unsubstituted phenyl group, or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
- the partial structure represented by -(R 40 -O)n 15 - herein means that the number of carbon atoms in the multiple R 40 may be the same or different, and therefore includes, for example, a partial structure represented by -(C 2 H 4 O) 5 -(C 3 H 6 O) 5 -.
- R 41 is preferably a phenyl group substituted with an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or an unsubstituted phenyl group, in order to suppress the formation of semi-dry film-like foreign matter.
- repeating unit c include repeating units represented by formulas (55) to (57).
- the content of (a) resin is preferably 20 parts by mass or more per 100 parts by mass of the solid content of the positive photosensitive pigment composition in order to reduce the change in the amount of film loss (described later) with respect to the change in development time. In order to ensure a sufficient content of components other than (a) resin and to achieve both high light blocking properties and high exposure sensitivity, the content is preferably 70 parts by mass or less.
- the component belonging to (a) resin may be only component (a-1).
- component (a-1) is preferably 10 parts by mass or more, and more preferably 20 parts by mass or more, per 100 parts by mass of component (b) described below, in order to suppress semi-dry film-like foreign matter.
- the method of synthesizing component (a-1) includes copolymerizing a monomer that is the source of repeating unit a, a monomer that is the source of repeating unit b, and, if necessary, a monomer that is the source of repeating unit c, and monomers that are the source of other repeating units.
- the monomer here means a compound that has one structure represented by formula (58) in the molecule.
- the other repeating units here mean repeating units that do not belong to repeating unit a, repeating unit b, or repeating unit c.
- * represents a bonding site
- R 42 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
- Examples of monomers that can be used as the source of repeating unit a include 2-vinylpyridine, 3-vinylpyridine, 4-vinylpyridine, 2-vinyl-6-methylpyridine, 2-propyl-5-vinylpyridine, 5-propyl-2-vinylpyridine, 4-(4-vinylphenyl)pyridine, 4-(1-methylethenyl)pyridine, 2-(allyldimethylsilyl)pyridine, 4-ethenyl-3,5-dimethylpyridine, 2-(1-ethenylpentyl)pyridine, 1-vinylimidazole, 4-(1-imidazolyl)styrene, 2-(1H-imidazole
- Examples of such monomers include 1-(6-hepten-1-yl)ethyl methacrylate, 4-(1H-imidazol-1-yl)butyl (meth)acrylate, 1-(6-hepten-1-yl)1H-imidazole
- Examples of monomers that can be used as the source of repeating unit b include 4-vinylphenol, 4-isopropenylphenol, 3-propyl-4-vinylphenol, 3-methyl-4-vinylphenol, 4-(1-methylenepropyl)phenol, 4-vinylcatechol, 4-hydroxyphenyl(meth)acrylate, N-(4-hydroxyphenyl)(meth)acrylamide, 5-allyl-1,3-benzenediol, 1-vinyl-2-naphthol, 2-naphthalenol-6-ethenyl, 1-naphthalenol-4-ethenyl, 4-hydroxy-1-naphthyl(meth)acrylate, 2-((6-hydroxynaphthalene-2-
- Examples of the repeating unit b include mono(2-hydroxyethyl)oxy)ethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate-phthalic anhydride a
- the repeating unit b may be obtained by copolymerizing a monomer in which the hydroxyl group is protected with a protecting group, followed by a step of deprotecting the monomer to return it to the hydroxyl group.
- monomers in which the hydroxyl group is protected with a protecting group include 4-acetoxystyrene, 4-methoxystyrene, 4-tert-butoxystyrene, p-(tert-butyldimethylsiloxy)styrene, p-(1-ethoxyethoxy)styrene, 2-tert-butoxy-6-vinylnaphthalene, 4-vinyl-1,3-benzodioxole, and 5-vinyl-1,3-benzodioxole (all manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.). One or more of these may be used in combination.
- the term (meth)acrylate here refers to methacrylate and acrylate.
- Examples of monomers that can be used as the source of introduction of repeating unit c include triethylene glycol methyl vinyl ether, triethylene glycol ethyl vinyl ether, tetraethylene glycol methyl vinyl ether, tetraethylene glycol ethyl vinyl ether, 2-ethylhexyl diglycol (meth)acrylate, methoxypolyethylene glycol (meth)acrylate, butoxydiethylene glycol (meth)acrylate, phenoxypolyethylene glycol (meth)acrylate, ethylphenoxypolyethylene glycol (meth)acrylate, butylphenoxypolyethylene glycol (meth)acrylate, nonylphenoxypolyethylene glycol (meth)acrylate, phenoxypolypropylene glycol (meth)acrylate, ethylphenoxypolypropylene glycol (meth)acrylate, butylphenoxypolypropylene glycol (meth)acrylate, and nonylphenoxypolyprop
- monomers that can be used as the source of repeating units include, for example, styrene, 3-methylstyrene, ⁇ -methylstyrene, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, methyl (meth)acrylate, n-butyl (meth)acrylate, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, glycidyl (meth)acrylate, 3,4-epoxycyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, and allyl glycidyl (meth)acrylate (all manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.).
- sources for introducing repeating units having the structure represented by -(AO)x-H include tripropylene glycol (meth)acrylate and tetraethylene glycol (meth)acrylate. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
- (meth)acrylate used here means methacrylate and acrylate.
- Another synthesis method is to introduce the repeating unit represented by formula (1) into component (a-1) by reacting a carboxyl group of 4-pyridinecarboxylic acid or 2-pyridinecarboxylic acid with an epoxy group of a copolymer of a monomer that is the source of introduction of the repeating unit b and glycidyl methacrylate.
- the content of repeating unit a is preferably 5 to 40 mol %.
- the content of repeating unit b is preferably 15 to 90 mol %.
- Component (a-1) may be a resin consisting of only repeating units a and b, but if it further contains repeating unit c, the content of repeating unit c is preferably 1 to 15 mol%.
- the positive photosensitive pigment composition of the present invention may contain a component (a) containing a repeating unit represented by formula (59) and/or a repeating unit represented by formula (60) within a range that does not impair the effects of the present invention.
- the total content of the repeating unit represented by formula (59) and the repeating unit represented by formula (60) is preferably 0.05 parts by mass or less, more preferably 0.01 parts by mass or less, and most preferably none at all, per 100.00 parts by mass of the solid content of the positive photosensitive pigment composition.
- components containing the repeating unit represented by formula (59) and/or the repeating unit represented by formula (60) include at least "DISPERBYK” (registered trademark)-2000, 2001, 2013, “BYK-LPN” (registered trademark)-6919, 21116, and Efka-4300, among the (a-2) other resins described below.
- * represents a bonding site
- R 43 and R 47 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms
- R 44 and R 48 represent an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms
- R 45 , R 46 , R 49 , and R 50 represent an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms
- R 51 represents a benzyl group or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms
- X ⁇ represents a monovalent counter anion.
- the Mw of component (a-1) is preferably 2000 or more, more preferably 5000 or more, in order to suppress semi-dry film-like foreign matter. In order to suppress the generation of development residues, it is preferably 30,000 or less, more preferably 20,000 or less.
- the value obtained by dividing Mw by Mn, i.e., the molecular weight distribution (Mw/Mn), is preferably 1.0 to 3.0, more preferably 1.0 to 2.0, in order to suppress semi-dry film-like foreign matter.
- Mw/Mn molecular weight distribution
- the organotellurium-mediated radical polymerization method or living anionic polymerization method described below can be preferably adopted.
- component (a-1) for example, Shodex (registered trademark) LF-804 (manufactured by Resonac Co., Ltd.), TSKgel Super AW2500, AW3000, AW4000, AW5000, TSKgel guardcolumn Super AW-L, AW-H (all manufactured by Tosoh Corporation) can be suitably used.
- a GPC column for measuring the molecular weight distribution for example, Shodex (registered trademark) LF-804 (manufactured by Resonac Co., Ltd.), TSKgel Super AW2500, AW3000, AW4000, AW5000, TSKgel guardcolumn Super AW-L, AW-H (all manufactured by Tosoh Corporation) can be suitably used.
- eluent for measuring the molecular weight distribution tetrahydrofuran, N,N'-dimethylacetamide, etc. can be suitably used.
- the component (a-1) may be a random copolymer or a block copolymer, but is preferably a block copolymer having a block chain consisting of only repeating unit a in order to suppress the generation of semi-dry film-like foreign matter.
- the block chain consisting of only repeating unit a here means a structure having a molecular weight of 1000 or more in which 10 or more repeating units belonging to repeating unit a are linked together.
- the arrangement of the repeating units other than the block chain consisting of only repeating unit a in the block copolymer here is not particularly limited.
- the resin having the repeating unit a and the repeating unit b is preferably a block copolymer having a block chain consisting of only the repeating unit a and the repeating unit b.
- examples of the arrangement of polymer chains in a block copolymer having a block chain consisting of only repeating unit a and repeating unit b include A-B type (diblock), A-B-A type (triblock), B-A-B type (triblock), A-B-A-B type (tetrablock), and B-A-B-A-B type (pentablock).
- polymer chain B When polymer chain B further contains a repeating unit other than repeating unit b, polymer chain B may have a portion in which repeating units b are randomly arranged, or may contain a block chain consisting of only repeating units b.
- block copolymer includes, for example, a so-called graft copolymer formed by adding a macromonomer having a block chain consisting of only repeating unit a, and a so-called gradient copolymer having a linear polymer structure that gradually transitions from hydrophilic to hydrophobic from one molecular end to the other molecular end, as long as the block chain consists of only repeating unit a and repeating unit b.
- the Mw of the block chain consisting only of repeating unit a is preferably 1500 to 5000 in order to suppress semi-dry film-like foreign matter.
- a-1 As a method for copolymerizing the aforementioned monomers to synthesize component (a-1), known methods such as free radical polymerization, living radical polymerization, and living anionic polymerization can be applied.
- living radical polymerization methods include atom transfer radical polymerization, reversible addition-fragmentation chain transfer polymerization, iodine transfer polymerization, nitroxide-mediated radical polymerization, and organotellurium-mediated radical polymerization.
- the free radical polymerization method, the nitroxide-mediated radical polymerization method, and the living anionic polymerization method are preferred because they can achieve both suppression of semi-dry film-like foreign matter and high exposure sensitivity, and can also avoid residual heavy metal atoms to obtain high insulation properties.
- the method for synthesizing component (a-1) is specifically explained below using as examples a block chain consisting of only repeating unit a and a block copolymer having repeating unit b.
- the free radical polymerization method may, for example, be a method in which a monomer that is the source of introduction of repeating unit a is dissolved in an organic solvent, and stirred in the presence of a thermal radical polymerization initiator at a nitrogen atmosphere/liquid temperature of 50 to 120°C for 2 to 30 hours to obtain a polymer consisting of only repeating unit a, and then a monomer that is the source of introduction of repeating unit b, a monomer that is the source of introduction of other repeating units, and optionally a molecular weight distribution regulator are added, and the mixture is stirred at 50 to 120°C for 2 to 30 hours.
- the heating temperature may be appropriately set in consideration of the 10-hour half-life temperature of the thermal radical polymerization initiator and the monomer reactivity, and the heating time required to obtain the desired Mw under a specified heating temperature condition varies depending on the solid concentration and stirring speed of the reaction system, so it is desirable to, for example, sample the liquid during the reaction at certain intervals and use GPC to grasp the Mw increase curve in advance.
- the reaction end point may be appropriately set by measuring the desired Mw and the amount of remaining unreacted monomer.
- thermal radical polymerization initiator for example, azo-based thermal radical polymerization initiators such as azobisisobutyronitrile (hereinafter, AIBN), AIBN-HP, V-65HP, V-601, VR-110, and V-40 (all manufactured by Fujifilm Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) can be used.
- the amount of the thermal radical polymerization initiator added is preferably 0.5 to 1.5 parts by mass per 100 parts by mass of monomer.
- the organic solvent for example, isopropyl alcohol, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, and ethyl lactate can be used.
- molecular weight distribution regulator for example, alkyl mercaptans such as hexyl mercaptan, dodecyl mercaptan, and n-octyl mercaptan can be used.
- a monomer that is the source of introduction of repeating unit b and a monomer that is the source of introduction of other repeating units are dissolved in an organic solvent, and stirred in the presence of a nitroxide-based reaction inhibitor under a nitrogen atmosphere at a liquid temperature of 50 to 150°C for 3 to 30 hours to obtain a random polymer of repeating unit b and other repeating units, and then a monomer that is the source of introduction of repeating unit a is added and stirred at a liquid temperature of 50 to 150°C for 3 to 30 hours.
- nitroxide-based reaction inhibitors include Bloc Builder (registered trademark) MA and RC-50 (both manufactured by ARKEMA).
- organic solvents that can be used include isopropyl alcohol, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, and ethyl lactate.
- the living anionic polymerization method may, for example, be a method in which a monomer that is the source of introduction of repeating unit b and a monomer that is the source of introduction of other repeating units are dissolved in an organic solvent, and stirred in the presence of an anionic polymerization initiator under a nitrogen atmosphere at a liquid temperature of -80 to 0°C for 10 minutes to 5 hours to obtain a random copolymer of repeating unit b and other repeating units, and then a monomer that is the source of introduction of repeating unit a is added and stirred at a liquid temperature of -80 to 0°C for 10 minutes to 5 hours.
- a purification/removal step may be further added. From the viewpoint of safety, it is desirable to maintain the liquid temperature after the start of the reaction at 0°C or less and the water content in the reaction system at 1000 mass ppm or less.
- the reaction end point may be appropriately set by measuring the desired Mw and the amount of remaining unreacted monomer using GPC.
- a reaction product of a lithium compound such as ethyl lithium, sec-butyl lithium, n-butyl lithium, tert-butyl lithium, or lithium chloride with diphenylethylene (or a substituted derivative thereof) can be used.
- organic solvent for example, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, and diethyl ether can be used.
- reaction terminator a lower alcohol such as methanol or ethanol can be used.
- block copolymers having a block chain consisting of only repeating units a and repeating units b include block copolymers having a structure represented by formula (61) synthesized by nitroxide-mediated radical polymerization, and block copolymers having a structure represented by formula (62) synthesized by living anionic polymerization.
- the component belonging to the (a) resin may be only the component (a-1), but in order to adjust the appropriate development time in the development step described below to a desired range depending on the intended film thickness of the pixel division layer and spacer layer and the type/concentration of the developer, the positive photosensitive pigment composition of the present invention may contain other resins (a-2) (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as the (a-2) component).
- the (a-2) component here means a compound that does not belong to the (a-1) component among the components belonging to the (a) resin.
- the mixing ratio of the (a-1) component and the (a-2) component may be set arbitrarily depending on the dissolution rate (nm/min) of each component in the developer, the ease of penetration of the developer into the film surface, and the required process takt time.
- the (a-2) component examples include polyimide resins, polyimide precursors, polybenzoxazole precursors, novolac resins, and (meth)acrylic resins. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Among these, hydroxyl-containing novolac resins and hydroxyl-containing (meth)acrylic resins are preferred because they have excellent compatibility with the (a-1) component, and because they have excellent exposure sensitivity and can easily control the alkali dissolution rate (nm/min) of the unexposed parts of the exposed film to a smaller value due to their interaction with the (c) component described below. Hydroxyl-containing (meth)acrylic resins are more preferred in terms of suppressing semi-dry film-like foreign matter.
- Hydroxyl-containing novolac resin refers to a hydroxyl-containing resin that has structural units obtained by a polycondensation reaction between a compound having one phenol skeleton and aldehydes.
- Examples of compounds with one phenol skeleton include phenol, o-cresol, m-cresol, p-cresol, 2,3-dimethylphenol, 2,4-dimethylphenol, 2,5-dimethylphenol, 2,6-dimethylphenol, 3,4-dimethylphenol, 3,5-dimethylphenol, 2,3,5-trimethylphenol, 3,4,5-trimethylphenol, 2,4,5-trimethylphenol, catechol, and 1,3-dihydroxy-5-methylbenzene.
- aldehydes examples include formaldehyde, paraformaldehyde, benzaldehyde, and hydroxybenzaldehyde.
- the Mw of the hydroxyl-containing novolac resin is preferably 1500 to 15000 in order to suppress development residues in positive halftone processing.
- Commercially available products include, for example, TRR5030G, TRR5010G, TR4020G, TR4080G, TR4000B, TRM30B20G, and EP23F10G (all manufactured by Asahi Organic Chemicals Co., Ltd.).
- hydroxyl group-containing (meth)acrylic resin refers to a hydroxyl group-containing resin in which the content of repeating units derived from a compound having one methacryloyl group in the molecule and/or repeating units derived from a compound having one acryloyl group in the molecule is 40 to 100% by mass.
- Examples of compounds having one methacryloyl group in the molecule and compounds having one acryloyl group in the molecule include (meth)acrylic acid, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, 4-hydroxyphenyl (meth)acrylate, 4-hydroxy-1-naphthyl (meth)acrylate, methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, n-butyl (meth)acrylate, tert-butyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, n-lauryl (meth)acrylate, n-stearyl (meth)acrylate, isodecyl methacrylate, isobornyl (meth)acrylate, dicyclopentanyl (meth)acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, and tetrahydrofurfuryl (meth)acrylate.
- repeating units derived from compounds that do not have a methacryloyl group or an acryloyl group in the molecule such as repeating units derived from styrene monomers and repeating units derived from maleimide monomers.
- styrene-based monomers examples include styrene, ⁇ -methylstyrene, 4-isopropenylphenol, 2-vinylphenol, 3-vinylphenol, and 4-vinylphenol.
- maleimide-based monomers examples include maleimide, N-phenylmaleimide, and N-cyclohexylmaleimide.
- a hydroxyl-containing (meth)acrylic resin derived from a repeating unit derived from (meth)acrylic acid in addition to a repeating unit derived from one or more phenolic hydroxyl-containing compounds selected from the group consisting of 4-hydroxyphenyl(meth)acrylate, 4-hydroxy-1-naphthyl(meth)acrylate, and 4-isopropenylphenol is preferred.
- the Mw of the (meth)acrylic resin is preferably 10,000 to 30,000 in order to suppress development residues in positive halftone processing.
- the positive photosensitive pigment composition of the present invention may further contain a commercially available polymer dispersant belonging to component (a-2) as long as it does not impair the effects of the present invention.
- commercially available polymer dispersants belonging to component (a-2) include "DISPERBYK” (registered trademark) -102, P104, P105, 110, 111, 118, 142, 145, 161, 162, 164, 167, 168, 2000, 2001, 2010, 2013, 2020, 2025, 2050, 2096, 2150, 2155, 2163, 2164, 9075, 9076, 9077, "BYK-LPN” (registered trademark) 6919, 21116, 21234, 24074, 22906 (all manufactured by BYK-Chemie), Efka-4015, 4020, 4046, 4047, 4050, 4055, 4060, 4080, 4300, 4310, 4320, 4330, 4340, 4400, 4401, 4402, 44 03, 4800, Disp
- phosphate ester polyether dispersants such as DISPERBYK-110, 111, Solsperse 40000, 41000 may be used to suppress minute development residues.
- These commercially available polymer dispersants belonging to the (a-2) component can be used alone or in combination.
- the positive photosensitive pigment composition of the present invention contains (b) an organic pigment (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as component (b)).
- the organic pigment here means a compound that has absorption in the visible light region and exists in the positive photosensitive pigment composition in the form of insoluble particles.
- Component (b) has the effect of imparting light-shielding properties to the pixel division layer.
- component (b) suppresses excessive thermal flow of the film after the development process in the curing process described below, thereby preventing the pattern filling of the openings in positive halftone processing and improving the in-plane uniformity of the opening width.
- the component (b) may be (b-1) an organic pigment having no sulfo group (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as the component (b-1)) and (b-2) an organic pigment having a sulfo group (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as the component (b-2)).
- An organic pigment in which at least a part of the surface of the component (b-1) has been surface-treated with the component (b-2) may be used.
- a pigment derivative in which a sulfo group has been introduced into an organic pigment having no sulfo group and which is insoluble in the positive photosensitive pigment composition is defined as a compound belonging to the component (b-2).
- the sulfo group here includes -SO 3 H as well as -SO 3 - (i.e., a sulfonate group).
- -SO 3 - may be, for example, a group generated by dissociation of Na + constituting -SO 3 Na in the positive photosensitive pigment composition.
- component (b-2) is used as an auxiliary additive in the presence of component (d) described below for the purpose of improving the dispersibility of component (b-1), but in the positive-type photosensitive pigment composition of the present invention, it can be used as a component that has the effect of imparting light-shielding properties to the pixel division layer.
- the positive photosensitive pigment composition of the present invention contains the component (b-1) and the component (b-2), the mother skeleton of the organic pigment contained in the component (b-2) is strongly adsorbed to the surface of the component (b-1), and the sulfo group contained in the component (b-2) is strongly adsorbed to the pigment adsorption group contained in the repeating unit a of the component (a-1).
- the positive photosensitive pigment composition of the present invention may contain only the component (b-2) without containing the component (b-1), and the sulfo group contained in the component (b-2) is strongly adsorbed to the pigment adsorption group contained in the repeating unit a of the component (a-1).
- the component (b-2) not only exerts the effect of further suppressing the semi-dry film-like foreign matter, but also neutralizes a larger number of pigment adsorption groups, thereby suppressing the deterioration of the photoacid generator and the capture of the acid generated in the film in the exposed area, leading to a further improvement in exposure sensitivity. Therefore, in the positive photosensitive pigment composition of the present invention, the (b) organic pigment preferably contains (b-2) an organic pigment having a sulfo group.
- Examples of the (b-1) component include organic blue pigments such as C.I. Pigment Blue 15, 60, 64, 80, C.I. Disperse Blue 14, 79:1, 134, 281, and the like; compounds represented by formula (63), organic purple pigments such as C.I. Pigment Violet 19, 29, perylene-3,4,9,10-tetracarboxylic acid bisbenzimidazole (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "PTCBI"), C.I. Disperse Violet 27, and C.I. Vat Violet 13; perylene black consisting of a mixed crystal of PTCBI and C.I. Pigment Black 31; Examples of organic black pigments include perylene black, which is a mixed crystal of C.I.
- the compound represented by formula (63) does not contain chlorine atoms in its molecular structure, but may contain chlorine atoms in the pigment powder due to trace amounts of residual chlorine-containing synthetic solvents.
- excessive purification may cause changes in the pigment surface properties, which may lead to the formation of semi-dry film-like foreign matter.
- Purification methods include, for example, washing with water and/or an organic solvent, as well as heating at atmospheric pressure at 180 to 250°C for 30 to 120 minutes.
- the compound represented by formula (64), the compound represented by formula (65), the compound represented by formula (98), the compound represented by formula (99), the compound represented by formula (100), and/or the compound represented by formula (101) are preferred in terms of high near-ultraviolet transmittance, ability to increase the amount of acid generated originating from the component (c) described below, ability to improve exposure sensitivity, and excellent light-shielding properties.
- the compound represented by formula (98), the compound represented by formula (99), the compound represented by formula (100), and the compound represented by formula (101) are more preferred in terms of their high effect of suppressing non-illuminated pixels.
- the positive photosensitive pigment composition of the present invention contains, as component (b-2), one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of the compound represented by formula (98), the compound represented by formula (99), the compound represented by formula (100), and the compound represented by formula (101).
- R 68 , R 69 , R 70 , R 71 , R 72 , R 73 , R 74 , and R 75 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, -SO 3 H, -SO 3 - , an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, -F, -Br, or -CN.
- the total number of -SO 3 H and -SO 3 - groups in R 68 , R 69 , R 70 , R 71 , R 72 , R 73 , R 74 and R 75 is 1 or 2.
- R 76 , R 77 , R 78 , and R 79 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, -OH, -F, -Br, -CN, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. However, R 76 and R 77 , and R 78 and R 79 may each independently be bonded to each other to form a linking group —X 2 —, where —X 2 — represents —O— or —SO 2 —.
- R 87 , R 92 , R 97 , and R 100 each independently represent -SO 3 H or -SO 3 - , R 88 , R 89 , R 90 , R 91 , R 93 , R 94 , R 95 , and R 96 each independently represent a phenyl group, a benzyl group, or an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms
- R 98 and R 101 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms
- R 99 and R 102 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms
- n 16 and n 17 are integers each independently represent 0 to 2.
- R 88 , R 89 , R 90 , and R 91 are a phenyl group, a benzyl group, or an alkyl group having 8 to 20 carbon atoms
- R 93 , R 94 , R 95 , and R 96 are a phenyl group, a benzyl group, or an alkyl group having 8 to 20 carbon atoms.
- the method for synthesizing the compound represented by formula (64) and the compound represented by formula (65) includes, for example, a method in which a mixed powder of cis/trans isomers of PTCBI or a derivative thereof is heated in concentrated sulfuric acid or fuming sulfuric acid, preferably at 50 to 90°C, until it becomes a mono/disulfonic acid, and then poured into an excess amount of ice water and stirred, filtered, purified, dried, and pulverized.
- the purification process may include a solvent treatment and filtration process, and an isolation process by silica gel chromatography.
- a process may be added in which an aqueous solution of an inorganic alkali such as sodium hydroxide is added to convert at least a part of the sulfo group into an alkali metal salt in order to increase the solubility in water and improve productivity.
- a salt formation operation is performed using an ammonium salt of a specific structure, and the resultant is purified, dried, and pulverized, thereby synthesizing the compound represented by formula (98) and the compound represented by formula (99).
- a compound represented by formula (100) and a compound represented by formula (101) can be synthesized by using a pyridinium salt of a specific structure instead of an ammonium salt of a specific structure.
- ammonium salts with specific structures include benzyltrimethylammonium chloride, dodecyltrimethylammonium chloride, hexadecyltrimethylammonium chloride, octadecyltrimethylammonium bromide, dimethyldioctylammonium bromide, and benzyldimethylphenylammonium chloride.
- Pyridinium salts of specific structures include 1-ethyl-4-methylpyridinium bromide, 1-ethyl-4-propylpyridinium chloride, 1-ethyl-2-methylpyridinium bromide, 1-dodecylpyridinium bromide, 1-butylpyridinium chloride, 1-butyl-3-methylpyridinium chloride, hexadecylpyridinium chloride, and hexadecylpyridinium bromide.
- Specific examples of the component (b-2) obtained by the above-mentioned method preferably include a compound represented by formula (102) and a compound represented by formula (103). At least a portion of the counter cation moiety derived from the ammonium salt of a specific structure or the pyridinium salt of a specific structure may be volatilized and removed in the curing step when forming the pixel dividing layer and the spacer layer.
- the sulfo group in component (b-2) and the pigment adsorption group in repeating unit a may form a salt.
- An ionic bond can be considered as one form of adsorption as a pigment dispersant, and the salt here is defined as a mixture of a resin having repeating units a and b, and component (b-2).
- a preferred example of the salt structure is the structure represented by formula (66).
- the primary particle size distribution of component (b) is preferably 5 to 150 nm, more preferably 20 to 100 nm, in order to achieve high light blocking properties and to avoid development residues in positive halftone processing.
- the primary particle size distribution can be measured using a transmission electron microscope (TEM).
- the content of component (b) is preferably 15 parts by mass or more per 100 parts by mass of the solid content of the positive photosensitive pigment composition in order to obtain high light blocking properties. In addition, by making it 15 parts by mass or more, even if the glass transition point (Tg) of the (a) resin is lower than the heating temperature in the curing process, excessive thermal flow of the film can be avoided and a pixel division layer with high resolution can be obtained. In order to suppress development residues in positive halftone processing, 40 parts by mass or less is preferable.
- the content of component (b-2) is preferably 10 parts by mass or more per 100 parts by mass of component (b-1) in order to suppress semi-dry film-like foreign matter.
- the positive photosensitive pigment composition of the present invention may contain trace amounts of inorganic black pigments such as carbon black, titanium oxynitride, and zirconium oxynitride as inorganic pigments other than component (b), that is, pigments other than component (b) for the purpose of adjusting the reflected chromaticity, as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired and there is no problem with the alignment of the electrode formation substrate and the exposure mask by near-infrared alignment in the exposure step disclosed in Patent Document 5, and with insulation.
- inorganic black pigments such as carbon black, titanium oxynitride, and zirconium oxynitride
- inorganic pigments other than component (b) that is, pigments other than component (b) for the purpose of adjusting the reflected chromaticity
- the positive photosensitive pigment composition of the present invention contains (c) a photoacid generator (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as component (c)).
- component (c) is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound that generates an acid when irradiated with light containing at least light with a wavelength of 200 to 450 nm.
- the principle of acid generation may be the conversion of component (c) to a chemical structure having an acid, or dissociation of the acid by photolysis, and the acid generated is preferably a carboxylic acid and/or a sulfonic acid.
- the component (c) is an essential component that exerts the effect of relatively increasing the solubility of the exposed portion of the film in an alkaline developer by the acid generated, compared to the solubility of the unexposed portion of the film in an alkaline developer, and imparts positive photosensitivity.
- the pattern formability i.e., positive photosensitivity
- the amount of acid generated in the film is also possible to control the amount of acid generated in the film by adjusting the exposure dose.
- the solubility of the exposed portion of the film exposed with a small amount of exposure in an alkaline developer can be relatively lowered compared to the solubility of the exposed portion of the film exposed with a large amount of exposure in an alkaline developer, and patterns of different film thicknesses can be formed in the same plane. Based on this principle, a pixel division layer and a spacer layer can be formed in one go.
- a compound that has absorption in the region of i-line (wavelength 365 nm), h-line (wavelength 405 nm) and g-line (wavelength 436 nm) of a mercury lamp and generates an acid is preferred, for example, quinone diazide compounds, imide sulfonate compounds, oxime sulfonate compounds, sulfonium salt compounds, and iodonium salt compounds.
- a non-salt type photoacid generator is preferred in terms of weak interaction with the pigment dispersion system and excellent application properties of the positive photosensitive pigment composition
- quinone diazide compounds, imide sulfonate compounds, and oxime sulfonate compounds are preferred.
- quinone diazide compounds are more preferred in terms of being able to exert a high dissolution suppression effect on the film in the unexposed area, making the difference in dissolution rate between the film in the exposed area and the unexposed area larger, being excellent in thick film processability suitable for positive halftone processing, and being able to obtain high exposure sensitivity.
- the photoacid generator (c) more preferably contains a quinonediazide compound.
- a quinone diazide compound having a group represented by formula (67) and/or a group represented by formula (68) is preferred. It is more preferred to contain at least one compound selected from the group consisting of quinone diazide compounds having two or more groups represented by formula (67) in one molecule and having a phenolic hydroxyl group, quinone diazide compounds having two or more groups represented by formula (68) in one molecule and having a phenolic hydroxyl group, and quinone diazide compounds having a group represented by formula (67) and a group represented by formula (68) and having a phenolic hydroxyl group.
- quinone diazide compounds include compounds represented by formulas (69) to (74). These compounds are photoacid generators that generate carboxylic acids and/or sulfonic acids upon exposure to light.
- Q 1 , Q 2 , Q 3 , Q 4 , Q 5 , Q 6 , Q 7 , Q 8 , Q 9 , Q 10 , Q 11 , Q 12 , Q 13 , Q 14 , Q 15 , Q 16 , Q 17 , and Q 18 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a structure represented by formula (75), or a structure represented by formula (76); one or two of Q 1 , Q 2 , Q 3 , and Q 4 are a hydrogen atom; one or two of Q 5 , Q 6 and Q 7 are hydrogen atoms; one of Q 13 and Q 14 is a hydrogen atom; One or two of Q 15 , Q 16 , Q 17 and Q 18 are a hydrogen atom.
- imide sulfonate compounds include compounds represented by formulas (77) to (79). These compounds are photoacid generators that generate sulfonic acid upon exposure to light.
- oxime sulfonate compounds include compounds represented by formulas (80) to (82). These compounds are photoacid generators that generate sulfonic acid upon exposure to light.
- quinone diazide compounds such as DTEP4G-300, DTEPG-350 (all manufactured by Daito Chemistry Co., Ltd.), CNB-250, TEKOC(4)-200 (manufactured by Toyo Gosei Co., Ltd.), imide sulfonate compounds such as NIT, NIN, ILP
- the content of component (c) is preferably 1 part by mass or more, and more preferably 5 parts by mass or more, per 100 parts by mass of the solid content of the positive photosensitive pigment composition, in order to generate a necessary and sufficient amount of acid in the film and improve the exposure sensitivity.
- the content is preferably 30 parts by mass or less, and more preferably 20 parts by mass or less.
- the positive photosensitive pigment composition of the present invention contains (d) an organic solvent (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as component (d)).
- component (d) is a dispersion medium for component (b) and provides fluidity to the positive photosensitive pigment composition, improving its coatability and the smoothness of the prebaked film described below.
- component (d) examples include ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol mono-n-propyl ether, ethylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol mono-n-propyl ether, diethylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether (hereinafter referred to as "PGME”), propylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol mono-n-propyl ether, propylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monoethyl ether, dipropylene glycol mono-n-propyl ether, dipropylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether, tripropylene glycol Cholesteric acid monomethyl ether, tripropylene glycol monoethyl ether, methyl lactate, ethyl
- the leveling properties after coating it is preferable to incorporate a combination of multiple types selected from the group consisting of PGME, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, PGMEA, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, 3-methoxybutanol, and GBL.
- the content of component (d) is preferably 30 parts by mass or more, and more preferably 50 parts by mass or more, per 100 parts by mass of the positive photosensitive pigment composition in order to improve the coatability. In order to improve the smoothness of the prebaked film, the content is preferably 99 parts by mass or less, and more preferably 95 parts by mass or less.
- the positive photosensitive pigment composition of the present invention preferably further contains (e) a compound that is converted by heating in the wavelength range of 350 to 780 nm into a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 350 to 500 nm.
- the component (e) here is a compound that does not belong to any of the components (a), (b), (c), (d), and (f).
- the principle of thermal coloring is not particularly limited.
- the minimum temperature at which coloring begins is preferably 150°C or higher in order to avoid a decrease in exposure sensitivity, and preferably 230°C or lower in order to fully obtain the effect of reducing the transmittance in the wavelength range of 350 to 500 nm.
- the component (e) examples include the thermal coloring compounds described in JP-A-2004-326094, which are converted into compounds having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 350 to 500 nm, and after heat treatment at, for example, 250°C, the component (e) exhibits a yellow, orange, or brown hue in the film.
- the component (e) contains a hydroxyl group-containing compound.
- hydroxyl group-containing compounds examples include 4,4',4",4'"-(1,4-phenylenedimethylidene)tetrakisphenol (maximum absorption wavelength after heat treatment: 440 nm), 4,4',4"-trihydroxytriphenylmethane (maximum absorption wavelength after heat treatment: 460 nm), and 4-[bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)methyl)]2-methoxyphenol (maximum absorption wavelength after heat treatment: 470 nm).
- polyhydric phenol compounds such as trihydroxybenzene, phenol compounds having a specific structure disclosed in WO 2024/135186, and phenol compounds having a specific structure disclosed in WO 2024/135186 are preferable because of their excellent effect of reducing transmittance in the wavelength range of 350 to 500 nm.
- the positive photosensitive pigment composition of the present invention may further contain (f) a thermal crosslinking agent (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as component (f)).
- component (f) a thermal crosslinking agent
- the (f) component is preferably a compound having two or more alkoxymethyl groups or epoxy groups in the molecule.
- Examples of compounds having two or more alkoxymethyl groups in the molecule include HMOM-TPHAP, DML-PC, DML-PEP, DML-OC, and DML-POP (all manufactured by Honshu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), and "NIKALAC (registered trademark)" MX-390, MX-290, MX-280, MX-270, MW-100LM, and MX-750LM (all manufactured by Sanwa Chemical Co., Ltd.).
- Examples of compounds with two or more epoxy groups in the molecule include TEPIC-S, TEPIC-PAS, TEPIC-VL, TEPIC-UC (all manufactured by Nissan Chemical Industries, Ltd.), XD-1000, XD-1000-H, XD-1000-2L, NC-3000 (all manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), TECHMORE VG3101L (manufactured by Printec Co., Ltd.), and TR-FR-201 (manufactured by Tronly).
- the positive photosensitive pigment composition of the present invention may further contain other components, such as silicone or acrylic leveling agents and adhesion improvers for the substrate surface, such as silane coupling agents, as necessary.
- the chemical structures of the (a) resin, the (b), the (c), the (d), the (e), and the (f) components can be analyzed by an appropriate combination of known techniques such as pyrolysis gas chromatography mass spectrometry (pyrolysis GC-MS), liquid chromatography mass spectrometry (LC-MS), matrix-assisted laser desorption/ionization time-of-flight mass spectrometry (MALDI-TOF MS), time-of-flight secondary ion mass spectrometry (TOF-SIMS), proton nuclear magnetic resonance spectrometry ( 1 H-NMR), and microscopic infrared absorption spectrometry.
- pyrolysis gas chromatography mass spectrometry pyrolysis chromatography mass spectrometry
- LC-MS liquid chromatography mass spectrometry
- MALDI-TOF MS matrix-assisted laser desorption/ionization time-of-flight mass spectrometry
- TOF-SIMS time-of-f
- a positive photosensitive pigment composition is used as an analysis sample, and pretreatment is performed using a centrifuge to obtain a concentrated liquid from which the (b) component is separated and removed.
- the sequence of the repeating units is analyzed by carbon nuclear magnetic resonance spectrometry ( 13 C-NMR), whereby a block chain consisting only of the repeating unit a in the (a-1) component can be detected.
- the accuracy of the analysis may be further improved by adding a step of adding hydrochloric acid and an alcohol-based solvent to the analysis sample to extract the soluble matter including the (a) resin, or by using GPC to increase the purity of the (a) resin in the concentrated solution.
- a method for preparing a positive photosensitive pigment composition includes preparing a pigment dispersion liquid containing the (a) resin, the (b) component, and the (d) component by wet dispersion processing, and then mixing and stirring the (c) component and the (d) component, and optionally the (e) component, the (f) component, and other components with the pigment dispersion liquid, and filtering the mixture through a filter as necessary.
- the dispersing machine for carrying out the wet dispersion process may be either a wet media dispersing machine or a wet media-less dispersing machine, but it is preferable to use a wet media dispersing machine because of its excellent dispersion processing speed and economical advantages.
- the wet media dispersing process can deagglomerate the secondary aggregates of component (b) to obtain a fine and sharp particle size distribution.
- wet media dispersing machines examples include bead mills such as “Levomill (registered trademark)” (manufactured by Asada Iron Works Co., Ltd.), “Nano Getter (registered trademark)” (manufactured by Ashizawa Finetech Co., Ltd.), “DYNO-MILL (registered trademark)” (manufactured by Willy A.
- the media material is preferably ceramic beads such as zirconia, with a diameter of 0.03 to 0.5 mm.
- Commercially available products include “TORECERAM (registered trademark)” (manufactured by Toray Industries, Inc.).
- the cured film of the present invention which is a second aspect of the present invention, is a cured film containing a cured product of the positive photosensitive pigment composition of the present invention.
- the cured product here means a product obtained through a process of heating the positive photosensitive pigment composition at a temperature of 200°C or more and 400°C or less under atmospheric pressure for 10 minutes or more.
- the cured film of the present invention has the advantageous technical feature of suppressing the occurrence of defective sites derived from semi-dry film-like foreign matter and suppressing the occurrence of non-illuminated pixels, and can therefore be suitably used as a pixel dividing layer and/or a spacer layer in an organic EL display device.
- components other than the cured product of the positive-type photosensitive pigment composition include moisture mixed in during the cured film formation process and metal ions such as Na + and Ag + mixed in the cured film originating from the underlying substrate or electrodes.
- the following describes preferred embodiments of the cured film of the present invention when used as a pixel dividing layer and a spacer layer in an organic EL display device.
- the optical density per 1.0 ⁇ m of film thickness of the pixel division layer which is an index of the light blocking property of the pixel division layer, is preferably 0.5 or more, and more preferably 0.7 or more, in order to suppress external light reflection and increase the value of the display device. From the viewpoint of the exposure sensitivity of the positive photosensitive pigment composition, it is preferably 1.5 or less, and more preferably 1.3 or less.
- the optical density here means a value obtained by measuring the incident light intensity and the transmitted light intensity of a pixel division layer formed on a transparent substrate to a thickness of 1.5 ⁇ m using an optical densitometer X-Rite 361T (manufactured by X-Rite) and dividing the value calculated from the following formula by the film thickness value of 1.5, and the higher the optical density, the higher the light blocking property.
- a transparent glass substrate “Tempax (manufactured by AGC Technoglass Co., Ltd.)" can be preferably used.
- Optical density log 10 (I 0 /I) In the above formula, I 0 is the incident light intensity, and I is the transmitted light intensity.
- the thickness of the pixel division layer is preferably 1.0 to 2.5 ⁇ m.
- the thickness of the spacer layer is preferably 1.0 to 2.0 ⁇ m. From the standpoint of exposure sensitivity, the thickness of the portion where the pixel division layer and the spacer layer are laminated is preferably 2.0 to 4.0 ⁇ m.
- a method for forming a cured film that can be used as a pixel dividing layer and a spacer layer preferably includes a coating step in which a positive photosensitive pigment composition is applied to obtain a coating film, a pre-baking step in which the coating film is heated to obtain a pre-baked film, an exposure step in which the pre-baked film is pattern-exposed to activated actinic rays through a positive half-tone exposure mask to obtain an exposed film having exposed, semi-exposed and unexposed parts within its surface, a development step in which the exposed film is developed with an alkaline developer to obtain a developed film by removing a part of the semi-exposed and unexposed parts in addition to the exposed parts, and a curing step in which the film is thermally cured by heating to obtain a cured film.
- a spin coater or slit coater is preferably used because of its excellent thin film coating properties.
- the pre-bake temperature in the pre-bake process is preferably 50 to 150°C, and the pre-bake time is preferably 30 seconds to 5 minutes.
- the thickness of the pre-bake film is preferably 3.5 to 6.0 ⁇ m.
- a reduced pressure drying process may be provided between the coating process and the pre-bake process.
- Examples of exposure devices used in the exposure process include steppers, mirror projection mask aligners (MPAs), and parallel light mask aligners (PLAs).
- Activated actinic rays irradiated during exposure include the j-line (wavelength 313 nm), i-line (wavelength 365 nm), h-line (wavelength 405 nm), or g-line (wavelength 436 nm) of an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp.
- Mixed rays containing at least the h-line are preferred, and mixed rays containing g-line, h-line, and i-line are more preferred.
- a positive halftone exposure mask that has a fully transparent portion, a semi-transparent portion, and a shielding portion within the substrate surface, and is designed so that when the exposure amount in the fully transparent portion is 100% and the exposure amount in the shielding portion is 0%, the exposure amount in the semi-transparent portion is 10-50%.
- the exposed area of the exposed film refers to the area that is pattern-exposed through the fully transparent area of the exposure mask
- the semi-exposed area refers to the area that is pattern-exposed through the semi-transparent area of the exposure mask
- the unexposed area refers to the area that is not exposed due to the shielding area of the exposure mask.
- the developing method in the developing step includes, for example, shower, dipping, paddle, etc., and includes a method in which the exposed film is immersed for 10 seconds to 3 minutes.
- the paddle method is preferred to improve the uniformity of the opening width of the opening of the pixel division layer.
- the alkaline developer is preferably a 0.4 to 2.5 mass% aqueous solution of tetramethylammonium hydroxide (hereinafter referred to as "TMAH”), and an example of a commercially available product is 2.38 mass% TMAH (manufactured by Tama Chemicals Co., Ltd.).
- TMAH tetramethylammonium hydroxide
- the development time it is preferable to set the development time so that the value obtained by subtracting the film thickness of the developed film in the unexposed part from the film thickness of the pre-baked film, that is, the film loss ( ⁇ m) in the developing step, is 1.0 ⁇ m or less. In order to improve the exposure sensitivity, it is preferable to set it to 0.5 ⁇ m or more.
- the developed film is thermally cured by heating, and the developer and moisture remaining in the film are evaporated to obtain a cured film.
- heating devices include hot air ovens and IR ovens, and the heating atmosphere can be nitrogen or air.
- the heating temperature is preferably 220 to 280°C.
- the organic EL display device of the present invention which is a third aspect of the present invention, is an organic EL display device that includes the cured film of the present invention.
- the organic EL display device of the present invention has an advantageous technical effect of suppressing the occurrence of non-illuminated pixels.
- the pixel division layer has high in-plane uniformity in the aperture width, and is characterized by being more cost-effective than a case in which the pixel division layer and the spacer layer are formed separately and laminated.
- an organic EL display device of the present invention that includes the cured film of the present invention as a pixel division layer and a spacer layer
- a cross-sectional view of a TFT substrate in an organic EL display device is shown in Figure 1.
- TFT1 bottom-gate or top-gate thin-film transistors 1 (hereinafter abbreviated as TFT1) are arranged in a matrix, and a TFT insulating layer 3 is formed to cover the TFT1 and the wiring 2 connected to the TFT1. Furthermore, a planarization layer 4 is formed on the surface of the TFT insulating layer 3, and a contact hole 7 is provided in the planarization layer 4 to connect the first electrode 5 to the wiring 2.
- a first electrode 5 is patterned on the surface of the planarization layer 4 and connected to the wiring 2.
- a pixel division layer 8 is arranged so as to surround the periphery of the pattern of the first electrode 5.
- the pixel division layer 8 has an opening, and a light-emitting pixel 10 containing an organic EL light-emitting material is arranged in the opening.
- a convex spacer layer 9 is arranged on a part of the surface of the pixel division layer 8.
- a second electrode 11 is arranged to cover the pixel division layer 8, the spacer layer 9, and the light-emitting pixel 10.
- a TFT substrate having the above-mentioned laminated structure is sealed under vacuum and then a voltage is applied to the light-emitting pixel portion, it can be made to emit light as an organic EL display device.
- the shape of the opening in the pixel division layer 8 is not particularly limited and may be square, rectangular or elliptical.
- the opening width of the opening may be appropriately determined depending on the size of the light-emitting pixel 10, and may have a minor axis of 10 to 50 ⁇ m, for example.
- the spacer layer 9 reduces the contact area with the deposition mask when forming the light-emitting pixel 10, preventing defects in the organic EL element and improving production yield.
- the emission peak wavelength of the light-emitting pixel 10 is not particularly limited, but a specific example of the configuration is an arrangement of different types of pixels having emission peak wavelengths in the regions of blue, red, and green, which are the three primary colors of light.
- the peak wavelength in the red region may be 560 to 700 nm
- the peak wavelength in the blue region may be 420 to 480 nm
- the peak wavelength in the green region may be 500 to 550 nm.
- a color adjustment layer consisting of blue, red, and green color filters and a black matrix separating them may be provided on the light extraction side.
- the color filter for example, a color filter having high color reproducibility disclosed in JP 2022-164709 A may be mentioned.
- a method for forming a pattern of the light-emitting pixel 10 includes a mask deposition method.
- the mask deposition method is a method of depositing and patterning an organic compound using a deposition mask, and specifically includes a method of depositing a deposition mask with openings of a desired pattern on the substrate side.
- An example of a deposition mask used to form a high-definition light-emitting pixel is the deposition mask disclosed in JP 2019-163543 A.
- the first electrode 5 may be made of conductive metal oxides such as indium tin oxide (ITO) and indium zinc oxide (IZO), among which ITO is preferred due to its excellent transparency and conductivity.
- ITO indium tin oxide
- IZO indium zinc oxide
- the method of patterning ITO involves forming an ITO film over the entire surface by sputtering, then patterning a positive resist material for etching by photolithography to obtain a resist pattern on the ITO film, and removing only the ITO film in the areas where the resist pattern is not formed by an etching solution. Next, the resist pattern is removed by a resist stripper, and heat treatment is performed as necessary to obtain the desired crystallinity.
- the positive resist material for etching may be a positive photosensitive composition containing an alkali-soluble novolac resin.
- the etching solution may be an aqueous solution containing nitric acid and hydrochloric acid or an aqueous solution of oxalic acid.
- Commercially available products include, for example, ITO-101N (Kanto Chemical Co., Ltd.), "Sclean (registered trademark)” IS-2 and IS-3 (all of which are manufactured by Sasaki Chemical Co., Ltd.).
- the resist stripping solution may be an aqueous solution of an organic amine system.
- Commercially available products include, for example, "Anlast (registered trademark)” M6, M6B, TN-1-5, and M71-2 (all of which are manufactured by Miwako Pure Chemical Research Institute).
- the first electrode 5 may have a laminated structure of ITO/silver alloy/ITO in order to improve light reflectivity and adhesion to the substrate.
- the second electrode 11 may be made of any material as long as it is a layer that functions as an electrode.
- a layer made of aluminum is preferably used as the second electrode 11 because of its excellent light reflectivity.
- a silver alloy such as silver/magnesium is preferably used because of its excellent light transmittance.
- the second electrode 11 can be obtained by forming a film over the entire surface using a sputtering method.
- the light extraction direction of the organic EL display device of the present invention is not particularly limited, and may be a bottom-emission type organic EL display device in which the light emitted from the light-emitting pixels 10 is extracted to the substrate side via the substrate 6, or a top-emission type organic EL display device in which the light emitted is extracted to the opposite side of the substrate 6 via the second electrode 11.
- the film thickness of the second electrode 11 is preferably 70 nm or more in order to improve light reflectivity.
- the film thickness of the second electrode 11 is preferably 40 nm or less in order to improve light transmittance.
- the substrate 6 may be a substrate made of glass that does not have flexibility, or a substrate made of polyimide resin that has flexibility.
- glass examples include OA-10G and OA-11 (both manufactured by Nippon Electric Glass Co., Ltd.), and AN-100 (manufactured by Asahi Glass Co., Ltd.).
- An example of a substrate made of polyimide resin is a substrate obtained by applying a solution containing polyamic acid to the surface of a temporary support, then heating the polyamic acid at 250 to 400°C to imidize it and convert it into polyimide resin, and then peeling off the temporary support with a laser or the like.
- a specific example is polyamic acid having residues of 3,3',4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride and residues of p-phenylenediamine.
- the electronic device of the present invention which is a fourth aspect of the present invention, is an electronic device equipped with the organic EL display device of the present invention.
- an organic EL display device having a pixel division layer and a spacer layer, which have the technical effects of high in-plane uniformity of the light-emitting pixel size and suppressing the occurrence of non-illuminated pixels, and which is formed collectively, the electronic device of the present invention has advantageous features of suppressing uneven brightness, excellent visibility, and low cost.
- An electronic device equipped with an organic EL display device here means an apparatus that has at least an organic EL display device, a driving circuit, and a power source, and is capable of displaying text information, images, and/or videos by itself.
- embodiments of the electronic device of the present invention include a personal computer, a foldable smartphone, a non-foldable rigid smartphone, a wristwatch, a table clock, glasses, an in-vehicle monitor, a car navigation system, a gaming monitor, a portable game console, a television, and a head-mounted display.
- the block copolymer of the present invention which is a fifth aspect of the present invention, is A block copolymer having a block chain consisting of only repeating units a and repeating units b,
- the repeating unit a is at least one selected from the group consisting of a repeating unit represented by formula (1), a repeating unit represented by formula (2), a repeating unit represented by formula (3), a repeating unit represented by formula (4), and a repeating unit represented by formula (5)
- the repeating unit b is a block copolymer which is a repeating unit represented by formula (33) and/or a repeating unit represented by formula (34).
- R 1 , R 4 , R 7 , R 11 , and R 15 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms
- R 2 , R 5 , R 8 , R 12 , and R 16 each independently represent a single bond or a divalent linking group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms and not containing a nitrogen atom
- R 3 , R 6 , R 9 , R 14 , and R 19 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms
- n 1 , n 2 , n 3 , n 4 , and n 5 are integers each independently representing 0 to 2
- R 10 and R 13 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms
- R 17 and R 18 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
- R 31 and R 34 each represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms
- R 32 and R 35 each independently represent a single bond or a divalent linking group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms
- R 33 , R 36 , and R 37 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms
- n 9 is an integer number which is 1 or 2
- n 10 , n 11 , n 12 , n 13 and n 14 are integers, each independently representing 0 to 2.
- R 32 and R 35 do not contain any nitrogen atom other than the nitrogen atom contained in -CONH-.
- the sum of n 11 and n 12 is 0 to 3, and the sum of n 12 and n 14 is 1 or 2.
- the block copolymer of the present invention is a compound belonging to component (a-1) in the first aspect of the present invention, and is useful as a pigment dispersant having the four advantageous characteristics described above.
- the block chain consisting only of repeating unit a here means a structure in which 10 or more repeating units belonging to repeating unit a are linked together, with a molecular weight of 1000 or more.
- the arrangement of repeating units other than the block chain consisting only of repeating unit a in the block copolymer here is not particularly limited.
- the preferred chemical structure of the block copolymer of the present invention is based on the same principles as the preferred chemical structure of component (a-1) described above.
- the repeating unit a is one or more selected from the group consisting of the repeating unit represented by the above-mentioned formula (7), the repeating unit represented by the formula (8), and the repeating unit represented by the formula (9). In terms of its high effect of suppressing the generation of non-illuminated pixels, it is most preferable to have a repeating unit represented by the formula (9).
- the block copolymer of the present invention can be suitably used for producing a pigment dispersion liquid, and for producing a positive-type photosensitive pigment composition for forming a pixel dividing layer and a spacer layer that are provided in an organic EL display device.
- the method for synthesizing the block copolymer of the present invention can be the same as the method for synthesizing component (a-1) described above.
- FIG. 3 A schematic diagram of the appearance of a semi-dry film-like foreign matter formed on the inner wall surface of a glass vial is shown in Figure 3.
- the vial was left open and dried in an oven maintained at 100°C for 3 hours, after which the mass of the vial was measured, and the mass (g) of the deposit remaining on the inner wall surface of the vial was calculated by subtracting the mass of the vial alone, which had been measured before use.
- the mass of the deposit remaining on the inner wall surface of the vial was regarded as the amount (g) of semi-dry film-like foreign matter formed, and the smaller the amount of formation, the better.
- the evaluation was based on the following criteria, with AA and A to C being pass marks, and D to E being fail marks. The above evaluations were carried out under yellow light, which does not expose the component (c).
- AA The amount of semi-dry film-like foreign matter generated is less than 0.05 g.
- A The amount of semi-dry film-like foreign matter generated is 0.05 g or more and less than 0.10 g.
- B The amount of semi-dry film-like foreign matter generated is 0.10 g or more and less than 0.15 g.
- C The amount of semi-dry film-like foreign matter generated is 0.15 g or more and less than 0.20 g.
- D The amount of semi-dry film-like foreign matter generated is 0.20 g or more and less than 0.40 g.
- E The amount of semi-dry film-like foreign matter generated is 0.40 g or more.
- AA The minimum required exposure dose is 40 mJ/cm 2 or 50 mJ/cm 2 .
- B The minimum required exposure amount is 80 to 100 mJ/ cm2 .
- C The minimum required exposure amount is 110 to 150 mJ/ cm2 .
- D The minimum required exposure dose is 160 to 250 mJ/ cm2 .
- E The required minimum exposure amount is 260 to 300 mJ/ cm2 .
- F It is difficult to evaluate the exposure sensitivity.
- a silver alloy (an alloy of 99.00 mass % silver and 1.00 mass % copper) was formed on the entire surface of an alkali-free glass substrate having a length of 150 mm and a width of 150 mm by a sputtering method.
- An ITO film was then formed on the entire surface by a sputtering method to obtain a glass substrate having a silver alloy film/ITO film on the entire surface of the alkali-free glass substrate.
- the positive photosensitive pigment composition was applied to the ITO surface of the glass substrate having a silver alloy film/ITO film by adjusting the rotation speed using a spin coater so that the film thickness of the pixel division layer finally obtained was 1.5 ⁇ m, and the film thickness of the spacer layer arranged on the surface of the pixel division layer was 1.5 ⁇ 0.1 ⁇ m, respectively, to obtain a coating film.Furthermore, the coating film was pre-baked at 110° C.
- a positive halftone exposure mask (a mask designed so that 220 square transmission parts of length: 30.0 ⁇ m, width: 30.0 ⁇ m are arranged, and the exposure amount of the semi-transmission part is 15% when the exposure amount of the total transmission part is 100% and the exposure amount of the shielding part is 0%) was performed using a near-infrared camera (light source wavelength: 800 nm).
- the prebaked film was pattern-exposed to a mixture of g, h, and i rays from an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp by changing the exposure amount stepwise in increments of 10 mJ within the range of 40 to 300 (mJ/ cm2 : i-line equivalent value) through a positive half-tone exposure mask, to obtain an exposed film having exposed, semi-exposed, and unexposed areas within its surface.
- the pattern exposure was performed by contacting the positive half-tone exposure mask with the surface of the prebaked film.
- the paddle method here refers to a method in which the alkaline developer is shower-coated on the surface of the exposed film for 10 seconds, and then left to stand until a predetermined development time is reached for development.
- the development time was in the range of 30 to 100 seconds, and was set to the value obtained by subtracting the film thickness of the unexposed part of the developed film formed on the developed film-formed substrate described below from the film thickness of the pre-baked film, that is, the time at which the film loss ( ⁇ m) in the development process becomes 0.8 ⁇ m. Furthermore, after rinsing with deionized water for 30 seconds by the shower method, the substrate was rotated at 200 rpm for 30 seconds to dry, and a developed film-formed substrate provided with a developed film was obtained.
- the developed film was heated in air at 250°C for 1 hour using a high-temperature inert gas oven (INH-9CD-S; manufactured by Koyo Thermo Systems Co., Ltd.) to obtain a substrate for measuring exposure sensitivity that includes a pixel division layer and a spacer layer.
- a high-temperature inert gas oven IH-9CD-S; manufactured by Koyo Thermo Systems Co., Ltd.
- the openings of the pixel division layer were observed using an FPD inspection microscope (MX-61L; manufactured by Olympus Corporation), and the minimum required exposure dose (mJ/ cm2 : i-line equivalent value) when the average opening width of 10 openings in each exposure dose region was within the range of 30.0 ⁇ 0.1 ⁇ m was defined as the exposure sensitivity. Note that the opening width was measured only for openings that were square due to the exposure mask and openings that were circular due to thermal flow in the curing process, and openings in which foreign matter defects were observed were excluded from the measurement.
- W3 is less than 1.0 ⁇ m.
- the positive photosensitive pigment composition was applied to the surface of a transparent glass substrate "Tempax (manufactured by AGC Technoglass Co., Ltd.) by a spin coater, adjusting the rotation speed so that the final cured film had a thickness of 1.5 ⁇ m, to obtain a coating film.
- the coating film was prebaked at 110° C. under atmospheric pressure for 120 seconds using a hot plate (SCW-636; manufactured by Dainippon Screen Mfg. Co., Ltd.), to obtain a prebaked film.
- a double-sided alignment single-sided exposure device was used to irradiate the entire surface of the prebaked film with g, h, and i mixed rays of an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp at an exposure amount equivalent to 15% of the second exposure sensitivity (required minimum exposure amount) obtained by the above-mentioned method, to obtain an exposed film.
- Development, rinsing, and drying were performed in the same manner as in the evaluation of the second exposure sensitivity, to obtain a solid developed film.
- the developed film was heated at 250° C. for 1 hour under air using a high-temperature inert gas oven, to obtain a light-shielding evaluation substrate having a solid cured film with a film thickness of 1.5 ⁇ m.
- the total optical density (Total OD value) was measured at three points on the film side using an optical densitometer (X-Rite Corporation; X-Rite 361T) to calculate the average value, which was then divided by 1.5 and rounded to the nearest tenth to obtain the light-shielding property per 1.0 ⁇ m of cured film thickness (OD/ ⁇ m). The higher the OD/ ⁇ m value, the better the cured film.
- the OD value of Tempax which does not have a cured film formed, was measured separately and found to be 0.00, so the total optical density of the substrates used for light-shielding evaluation was regarded as the total optical density of the cured film.
- the thickness of the cured film was measured at three points on the surface using a stylus film thickness measuring device (Tokyo Seimitsu Co., Ltd.; Surfcom), and the average value was rounded to the nearest tenth to obtain the light-shielding property per 1.0 ⁇ m of cured film thickness.
- a stylus film thickness measuring device Tokyo Seimitsu Co., Ltd.; Surfcom
- the average value was rounded to the nearest tenth to obtain the light-shielding property per 1.0 ⁇ m of cured film thickness.
- the light-blocking properties of the cured film were not evaluated.
- AA The incidence of non-lighted pixels is 0.0% (i.e., no non-lighted pixels are observed).
- A The incidence rate of non-lighted pixels is 0.4% or more and less than 2.0%.
- B The incidence rate of non-lighted pixels is 2.0% or more and less than 4.0%.
- C The incidence rate of non-lighted pixels is 4.0% or more and less than 6.0%.
- D The incidence rate of non-lit pixels is 6.0% or more and less than 10.0%.
- E The incidence rate of non-lighted pixels is 10.0% or more.
- the weight average molecular weight (Mw) was determined under the following measurement conditions.
- GPC device Tosoh Corporation HLC-8420GPC
- Column TSKgel SuperAW4000 Guard column: TSK guard column Super AW-L Eluent: a solution in which 8.67 g of lithium bromide was dissolved in 10 L of N,N'-dimethylacetamide.
- Analysis sample a solution in which a resin solution (1 part by mass as resin) was dissolved in 180 parts by mass of the eluent.
- pigment dispersant solution 1 contained a block chain consisting of a repeating unit represented by formula (12) and a block copolymer having a repeating unit represented by formula (40). The amounts of each raw material are shown in Table 1.
- Pigment dispersant solution 2 having a solid content of 10.00 mass % was synthesized in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1, except that 2-vinylpyridine (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) was used instead of 4-vinylpyridine, in the blending amounts shown in Table 1. It was confirmed by 13 C-NMR that pigment dispersant solution 2 contained a block chain composed of a repeating unit represented by formula (10) and a block copolymer having a repeating unit represented by formula (40).
- Pigment dispersant solution 3 having a solid content of 10.00% by mass was synthesized in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1, except that 3-vinylpyridine (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) was used instead of 4-vinylpyridine, and in the blending amounts shown in Table 1.
- 3-vinylpyridine manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.
- pigment dispersant solution 3 contained a block chain composed of a repeating unit represented by formula (11) and a block copolymer having a repeating unit represented by formula (40).
- Synthesis Example 4 Synthesis of Pigment Dispersant Solution 4
- a pigment dispersant solution 4 having a solid content of 10.00% by mass was synthesized in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1, except that 5-propyl-2-vinylpyridine (manufactured by Sigma-Aldrich) was used instead of 4-vinylpyridine and the blending amounts were as shown in Table 1.
- pigment dispersant solution 4 contained a block chain composed of a repeating unit represented by formula (15) and a block copolymer having a repeating unit represented by formula (40).
- Synthesis Example 5 Synthesis of Pigment Dispersant Solution 5
- a pigment dispersant solution 5 having a solid content of 10.00% by mass was synthesized in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1, except that 2-methyl-1-vinylimidazole (manufactured by Sigma-Aldrich) was used instead of 4-vinylpyridine and the blending amounts shown in Table 2 were used.
- pigment dispersant solution 5 contained a block chain composed of a repeating unit represented by formula (26) and a block copolymer having a repeating unit represented by formula (40).
- Synthesis Example 6 Synthesis of Pigment Dispersant Solution 6
- a pigment dispersant solution 6 having a solid content of 10.00% by mass was synthesized in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1, except that 4-(1H-imidazol-1-yl)butyl methacrylate (manufactured by Sigma-Aldrich) was used instead of 4-vinylpyridine and the blending amounts shown in Table 2 were used.
- pigment dispersant solution 6 contained a block chain composed of a repeating unit represented by formula (24) and a block copolymer having a repeating unit represented by formula (40).
- Pigment dispersant solution 7 having a solid content of 10.00 mass % was synthesized in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1, except that 4-(1-imidazolyl)styrene (Sigma-Aldrich) was used instead of 4-vinylpyridine and the blending amounts shown in Table 2 were used.
- pigment dispersant solution 7 contained a block chain composed of a repeating unit represented by formula (22) and a block copolymer having a repeating unit represented by formula (40).
- pigment dispersant solution 8 contained a block chain composed of a repeating unit represented by formula (27) and a block copolymer having a repeating unit represented by formula (40).
- pigment dispersant solution 9 contained a block chain composed of a repeating unit represented by formula (31) and a block copolymer having a repeating unit represented by formula (40).
- pigment dispersant solution 10 contains a block copolymer having a block chain composed of a repeating unit represented by formula (32), a repeating unit represented by formula (40), and a repeating unit represented by formula (39).
- pigment dispersant solution 11 contains a block copolymer having a block chain composed of a repeating unit represented by formula (10), a repeating unit represented by formula (41), and a repeating unit represented by formula (46).
- Synthesis Example 12 Synthesis of Pigment Dispersant Solution 12
- a pigment dispersant solution 12 having a solid content of 10.00 mass % was synthesized in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1, except that 91.10 g (0.70 mol) of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) and 8.61 g (0.10 mol) of methacrylic acid were used instead of 4-hydroxyphenyl methacrylate, and the blending amounts were as shown in Table 3.
- pigment dispersant solution 12 contains a block copolymer having a block chain composed of a repeating unit represented by formula (12), a repeating unit represented by formula (50), and a repeating unit represented by formula (51).
- pigment dispersant solution 13 contains a block copolymer having a block chain composed of a repeating unit represented by formula (10), a repeating unit represented by formula (40), and a repeating unit represented by formula (57).
- pigment dispersant solution 14 contains a block copolymer having a block chain composed of a repeating unit represented by formula (10), a repeating unit represented by formula (37), a repeating unit represented by formula (55), and a repeating unit represented by formula (88).
- pigment dispersant solution 15 contains a block copolymer having a block chain composed of a repeating unit represented by formula (10), a repeating unit represented by formula (44), a repeating unit represented by formula (55), and a repeating unit represented by formula (88).
- pigment dispersant solution 16 did not contain a block copolymer having a block chain composed of repeating unit a, but contained a random copolymer having a repeating unit represented by formula (12) and a repeating unit represented by formula (40).
- the amounts of each raw material used are shown in Table 6.
- pigment dispersant solution 17 contains a block copolymer having a block chain composed of a repeating unit represented by formula (12), a repeating unit represented by formula (55), and a repeating unit represented by formula (88). It was also confirmed that pigment dispersant solution 17 does not contain the repeating unit b.
- Pigment dispersant solution 18 having a solid content of 10.00 mass % was synthesized in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1, except that 2-vinylpyrazine (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) was used instead of 4-vinylpyridine, and in the blending amounts shown in Table 8.
- pigment dispersant solution 18 contained a block chain consisting of a repeating unit represented by formula (90) and a block copolymer having a repeating unit represented by formula (40). It was also confirmed that pigment dispersant solution 18 did not contain the repeating unit a.
- Pigment dispersant solution 19 having a solid content of 10.00 mass % was synthesized in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1, except that 4-vinylaniline (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) was used instead of 4-vinylpyridine, and in the blending amounts shown in Table 8.
- pigment dispersant solution 19 contained a block chain composed of a repeating unit represented by formula (91) and a block copolymer having a repeating unit represented by formula (40). It was also confirmed that pigment dispersant solution 19 did not contain the repeating unit a.
- the (a) resins contained in the pigment dispersant solutions 1 to 19 obtained in the above synthesis examples, and in the pigment dispersant solutions 23 to 25 described below, are classified as components (a-1) and (a-2), and information regarding their structures is summarized and shown in Table 9.
- Fine perylene black pigment 1 which is a mixed crystal of a compound represented by formula (104) and a compound represented by formula (105), was produced by the same method as the method for producing fine perylene black pigment 1 disclosed in Production Example 1 of Patent Document 5.
- Fine perylene black pigment 1 is component (b-1).
- the content of chlorine atoms contained in fine perylene black pigment 1 was quantified by ion chromatography, and was found to be less than 2 ppm by mass, which is the lower limit of quantification.
- Fine dioxazine pigment 2 was produced by the same method as that for producing fine dioxazine pigment 2 disclosed in Production Example 6 of Patent Document 5.
- Fine dioxazine pigment 2 is a compound in which, in formula (63), R 52 to R 61 are all hydrogen atoms, R 62 and R 63 are ethyl groups, R 64 and R 65 are methyl groups, and R 66 and R 67 are -CONH-, and is component (b-1).
- the content of chlorine atoms contained in fine dioxazine pigment 2 was quantified by ion chromatography and found to be 320 ppm by mass.
- Polyimide precursor B was synthesized by the same method as that for synthesizing polyimide precursor B disclosed in Synthesis Examples 1 and 2 of Patent Document 5.
- Polyimide precursor B is component (a-2).
- Dispersant solution b was synthesized using BYK-LPN6919 (manufactured by BYK-Chemie) as a starting material in the same manner as the synthesis method of dispersant solution b disclosed in Production Example 2 of Patent Document 1.
- Dispersant solution b is a PGMEA solution with a solid content of 30.00 mass% of a methacrylic resin having a repeating unit represented by formula (59) and a repeating unit represented by formula (60). Furthermore, dispersant solution b was diluted with PGME to a solid content of 10.00 mass%, to obtain pigment dispersant solution 20. The solution was transparent with no precipitation or cloudiness observed, and had good solubility in PGME.
- Dye B was synthesized using CI Pigment Red 178 as a starting material in the same manner as the synthesis method of dye B disclosed in Synthesis Example 9 of Patent Document 5.
- Dye B is a compound belonging to the component (b-2).
- Perylene Blue Pigment 3 was a mixture of the compound represented by formula (94), the compound represented by formula (95), the compound represented by formula (96), and the compound represented by formula (97). The total content of the compound represented by formula (96) and the compound represented by formula (97) was 74 parts by mass in 100 parts by mass of Perylene Blue Pigment 3. Perylene Blue Pigment 3 was component (b-2), and the cumulative 90% secondary particle diameter in the volume-based particle size distribution measured with MT3000II (manufactured by MICROTRAC Corporation) was 5 ⁇ m.
- Synthesis Example 26 Synthesis of Perylene Blue Pigment 4
- 3000.00 g of the perylene blue solution (solid content 1% by mass) synthesized in Synthesis Example 25 was placed in a flask, and 533.60 g of a 5% by mass aqueous solution of hexadecyltrimethylammonium bromide (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) was added while stirring, and the mixture was stirred at a liquid temperature of 50 ° C. for 12 hours, and then allowed to stand for 7 days.
- the mixture was dried under reduced pressure at 80 ° C. for 24 hours, subjected to dry grinding treatment using a nanojet mister, and passed through a stainless steel sieve filter (opening diameter 20 ⁇ m) to remove coarse particles, and perylene blue pigment 4, which is a mixture of the compound represented by formula (106) and the compound represented by formula (107), was obtained.
- Perylene blue pigment 4 is component (b-2), and the cumulative 90% secondary particle diameter in the volume-based particle size distribution measured with MT3000II was 5 ⁇ m.
- Synthesis Example 27 Synthesis of Perylene Blue Pigment 5
- 3000.00 g of the perylene blue solution (solid content 1% by mass) synthesized in Synthesis Example 25 was charged into a flask, and 562.88 g of a 5% by mass aqueous solution of hexadecylpyridinium bromide (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) was added while stirring, and the mixture was stirred at a liquid temperature of 50 ° C. for 12 hours, and then allowed to stand for 7 days.
- Perylene Blue Pigment 6 is component (b-2), and is a mixture of a compound in which, in formula (98), R 88 and R 89 are methyl groups, R 90 is a benzyl group, and R 91 is an alkyl group having 12 carbon atoms, and a compound in which, in formula (99), R 93 and R 94 are methyl groups, R 95 is a benzyl group, and R 96 is an alkyl group having 12 carbon atoms.
- the cumulative 90% secondary particle diameter in the volume-based particle size distribution measured with an MT3000II was 5 ⁇ m.
- the temperature was raised to 80° C. and heated for 5 hours, then cooled to a liquid temperature of 23° C., and the solution of component (a-2) was diluted with PGME to a solid content of 30.00% by mass, to give a hydroxyl group-containing acrylic resin solution X.
- the Mw was 23,000.
- Preparation Example 1 Preparation of Pigment Dispersion 1
- TR4020G manufactured by Asahi Organic Chemicals Co., Ltd.; a hydroxyl group-containing novolak resin having a structure derived from m-cresol and a structure derived from p-cresol
- PGME:ethyl lactate:GBL mass ratio 50:40:10
- the preliminary stirring liquid was sent to a vertical bead mill "Ultra Apex Mill Advance (registered trademark)" (manufactured by Hiroshima Metal & Machinery Co., Ltd.) in which 0.05 mm ⁇ zirconia beads “TORECERAM (registered trademark)” (manufactured by Toray Industries, Inc.) were filled in a vessel at a filling rate of 75 volume %, and a wet media dispersion treatment was performed for 5 hours at a peripheral speed of 10 m/s using a circulation method, thereby obtaining a pigment dispersion liquid 1 having a solid content of 10.00 mass %.
- Ultra Apex Mill Advance registered trademark
- TORECERAM registered trademark
- a first filtration was performed using a filter having an aperture of 0.8 ⁇ m, and a second filtration was performed using a filter having an aperture of 0.2 ⁇ m. It was confirmed that there was no change in the value of the solid content up to the second decimal place before and after filtration.
- the blending amounts of each raw material are shown in Table 10.
- Pigment Dispersions 2 to 19 were prepared in the same manner as in Preparation Example 1, except that Pigment Dispersant Solutions 2 to 19 were used, respectively, instead of Pigment Dispersant Solution 1. The amounts of each raw material used are shown in Tables 10 to 14.
- Pigment dispersion 20 was prepared in the same manner as in Preparation Example 1, except that pigment dispersant solution 1 was not used and the amounts of each raw material shown in Table 14 were used.
- the preliminary stirring liquid was sent to a vertical bead mill "Ultra Apex Mill Advance (registered trademark)" (manufactured by Hiroshima Metal & Machinery Co., Ltd.) in which 0.05 mm ⁇ zirconia beads “TORECERAM (registered trademark)” (manufactured by Toray Industries, Inc.) were filled in a vessel at a filling rate of 75 volume %, and a wet media dispersion treatment was performed for 5 hours at a peripheral speed of 10 m/s using a circulation method, to obtain a pigment dispersion liquid 21 having a solid content of 10.00 mass %.
- Ultra Apex Mill Advance registered trademark
- TORECERAM registered trademark
- a first filtration was performed using a filter having an aperture of 0.8 ⁇ m, and a second filtration was performed using a filter having an aperture of 0.2 ⁇ m. It was confirmed that there was no change in the value of the solid content up to the second decimal place before and after filtration.
- the blending amounts of each raw material are shown in Table 15.
- Pigment Dispersion Liquid 22 was prepared in the same manner as in Preparation Example 21, except that Pigment Dispersant Solution 2 was used instead of Pigment Dispersant Solution 1. The amounts of each raw material used are shown in Table 15.
- Pigment dispersion 23 was prepared in the same manner as in Preparation Example 21, except that pigment dispersant solution 1 was not used and the blending amounts shown in Table 16 were used. Pigment dispersion 23 is the same as pigment dispersion 19 disclosed in Patent Document 5.
- BYK-LPN6919 was diluted with PGME to a solid content of 10.00% by mass, which was used as pigment dispersant solution 21. It was confirmed from pyrolysis GC-MS and 1 H-NMR analyses, and from measurement of the amine value (mgKOH/g), that BYK-LPN6919 has the same repeating unit structure, molar ratio, and amine value as “Dispersant-I” disclosed in the examples of Patent Document 3.
- Dispersant 4 solid content 100% by mass
- PGME PGME
- All of the dispersants were transparent without any precipitation or cloudiness upon dilution, and had good solubility in PGME.
- Pigment dispersions 24 to 27 were prepared in the same manner as in Preparation Example 21, except that pigment dispersant solutions 20 to 22 were used instead of pigment dispersant solution 1 in the amounts shown in Table 16.
- a top-emission organic EL display device was fabricated using the following method, which had a cured film containing the cured product of positive-type photosensitive pigment composition 1 as a pixel dividing layer and a spacer layer, and the occurrence rate (%) of non-illuminated pixels was evaluated.
- Figure 5 shows the fabrication process.
- a silver alloy (an alloy consisting of 99.00% by mass silver and 1.00% by mass copper) was formed on the entire surface of an alkali-free glass substrate 17 measuring 70 mm in length and 70 mm in width by sputtering.
- An alkali-soluble novolac-based positive resist was used, and the substrate was immersed in a silver alloy etching solution at a liquid temperature of 30°C for etching, to obtain a patterned silver alloy film 18 with a thickness of 100 nm.
- an amorphous ITO (indium-tin oxide) film which is a metastable phase, was formed on the entire surface by sputtering.
- the positive photosensitive pigment composition 1 was stored in a freezer (atmospheric pressure/light-shielded, -20°C ⁇ 1°C) for 30 days, then removed from the freezer and cooled to 25°C.
- Five 50-mL transparent glass vials were prepared by dripping 10.00 g of the positive photosensitive pigment composition 1 into them and sealing them, and the entire inner wall surface of the vial was wetted with the positive photosensitive pigment composition 1 by stirring for one minute. After leaving the vials for seven days in a thermostatic chamber maintained at atmospheric pressure/liquid temperature of 25 ⁇ 1°C, the five vials were stirred for 10 minutes, then opened, turned upside down and held for one minute, and the dropped liquid was poured into a 100-mL container and mixed.
- the mixture was applied to the surface of the first electrode-forming substrate 1 using a spin coater, adjusting the rotation speed so that the final pixel division layer had a thickness of 1.5 ⁇ m and the spacer layer disposed on the surface of the pixel division layer had a thickness of 1.5 ⁇ 0.1 ⁇ m, to obtain a coating film.
- the coating film was prebaked at atmospheric pressure at 110°C for 120 seconds using a hot plate to obtain a prebaked film.
- the prebaked film was pattern-exposed to g, h, and i mixed rays of an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp at the minimum required exposure amount (i.e., second exposure sensitivity) using a double-sided alignment single-sided exposure device through a positive halftone exposure mask (a mask with 220 square total transmission parts of 30.0 ⁇ m length and 30.0 ⁇ m width, designed so that the exposure amount in the semi-transmission parts is 15% when the exposure amount in the total transmission parts is 100% and the exposure amount in the shielding parts is 0%) to obtain an exposed film having exposed parts, semi-exposed parts, and unexposed parts in its surface.
- the pattern exposure was performed by contacting the positive halftone exposure mask with the surface of the prebaked film.
- a development process and a curing process were carried out in the same manner as in the second exposure sensitivity measurement method, and a pixel division layer/spacer layer-forming substrate 1 having a pixel division layer/spacer layer 20 was obtained.
- the thickness of the pixel division layer was 1.5 ⁇ m, and the thickness of the portion where the pixel division layer and the spacer layer were laminated was 3.0 ⁇ m.
- the pixel division layer/spacer layer forming substrate 1 was rotated with respect to the deposition source under deposition conditions with a vacuum degree of 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 3 Pa or less, and first, a compound (HT-1) represented by structural formula (110) was formed as a hole injection layer with a thickness of 10 nm, and a compound (HT-2) represented by structural formula (111) was formed as a hole transport layer with a thickness of 50 nm.
- a compound (HT-1) represented by structural formula (110) was formed as a hole injection layer with a thickness of 10 nm
- a compound (HT-2) represented by structural formula (111) was formed as a hole transport layer with a thickness of 50 nm.
- a compound (GH-1) represented by structural formula (112) was deposited as a host material, and a compound (GD-1) represented by structural formula (113) was deposited as a dopant material with a thickness of 40 nm.
- a compound (ET-1) represented by structural formula (115) and a compound (LiQ) represented by structural formula (114) were deposited as an electron transport material with a volume ratio of 1:1 to a thickness of 40 nm.
- a silver/magnesium alloy (volume ratio 10:1) was pattern-deposited to form a second electrode 22 with a thickness of 30 nm, and 50 of the 220 openings in the pixel division layer were made into light-emitting pixel sections.
- a cap-shaped glass plate was attached and sealed using an epoxy resin adhesive to obtain a top-emission type organic EL display device 1. Note that the thicknesses of the layers constituting the organic EL layer 21 and the second electrode are very thin compared to the pixel division layer described above, and are difficult to measure with high accuracy using a stylus-type film thickness measurement device. Therefore, each was measured using a quartz crystal oscillation-type film thickness monitor, which is suitable for thin films of less than 100 nm, and the value obtained by rounding off the first decimal place of the average value of three points in the plane was taken as the film thickness.
- Examples 2 to 16 Positive photosensitive pigment compositions 2 to 16 were prepared in the same manner as in Example 1, using pigment dispersions 2 to 16, respectively, instead of pigment dispersion 1. Using the methods described above, the amount of semi-dry film-like foreign matter generated, the first exposure sensitivity, the second exposure sensitivity, the light-shielding property of the cured film, and the rate of generation of non-lighted pixels were evaluated. The evaluation results are shown in Tables 18 and 19. The blending amounts of each raw material are shown in Tables 17 and 20 to 22.
- Positive photosensitive pigment compositions 17 to 20 were prepared in the same manner as in Example 1, using pigment dispersions 17 to 20, respectively, instead of pigment dispersion 1. Positive photosensitive pigment compositions 17 to 20 do not contain component (a-1). The blending amounts of each raw material are shown in Table 23. Using the methods described above, the amount of semi-dry film-like foreign matter generated, the first exposure sensitivity, the second exposure sensitivity, the light-shielding property of the cured film, and the rate of generation of non-lit pixels were evaluated. The evaluation results are shown in Tables 24 and 25.
- Positive photosensitive pigment compositions 21 and 22 were prepared in the same manner as in Example 1, except that pigment dispersion 1 was replaced with pigment dispersion 21 or 22, polyimide precursor B was used instead of TR4020G, and the amounts of each raw material were as shown in Table 26. Using the methods described above, the amount of semi-dry film-like foreign matter generated, the first exposure sensitivity, the second exposure sensitivity, the light-shielding property of the cured film, and the rate of non-illuminated pixels were evaluated. The evaluation results are shown in Tables 24 and 25.
- Positive photosensitive pigment compositions 23 to 27 were prepared in the same manner as in Example 1, except that pigment dispersion 1 was replaced with pigment dispersion 24 to 27, polyimide precursor B was used instead of TR4020G, and the amounts of each raw material were as shown in Table 27. Positive photosensitive pigment compositions 23 to 27 do not contain component (a-1). Using the above-mentioned method, the amount of semi-dried film-like foreign matter generated, the first exposure sensitivity, the second exposure sensitivity, the light-shielding property of the cured film, and the rate of non-illuminated pixels were evaluated. The evaluation results are shown in Tables 24 to 25. Note that the positive photosensitive composition 23 in this specification has the same composition as the positive photosensitive composition 21 (Example 16) disclosed in Patent Document 5.
- 1-vinylimidazole manufactured by Sigma-Aldrich
- 2-ethylhexyl acrylate manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.
- pigment dispersant solution 23 contains a block copolymer having a block chain consisting only of the repeating unit represented by formula (21), and a repeating unit represented by formula (40), a repeating unit represented by formula (51), a repeating unit represented by formula (116), and a repeating unit represented by formula (117).
- the second polymerization step was not carried out.
- pigment dispersant solution 24 does not contain a block copolymer having a block chain composed of repeating unit a, but contains a random copolymer having repeating units represented by formula (21), (40), (51), (116), and (117).
- the amounts of each raw material are shown in Table 29.
- pigment dispersant solution 25 contains a block copolymer having a block chain consisting only of the repeating unit represented by formula (12), a repeating unit represented by formula (40), a repeating unit represented by formula (51), a repeating unit represented by formula (116), and a repeating unit represented by formula (117).
- Preparation Example 28 Preparation of Pigment Dispersion 28
- 212.00 g of the hydroxyl group-containing acrylic resin solution X and 84.00 g of the pigment dispersant solution 23 were added and stirred for 5 minutes, and then 28.00 g of the perylene blue pigment 3 was added and stirred for 30 minutes to obtain a preliminary stirred liquid.
- the preliminary stirring liquid was sent to a vertical bead mill "Ultra Apex Mill Advance (registered trademark)" (manufactured by Hiroshima Metal & Machinery Co., Ltd.) in which 0.4 mm ⁇ zirconia beads “TORECERAM (registered trademark)” (manufactured by Toray Industries, Inc.) were filled in a vessel at a filling rate of 75 volume %, and a wet media dispersion treatment was performed for 3 hours by a circulation method at a peripheral speed of 10 m/s.
- Ultra Apex Mill Advance registered trademark
- TORECERAM registered trademark
- the same filling rate of 75 volume % was changed to 0.05 mm ⁇ zirconia beads, and a wet media dispersion treatment was performed for 3 hours by a circulation method at a peripheral speed of 8 m/s to obtain a pigment dispersion liquid 28 with a solid content of 10.00 mass %.
- a first filtration was performed with a filter having a diameter of 0.8 ⁇ m, and a second filtration was performed with a filter having a diameter of 0.2 ⁇ m. It was confirmed that no change was observed in the value of the solid content up to the second decimal place before and after filtration.
- the blending amount of each raw material is shown in Table 31.
- Pigment dispersions 29 to 31 were prepared in the same manner as in Preparation Example 28, except that Perylene Blue Pigments 4 to 6 were used, respectively, instead of Perylene Blue Pigment 3, in the amounts shown in Table 31.
- Examples 20 to 22 Positive photosensitive pigment compositions 29 to 31 were prepared in the same manner as in Example 19 using pigment dispersions 29 to 31 instead of pigment dispersion 28 in the amounts shown in Table 33. Using the methods described above, the amount of semi-dry film-like foreign matter generated, the first exposure sensitivity, the second exposure sensitivity, the light-shielding property of the cured film, and the rate of generation of non-lit pixels were evaluated. The evaluation results are shown in Tables 34 to 35.
- Examples 23 to 24 Positive photosensitive pigment compositions 33 and 34 were prepared in the same manner as in Example 19 using Pigment Dispersions 33 and 34 instead of Pigment Dispersion 28 in the amounts shown in Table 36. Using the methods described above, the amount of semi-dry film-like foreign matter generated, the first exposure sensitivity, the second exposure sensitivity, the light-shielding property of the cured film, and the rate of non-illuminated pixels were evaluated. The evaluation results are shown in Tables 34 and 35.
- Examples 20 to 22 which use as the component (a-1) a block copolymer having a block chain consisting only of repeating units represented by formula (9), repeating units represented by formula (33), and repeating units represented by formula (54), and which use as the component (b-2) one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of compounds represented by formula (98), compounds represented by formula (99), compounds represented by formula (100), and compounds represented by formula (101), the best results were obtained in each of the evaluations (1) to (5) above.
- the positive photosensitive pigment composition of the present invention can be preferably used as a material for forming pixel division layers and spacer layers in organic EL display devices, TFT planarization layers in organic EL display devices, partition walls in quantum dot organic EL display devices (QD-OLEDs), planarization layers in micro LED displays, black matrices in liquid crystal display devices, black column spacers in liquid crystal display devices, near-infrared-transmitting visible light shielding films in solid-state imaging devices, and other applications requiring the formation of highly precise cured films with high light-shielding properties and high exposure sensitivity.
- it can be preferably used as a material for collectively forming pixel division layers and spacer layers in flexible, bendable top-emission organic EL display devices.
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
- Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
- Optics & Photonics (AREA)
- Electroluminescent Light Sources (AREA)
- Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
Abstract
Description
本発明は、ポジ型感光性顔料組成物、その硬化物を含有する硬化膜、有機EL表示装置、電子機器、ならびにブロック共重合体に関する。 The present invention relates to a positive-type photosensitive pigment composition, a cured film containing the cured product, an organic electroluminescence display device, an electronic device, and a block copolymer.
顔料を有機溶剤中で微分散させ、再凝集を抑制して高い分散安定性を得る上で、酸-塩基相互作用に基づく吸着メカニズムの利用が極めて効果的であることがよく知られている。概して、有機顔料は無機顔料と比べて極性が低いため分散が難しく、有機顔料表面の酸性吸着サイトに対する吸着性に優れる点から、N,N-ジアルキルアミノアルキル基に代表される、脂肪族炭化水素基と結合した3級アミノ基(以下、脂肪族3級アミノ基という場合がある。)を有する樹脂が、顔料分散剤として幅広い技術分野で用いられている。 It is well known that the use of an adsorption mechanism based on acid-base interactions is extremely effective in finely dispersing pigments in organic solvents, inhibiting re-agglomeration, and achieving high dispersion stability. In general, organic pigments are less polar than inorganic pigments, making them more difficult to disperse. Resins that have tertiary amino groups bonded to aliphatic hydrocarbon groups (hereinafter sometimes referred to as aliphatic tertiary amino groups), such as N,N-dialkylaminoalkyl groups, are used as pigment dispersants in a wide range of technical fields because of their excellent adsorption to the acidic adsorption sites on the organic pigment surface.
例えば、有機顔料を含有するネガ型感光性顔料組成物の技術分野では、高い顔料分散性能を発現でき、かつフォトリソグラフィ法におけるパターニング性や膜物性を損なわない顔料分散剤が往々にして求められてきた。すなわち、顔料分散剤は顔料分散性能と、用途上重要視される他の特性との両立を十分に考慮して設計または選択する必要があり、最終製品の価値を大きく左右することから、これまでに数多くの技術提案がなされてきた。 For example, in the technical field of negative-type photosensitive pigment compositions containing organic pigments, there has been a frequent demand for pigment dispersants that can exhibit high pigment dispersion performance and that do not impair patterning properties or film properties in photolithography. In other words, pigment dispersants must be designed or selected with due consideration given to the compatibility between pigment dispersion performance and other properties that are important for the application, and since this greatly affects the value of the final product, numerous technical proposals have been made to date.
このような背景から、例えば、液晶表示装置のカラーフィルタ形成用材料、ブラックマトリクス形成用材料、ブラックカラムスペーサー形成用材料などのネガ型感光性顔料組成物の技術分野では、脂肪族3級アミノ基を有する(メタ)アクリル系分散剤が一般的に利用されている。特許文献1では、脂肪族3級アミノ基の一部を4級アンモニウム塩に変換したメタクリル系分散剤(例えば、実施例の分散剤溶液a、b、c)を用いることで、良好な平均粒径およびコントラストに加え、塗布装置の吐出待機時に生じうるネガ型感光性顔料組成物の乾燥膜の溶剤再溶解性を両立する技術が開示されている。特許文献2では、脂肪族3級アミノ基を由来とするアミン価を特定の範囲とした顔料分散剤(例えば、実施例の分散剤B、C、D)を用いることで、低粘度、コントラストおよび現像速度を両立させたネガ型感光性顔料組成物が開示されている。
In light of this background, (meth)acrylic dispersants having an aliphatic tertiary amino group are commonly used in the technical field of negative photosensitive pigment compositions, such as materials for forming color filters of liquid crystal displays, materials for forming black matrices, and materials for forming black column spacers.
また、脂肪族3級アミノ基を有する顔料分散剤を、有機EL表示装置の黒色画素分割層形成用材料に応用する試みがなされている。色材としては、絶縁性、耐熱性および近赤外線透過性に優れる点から、主に有機顔料の利用が提案されている。黒色画素分割層は、各発光画素を隔てる絶縁層としての機能に加えて、外光反射を抑制する機能を有し、視認性の向上や消費電力の低減などの価値をもたらす。 Also, attempts are being made to use pigment dispersants with aliphatic tertiary amino groups as materials for forming black pixel division layers in organic EL display devices. As coloring materials, the use of organic pigments has been proposed mainly due to their excellent insulation properties, heat resistance, and near-infrared transmittance. In addition to functioning as an insulating layer separating each emitting pixel, the black pixel division layer also has the function of suppressing external light reflection, providing value such as improved visibility and reduced power consumption.
特許文献3では、脂肪族3級アミノ基、またはその一部を4級アンモニウム塩に変換したメタクリル系分散剤(例えば、実施例の分散剤-I、-II)を含有するネガ型感光性顔料組成物が開示されている。一方、特許文献4では、脂肪族ポリアミンにポリエーテル構造のグラフト鎖を複数導入した脂肪族3級ポリアミン系分散剤(例えば、実施例の分散剤4)を含有するネガ型感光性顔料組成物が開示されている。 Patent Document 3 discloses a negative-type photosensitive pigment composition containing a methacrylic dispersant in which an aliphatic tertiary amino group or a portion of the group has been converted to a quaternary ammonium salt (e.g., Dispersant-I and -II in the Examples). On the other hand, Patent Document 4 discloses a negative-type photosensitive pigment composition containing an aliphatic tertiary polyamine dispersant in which multiple graft chains of a polyether structure have been introduced into an aliphatic polyamine (e.g., Dispersant 4 in the Examples).
ところで、近年、有機EL表示装置の製造プロセスコスト低減の観点から、ハーフトーン露光マスクを用い、黒色画素分割層と、その表面の一部に配置されるスペーサー層を一括形成する技術に関する試みがなされている。ネガ型ハーフトーン加工と比べて、開口部の開口幅の面内均一性が極めて高い黒色画素分割層が得られ、該開口幅により決定される発光画素サイズの面内ばらつきを安定して抑えることができる点から、ポジ型ハーフトーン加工を可能とする材料が注目されている。 In recent years, from the viewpoint of reducing the manufacturing process costs of organic EL display devices, attempts have been made to develop a technology that uses a halftone exposure mask to simultaneously form a black pixel division layer and a spacer layer that is placed on part of its surface. Compared to negative halftone processing, a black pixel division layer with extremely high in-plane uniformity in the aperture width of the opening can be obtained, and the in-plane variation in the light-emitting pixel size determined by the aperture width can be stably suppressed. Therefore, materials that enable positive halftone processing have attracted attention.
特許文献5では、脂肪族3級アミノ基を有する顔料分散剤を含有しないポジ型感光性顔料組成物が開示されている。特許文献5によれば、高い露光感度で優れたポジ型ハーフトーン加工が可能であり、かつ冷暗所(大気圧下/遮光下、-20℃±1℃)における貯蔵前後の露光感度の低下が抑制された技術的特徴を有する。 Patent Document 5 discloses a positive-type photosensitive pigment composition that does not contain a pigment dispersant having an aliphatic tertiary amino group. According to Patent Document 5, the composition has the technical feature of enabling excellent positive-type halftone processing with high exposure sensitivity, and suppressing the decrease in exposure sensitivity before and after storage in a cool, dark place (atmospheric pressure/shielded from light, -20°C±1°C).
一方、特許文献6では、有機顔料に匹敵する高い耐熱性と、高い有機溶剤可溶性を有する黒色染料として、アゾ系クロム錯体であるC.I.ソルベントブラック27または34のアミン塩や、C.I.ソルベントブラック29を含有するポジ型感光性染料組成物が開示されている。 On the other hand, Patent Document 6 discloses a positive-type photosensitive dye composition containing an amine salt of C.I. Solvent Black 27 or 34, which is an azo-based chromium complex, or C.I. Solvent Black 29, as a black dye having high heat resistance comparable to organic pigments and high solubility in organic solvents.
しかしながら、特許文献5で開示されたポジ型感光性顔料組成物を冷暗所から取り出して、大気圧下/室温下で密閉された容器内(例えば、液温25±1℃)で貯蔵すると、有機溶剤により再分散が困難な顔料凝集物を含む半乾きの膜状異物が容器内壁の表面に生じて付着してしまうという課題があった。また、本課題に起因して黒色画素分割層に異物欠陥が生じ、有機EL表示装置を駆動した際、非点灯画素が発生して表示特性を損なうという課題があった。 However, when the positive photosensitive pigment composition disclosed in Patent Document 5 is taken out of a cool, dark place and stored in a sealed container under atmospheric pressure/room temperature (for example, liquid temperature 25±1°C), there is an issue that semi-dry film-like foreign matter containing pigment aggregates that are difficult to redisperse in an organic solvent forms and adheres to the surface of the inner wall of the container. In addition, this issue causes foreign matter defects in the black pixel division layer, and when an organic EL display device is driven, non-lit pixels occur, impairing the display characteristics.
一方、特許文献1~4で開示された顔料分散剤を、特許文献5で開示されたポジ型感光性顔料組成物に適用すると、その添加量によっては前述の課題について一定の改善効果が得られる場合があるものの、露光感度の顕著な低下による生産性の悪化や、ポジ型ハーフトーン加工が困難になるという致命的な弊害があった。
On the other hand, when the pigment dispersants disclosed in
C.I.ソルベントブラック27、29または34などのアゾ系クロム錯体は高温処理により毒性の高い6価クロムが生成する懸念があることが一般的に知られており、特許文献6で開示されたポジ型感光性染料組成物およびその現像廃液は、工業的実用化にあたり人体に対する安全性と環境保全の観点から問題があった。 It is generally known that azo-based chromium complexes such as C.I. Solvent Black 27, 29, or 34 may generate highly toxic hexavalent chromium when treated at high temperatures, and the positive-type photosensitive dye composition and its developer wastewater disclosed in Patent Document 6 have problems in terms of human safety and environmental conservation when put into industrial use.
以上から、半乾きの膜状異物の発生が抑制されており、かつ黒色画素分割層およびスペーサー層を、ポジ型ハーフトーン加工により安定して高い露光感度で一括形成可能なポジ型感光性顔料組成物が切望されていた。 For these reasons, there has been a strong demand for a positive-type photosensitive pigment composition that suppresses the generation of semi-dry film-like foreign matter and that allows the black pixel division layer and spacer layer to be formed in one go with a positive-type halftone process, with stable and high exposure sensitivity.
本発明は以下の通りである。
[1](a)樹脂と、(b)有機顔料と、(c)光酸発生剤と、(d)有機溶剤を含有するポジ型感光性顔料組成物であって、該(a)樹脂が、(a-1)繰り返し単位aと繰り返し単位bを有する樹脂を含有し、該繰り返し単位aは、後述する、式(1)で表される繰り返し単位、式(2)で表される繰り返し単位、式(3)で表される繰り返し単位、式(4)で表される繰り返し単位、および式(5)で表される繰り返し単位からなる群より選択される1種以上であり、該繰り返し単位bは、後述する、式(6)で表される繰り返し単位である、ポジ型感光性顔料組成物。
[2]前記式(6)で表される繰り返し単位が、フェノール性水酸基を1つまたは2つ含む炭素数6~30の1価の有機基を含む繰り返し単位を含む、[1]に記載のポジ型感光性顔料組成物。
[3]前記式(6)で表される繰り返し単位が、後述する、式(33)で表される繰り返し単位、および/または式(34)で表される繰り返し単位を含む、[2]に記載のポジ型感光性顔料組成物。
[4]前記(a-1)繰り返し単位aと繰り返し単位bを有する樹脂が、前記繰り返し単位aのみからなるブロック鎖と、前記繰り返し単位bを有するブロック共重合体である、[1]~[3]のいずれかに記載のポジ型感光性顔料組成物。
[5]前記(a-1)繰り返し単位aと繰り返し単位bを有する樹脂が、さらに、繰り返し単位cを有し、該繰り返し単位cが、後述する、式(54)で表される繰り返し単位である、[1]~[4]のいずれかに記載のポジ型感光性顔料組成物。
[6]前記(b)有機顔料が、(b-2)スルホ基を有する有機顔料を含有する、[1]~[5]のいずれかに記載のポジ型感光性顔料組成物。
[7]前記(b-2)成分が、後述する、式(98)で表される化合物、式(99)で表される化合物、式(100)で表される化合物、および式(101)で表される化合物からなる群より選択される1種以上を含有する[6]に記載のポジ型感光性顔料組成物。
[8][1]~[7]のいずれかに記載のポジ型感光性顔料組成物の硬化物を含有する硬化膜。
[9][8]に記載の硬化膜を具備する有機EL表示装置。
[10][9]に記載の有機EL表示装置を具備する電子機器。
[11]繰り返し単位aのみからなるブロック鎖と、繰り返し単位bを有するブロック共重合体であって、該繰り返し単位aは、後述する、式(1)で表される繰り返し単位、式(2)で表される繰り返し単位、式(3)で表される繰り返し単位、式(4)で表される繰り返し単位、および式(5)で表される繰り返し単位からなる群より選択される1種以上であり、
該繰り返し単位bは、後述する、式(33)で表される繰り返し単位、および/または式(34)で表される繰り返し単位であるブロック共重合体。
The present invention is as follows.
[1] A positive photosensitive pigment composition comprising (a) a resin, (b) an organic pigment, (c) a photoacid generator, and (d) an organic solvent, wherein the resin (a) comprises (a-1) a resin having a repeating unit a and a repeating unit b, the repeating unit a being one or more selected from the group consisting of a repeating unit represented by formula (1), a repeating unit represented by formula (2), a repeating unit represented by formula (3), a repeating unit represented by formula (4), and a repeating unit represented by formula (5), which will be described later, and the repeating unit b is a repeating unit represented by formula (6), which will be described later.
[2] The positive photosensitive pigment composition according to [1], wherein the repeating unit represented by formula (6) includes a repeating unit containing a monovalent organic group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms and containing one or two phenolic hydroxyl groups.
[3] The positive photosensitive pigment composition according to [2], wherein the repeating unit represented by formula (6) contains a repeating unit represented by formula (33) and/or a repeating unit represented by formula (34) described below.
[4] The positive photosensitive pigment composition according to any one of [1] to [3], wherein the (a-1) resin having the repeating unit a and the repeating unit b is a block copolymer having a block chain consisting only of the repeating unit a and the repeating unit b.
[5] The positive photosensitive pigment composition according to any one of [1] to [4], wherein the (a-1) resin having the repeating unit a and the repeating unit b further has a repeating unit c, and the repeating unit c is a repeating unit represented by formula (54) described later.
[6] The positive photosensitive pigment composition according to any one of [1] to [5], wherein the (b) organic pigment contains (b-2) an organic pigment having a sulfo group.
[7] The positive photosensitive pigment composition according to [6], wherein the component (b-2) contains one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of a compound represented by formula (98), a compound represented by formula (99), a compound represented by formula (100), and a compound represented by formula (101), which will be described later.
[8] A cured film comprising a cured product of the positive photosensitive pigment composition according to any one of [1] to [7].
[9] An organic electroluminescence display device comprising the cured film according to [8].
[10] An electronic device comprising the organic EL display device according to [9].
[11] A block copolymer having a block chain consisting of only a repeating unit a and a repeating unit b, wherein the repeating unit a is at least one selected from the group consisting of a repeating unit represented by formula (1), a repeating unit represented by formula (2), a repeating unit represented by formula (3), a repeating unit represented by formula (4), and a repeating unit represented by formula (5), which will be described later;
The repeating unit b is a repeating unit represented by formula (33) and/or a repeating unit represented by formula (34) described below.
本発明によれば、大気圧下/室温下で密閉された容器内で貯蔵後、顔料凝集物を含む半乾きの膜状異物の発生が抑制されており、かつ黒色画素分割層およびスペーサー層を、ポジ型ハーフトーン加工により安定して高い露光感度で一括形成可能なポジ型感光性顔料組成物を提供する。 The present invention provides a positive photosensitive pigment composition that suppresses the generation of semi-dry film-like foreign matter containing pigment aggregates after storage in a sealed container under atmospheric pressure/room temperature, and that can stably form black pixel division layers and spacer layers in one go with positive halftone processing with high exposure sensitivity.
以下、本発明について詳細に説明する。「~」を用いて表される数値範囲は、「~」の前後に記載される数値を下限値および上限値として含む範囲を意味する。画素分割層とは、有機EL表示装置が具備する画素分割層のことを意味し、有機EL表示装置または液晶表示装置が具備するブラックマトリクスは包含しない。可視光線とは波長380nm以上780nm未満の領域の光を意味し、近紫外線とは200nm以上380nm未満の領域の光を意味する。近赤外線とは波長780nm以上1300nm以下の領域の光を意味する。遮光とは、硬化膜に対して垂直方向に入射した光の強度に対して透過した光の強度を低下させる機能を意味し、遮光性とは、可視光線を遮蔽する程度のことをいう。透過率とは、光透過率のことを意味する。重量平均分子量(以下、Mwという場合がある。)および数平均分子量(以下、Mnという場合がある。)は、ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィ(以下、GPC)で分析し、標準ポリスチレンによる検量線を用いて換算した値である。 The present invention will be described in detail below. A numerical range expressed using "~" means a range including the numerical values written before and after "~" as the lower and upper limits. The pixel division layer means a pixel division layer provided in an organic EL display device, and does not include a black matrix provided in an organic EL display device or a liquid crystal display device. Visible light means light in the wavelength range of 380 nm or more and less than 780 nm, and near ultraviolet light means light in the range of 200 nm or more and less than 380 nm. Near infrared light means light in the wavelength range of 780 nm or more and less than 1300 nm. Light shielding means a function of reducing the intensity of transmitted light relative to the intensity of light incident perpendicularly to the cured film, and light shielding property means the degree of shielding of visible light. Transmittance means light transmittance. The weight average molecular weight (hereinafter sometimes referred to as Mw) and number average molecular weight (hereinafter sometimes referred to as Mn) are values analyzed by gel permeation chromatography (hereinafter sometimes referred to as GPC) and converted using a calibration curve based on standard polystyrene.
一部の着色材の呼称に用いた「C.I.」とは、Colour Index Generic Nameの略であり、The Society of Dyers and Colourists発行のカラーインデックスに基づき、カラーインデックスに登録済の着色材に関しては、Colour Index Generic Nameが、顔料または染料の化学構造や結晶形を表す。なお、C.I.ピグメントブラック7などに分類されるカーボンブラックは無機黒色顔料に分類する。固形分とは、ポジ型感光性顔料組成物中、有機溶剤および水を除いた成分の割合(質量%)を意味する。 The "C.I." used to name some colorants is an abbreviation for Colour Index Generic Name, which is based on the Colour Index issued by the Society of Dyers and Colourists, and for colorants that are registered in the Colour Index, the Colour Index Generic Name indicates the chemical structure or crystal form of the pigment or dye. Carbon blacks classified as C.I. Pigment Black 7 are classified as inorganic black pigments. The solid content refers to the proportion (mass%) of the components in the positive photosensitive pigment composition excluding organic solvents and water.
本発明者らが検証を行ったところ、特許文献5で開示されたポジ型感光性顔料組成物(固形分5~30質量%)は顔料分散安定性に優れる反面、半乾きとなった膜中(固形分60~90質量%)における顔料分散安定性は不十分であることが判った。 The inventors conducted verification and found that while the positive-type photosensitive pigment composition disclosed in Patent Document 5 (solid content 5-30% by mass) has excellent pigment dispersion stability, the pigment dispersion stability in the semi-dried film (solid content 60-90% by mass) is insufficient.
また、前述の課題は、特許文献1で開示された密閉系ではない環境下における乾燥膜の、有機溶剤に対する再溶解性不足とは発生原理が異なると考えられた。すなわち、前述の課題は、密閉された容器内壁の表面において一定量の有機溶剤の揮発により顔料濃度が上昇して濃縮され、膜中で移動可能な顔料同士が極めて接近した状態が長時間維持されることで、不可逆的に生じた顔料凝集に起因する課題と考えられた。
Furthermore, it was thought that the principle behind the above-mentioned problem was different from the lack of resolubility in organic solvents of dried films in non-closed environments as disclosed in
また、特許文献1~4で開示された顔料分散剤は、ネガ型感光性を与える感光剤である光重合開始剤に対しては何ら悪影響を及ぼさない反面、ポジ型感光性を与える感光剤である光酸発生剤の望ましくない分解を促進し、急速に劣化させてしまうことが判った。さらには、露光工程において露光部の膜中で望ましく生じた酸の少なくとも一部を捕捉し、光酸発生剤の正常な機能を阻害してしまうことが判った。加えて、本発明者らは、半乾きの膜状異物の発生量と、有機EL表示装置の非点灯画素の発生率には、一定の相関が観られる領域が存在することもまた見出した。
Furthermore, it was found that while the pigment dispersants disclosed in
顔料凝集物を含む半乾きの膜状異物の発生が抑制されるかどうかに関わらず、有機顔料の分散に効果的であり、かつポジ型感光系に適切な顔料分散剤は、これまでに知られていなかった。 Until now, no pigment dispersant has been known that is effective in dispersing organic pigments and is suitable for positive-tone photosensitive systems, regardless of whether or not it suppresses the generation of semi-dry film-like foreign matter containing pigment aggregates.
以上を鑑みて本発明者らは、酸の発生に基づくポジ型感光系メカニズムを阻害することなく、酸-塩基相互作用に基づく顔料分散系メカニズムを共存させることに着目して鋭意検討を行った結果、特定構造の顔料分散剤を含有するポジ型感光性顔料組成物が、前述の課題の解決にあたり格別顕著な効果を奏することを見出した。 In light of the above, the inventors have conducted extensive research with a focus on allowing the pigment dispersion mechanism based on acid-base interactions to coexist without inhibiting the positive photosensitive mechanism based on acid generation. As a result, they have discovered that a positive photosensitive pigment composition containing a pigment dispersant with a specific structure is particularly effective in solving the problems described above.
すなわち、本発明の第一の態様であるポジ型感光性顔料組成物は、
(a)樹脂と、(b)有機顔料と、(c)光酸発生剤と、(d)有機溶剤を含有するポジ型感光性顔料組成物であって、
該(a)樹脂が、(a-1)繰り返し単位aと繰り返し単位bを有する樹脂を含有し、
該繰り返し単位aは、式(1)で表される繰り返し単位、式(2)で表される繰り返し単位、式(3)で表される繰り返し単位、式(4)で表される繰り返し単位、および式(5)で表される繰り返し単位からなる群より選択される1種以上であり、
該繰り返し単位bは、式(6)で表される繰り返し単位である、ポジ型感光性顔料組成物である。
That is, the positive photosensitive pigment composition according to the first embodiment of the present invention comprises:
A positive-type photosensitive pigment composition comprising: (a) a resin; (b) an organic pigment; (c) a photoacid generator; and (d) an organic solvent,
The (a) resin contains (a-1) a resin having a repeating unit a and a repeating unit b,
The repeating unit a is at least one selected from the group consisting of a repeating unit represented by formula (1), a repeating unit represented by formula (2), a repeating unit represented by formula (3), a repeating unit represented by formula (4), and a repeating unit represented by formula (5),
The repeating unit b is a repeating unit represented by formula (6) in the positive photosensitive pigment composition.
式(1)、式(2)、式(3)、式(4)、式(5)、および式(6)中、*は結合部位を表し、
R1、R4、R7、R11、R15およびR20は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、または炭素数1~3のアルキル基を表し、
R2、R5、R8、R12、およびR16は、それぞれ独立に、単結合、または炭素数1~8の窒素原子を含まない2価の連結基を表し、
R3、R6、R9、R14、およびR19は、それぞれ独立に、炭素数1~3のアルキル基を表し、
n1、n2、n3、n4、およびn5は整数であり、それぞれ独立に、0~2を表し、
R10およびR13は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、または炭素数1~3のアルキル基を表し、
R17およびR18は、それぞれ独立に、炭素数1~5のアルキル基を表し、
R21は水酸基を含む炭素数1~30の1価の基を表す。
ただし、R21は-CONH-に含まれる窒素原子以外の窒素原子を含まない。
In formula (1), formula (2), formula (3), formula (4), formula (5), and formula (6), * represents a binding site.
R 1 , R 4 , R 7 , R 11 , R 15 and R 20 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms;
R 2 , R 5 , R 8 , R 12 , and R 16 each independently represent a single bond or a divalent linking group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms and not containing a nitrogen atom;
R 3 , R 6 , R 9 , R 14 , and R 19 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms;
n 1 , n 2 , n 3 , n 4 , and n 5 are integers each independently representing 0 to 2;
R 10 and R 13 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms;
R 17 and R 18 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms;
R 21 represents a monovalent group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms and containing a hydroxyl group.
However, R 21 does not contain any nitrogen atom other than the nitrogen atom contained in —CONH—.
本発明のポジ型感光性顔料組成物は、ポジ型感光性を有する。ポジ型感光性を有することで、ポジ型ハーフトーン加工により開口部の開口幅の面内均一性が極めて高い画素分割層を形成することができ、該開口幅により決定される発光画素サイズの面内ばらつきを安定して抑え、輝度のムラが抑制された有機EL表示装置を製造することができる。この効果は、特許文献5で開示されたポジ型感光性顔料組成物と同質である。 The positive photosensitive pigment composition of the present invention has positive photosensitivity. Possessing positive photosensitivity, it is possible to form a pixel division layer with extremely high in-plane uniformity of the aperture width of the opening by positive halftone processing, and it is possible to stably suppress in-plane variation in the light-emitting pixel size determined by the aperture width, thereby manufacturing an organic EL display device with suppressed unevenness in brightness. This effect is the same as that of the positive photosensitive pigment composition disclosed in Patent Document 5.
ポジ型感光性とは、感光性組成物のプリベーク膜に近紫外線を含む光を照射し、露光することで、後述する露光部の膜のアルカリ現像液に対する溶解性が、後述する未露光部の膜のアルカリ現像液に対する溶解性と比べて高くなる特性を意味する。 Positive photosensitivity refers to the property that, when a prebaked film of a photosensitive composition is irradiated with light including near ultraviolet light and exposed, the solubility of the exposed portion of the film in an alkaline developer, which will be described later, becomes higher than the solubility of the unexposed portion of the film in an alkaline developer, which will be described later.
一方、逆に、露光部の膜のアルカリ現像液に対する溶解性が、未露光部の膜のアルカリ現像液に対する溶解性と比べて低くなる特性、すなわち、ネガ型感光性を有する組成物は、仮に、(a)樹脂と、(b)有機顔料と、(c)光酸発生剤と、(d)有機溶剤を含有していたとしても、本明細書中のポジ型感光性顔料組成物には包含されない。ここでいうアルカリ現像液は、少なくとも水を含み、pHメーターを用いて測定されるpHが1.0以上7.0未満の溶液であれば、その種類や濃度は特に限定されない。 On the other hand, compositions that have the property that the solubility of the exposed portion of the film in an alkaline developer is lower than the solubility of the unexposed portion of the film in an alkaline developer, i.e., have negative photosensitivity, are not included in the positive photosensitive pigment composition of this specification, even if they contain (a) a resin, (b) an organic pigment, (c) a photoacid generator, and (d) an organic solvent. The alkaline developer referred to here is not particularly limited in type or concentration, so long as it contains at least water and has a pH of 1.0 or more and less than 7.0 as measured using a pH meter.
本発明のポジ型感光性顔料組成物は、(a)樹脂を含有し、
該(a)樹脂が、(a-1)繰り返し単位aと繰り返し単位bを有する樹脂を含有し、
該繰り返し単位aは、式(1)で表される繰り返し単位、式(2)で表される繰り返し単位、式(3)で表される繰り返し単位、式(4)で表される繰り返し単位、および式(5)で表される繰り返し単位からなる群より選択される1種以上であり、
該繰り返し単位bは、式(6)で表される繰り返し単位である。
The positive photosensitive pigment composition of the present invention contains (a) a resin,
The (a) resin contains (a-1) a resin having a repeating unit a and a repeating unit b,
The repeating unit a is at least one selected from the group consisting of a repeating unit represented by formula (1), a repeating unit represented by formula (2), a repeating unit represented by formula (3), a repeating unit represented by formula (4), and a repeating unit represented by formula (5),
The repeating unit b is a repeating unit represented by formula (6).
式(1)、式(2)、式(3)、式(4)、式(5)、および式(6)中、*は結合部位を表し、
R1、R4、R7、R11、R15およびR20は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、または炭素数1~3のアルキル基を表し、
R2、R5、R8、R12、およびR16は、それぞれ独立に、単結合、または炭素数1~8の窒素原子を含まない2価の連結基を表し、
R3、R6、R9、R14、およびR19は、それぞれ独立に、炭素数1~3のアルキル基を表し、
n1、n2、n3、n4、およびn5は整数であり、それぞれ独立に、0~2を表し、
R10およびR13は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、または炭素数1~3のアルキル基を表し、
R17およびR18は、それぞれ独立に、炭素数1~5のアルキル基を表し、
R21は水酸基を含む炭素数1~30の1価の基を表す。
ただし、R21は-CONH-に含まれる窒素原子以外の窒素原子を含まない。
In formula (1), formula (2), formula (3), formula (4), formula (5), and formula (6), * represents a binding site.
R 1 , R 4 , R 7 , R 11 , R 15 and R 20 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms;
R 2 , R 5 , R 8 , R 12 , and R 16 each independently represent a single bond or a divalent linking group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms and not containing a nitrogen atom;
R 3 , R 6 , R 9 , R 14 , and R 19 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms;
n 1 , n 2 , n 3 , n 4 , and n 5 are integers each independently representing 0 to 2;
R 10 and R 13 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms;
R 17 and R 18 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms;
R 21 represents a monovalent group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms and containing a hydroxyl group.
However, R 21 does not contain any nitrogen atom other than the nitrogen atom contained in —CONH—.
ここでいう(a)樹脂とは、炭素数が3以上の繰り返し単位が5個以上連なって結合した高分子鎖を有し、かつMw1000以上の化合物を意味する。 The term (a) resin here refers to a compound that has a polymer chain in which five or more repeating units each having three or more carbon atoms are linked together, and has a Mw of 1,000 or more.
本発明のポジ型感光性顔料組成物は、(a)樹脂が、(a-1)繰り返し単位aと繰り返し単位bを有する樹脂(以下、(a-1)成分という場合がある。)を含有する。
以下に、(a-1)成分が有する4つの有利な特徴を説明する。
In the positive photosensitive pigment composition of the present invention, the resin (a) contains (a-1) a resin having repeating units a and b (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as component (a-1)).
Four advantageous features of the component (a-1) are described below.
第一の有利な特徴は、後述する(b)有機顔料の微分散を促進し、かつポジ型感光性顔料組成物中において、その分散安定性を向上する効果を有する点である。リキッド形態における分散安定性の向上は、顔料の粒度分布のブロード化、およびポジ型感光性顔料組成物の粘度上昇を抑制し、最終的に得られる画素分割層、およびスペーサー層の膜厚均一性の向上をもたらす。 The first advantageous feature is that it has the effect of promoting fine dispersion of the organic pigment (b) described below and improving the dispersion stability in the positive photosensitive pigment composition. The improvement in dispersion stability in liquid form broadens the particle size distribution of the pigment and suppresses an increase in the viscosity of the positive photosensitive pigment composition, leading to improved film thickness uniformity of the pixel division layer and spacer layer that are finally obtained.
第二の有利な特徴は、大気圧下/室温下、密閉された容器内(例えば、液温25±1℃)でポジ型感光性顔料組成物を貯蔵した際、有機溶剤により再分散が困難な顔料凝集物を含む半乾きの膜状異物(以下、単に「半乾きの膜状異物」という場合がある。)が容器内壁の表面に生ずる現象を抑制する効果を有する点である。 The second advantageous feature is that when the positive photosensitive pigment composition is stored in a sealed container (e.g., liquid temperature 25±1°C) under atmospheric pressure/room temperature, it has the effect of suppressing the phenomenon in which semi-dry film-like foreign matter (hereinafter sometimes simply referred to as "semi-dry film-like foreign matter") containing pigment aggregates that are difficult to redisperse in organic solvents appears on the surface of the inner wall of the container.
ここでいう有機溶剤は特に限定されないが、例えば、ポジ型感光性顔料組成物中に含有する(d)有機溶剤と同一、または類似構造の有機溶剤が挙げられる。したがって、ポジ型感光性顔料組成物の補充による、顔料の再分散による付着物の消失、ならびに有機溶剤による容器内の洗浄が容易なものとなる。 The organic solvent referred to here is not particularly limited, but examples include organic solvents that are the same as or have a similar structure to the (d) organic solvent contained in the positive photosensitive pigment composition. Therefore, refilling the positive photosensitive pigment composition makes it easy to remove adhesions due to redispersion of the pigment, and to clean the inside of the container with the organic solvent.
この効果により、半乾きの膜状異物が洗浄溶剤、またはポジ型感光性顔料組成物と接触した際、その少なくとも一部が容器内壁から皮膜状に剥がれ落ち、ポジ型感光性顔料組成物中に混入して不溶の異物となる不具合を回避することが可能となる。さらには、凸状異物欠陥の無い平滑性に優れた画素分割層、およびスペーサー層を形成することができ、非点灯画素の発生が抑制された有機EL表示装置を製造することが可能となる。ここでいう非点灯画素とは、有機EL表示装置を駆動させた際、電圧を印加しても点灯せず、発光光を放つことができない欠陥部である発光画素を意味する。非点灯画素が少ないほど表示装置としての価値が高く、望ましい。また、半乾きの膜状異物を起因とする非点灯画素は、後述する第二電極の膜厚が薄く形成されるほど、特に発生しやすい傾向がある。すなわち、第二の有利な特徴は、後述する本発明の有機EL表示装置が、トップエミッション型の有機EL表示装置である場合、より有用なものとなる。 This effect makes it possible to avoid the problem that when the semi-dry film-like foreign matter comes into contact with the cleaning solvent or the positive photosensitive pigment composition, at least a part of it peels off from the inner wall of the container in the form of a film, and gets mixed into the positive photosensitive pigment composition to become an insoluble foreign matter. Furthermore, it is possible to form a pixel division layer and a spacer layer that are excellent in smoothness and free of convex foreign matter defects, and it is possible to manufacture an organic EL display device in which the occurrence of non-lighting pixels is suppressed. The non-lighting pixels referred to here mean light-emitting pixels that are defective parts that do not light up even when a voltage is applied when the organic EL display device is driven and cannot emit light. The fewer the non-lighting pixels, the higher the value of the display device and the more desirable it is. In addition, non-lighting pixels caused by semi-dry film-like foreign matter tend to occur more easily when the film thickness of the second electrode described later is formed. In other words, the second advantageous feature is more useful when the organic EL display device of the present invention described later is a top-emission type organic EL display device.
半乾きの膜状異物の少なくとも一部が容器内壁から皮膜状に剥がれ落ちて混入することによるポジ型感光性顔料組成物中の不溶成分の粒度分布の変化は、レーザー回折式粒度分布測定機「MT3000II(MICROTRAC社製)」で測定された最大粒子径(μm)の値、またはレーザー顕微鏡の画像解析から測定できる。一方、不溶の異物の長径は、概して1μm以上でありブラウン運動性に乏しいため、動的光散乱法粒度分布測定機による測定は原理的に困難である。 Changes in the particle size distribution of insoluble components in a positive photosensitive pigment composition caused by at least a portion of the semi-dry film-like foreign matter peeling off in a film-like manner from the inner wall of the container and becoming mixed in can be measured from the maximum particle size (μm) measured using a laser diffraction particle size distribution analyzer "MT3000II (MICROTRAC)" or from image analysis using a laser microscope. On the other hand, the long diameter of insoluble foreign matter is generally 1 μm or more and has poor Brownian motion, making it difficult in principle to measure it using a dynamic light scattering particle size distribution analyzer.
第三の有利な特徴は、ポジ型の感光機能を阻害しない点である。後述する(c)光酸発生剤の劣化を抑制して、露光工程において多くの酸を発生させることができ、かつ発生した酸が露光部の膜中で捕捉される現象を抑制できるため、高い露光感度を得ることができる。
ここでいう高い露光感度とは、ポジ型ハーフトーン加工により所望の開口幅の開口部を有する画素分割層、およびスペーサー層を一括形成するために必要となる最小の露光量が少ないことを意味する。すなわち、露光感度が高いほど露光時間の短縮が可能となり、有機EL表示装置の生産性を望ましく向上できる。なお、概して、遮光性が高いプリベーク膜であるほど、露光工程において露光部の膜の底部に到達する光量が少なくなるため、同一の形成膜厚において露光感度が低くなりやすい傾向がある。したがって、第三の有利な特徴は形成しようとする画素分割層の遮光性が高いほど、より大きな効果を得ることができる。
The third advantageous feature is that the positive-tone photosensitive function is not impaired, and since the deterioration of the photoacid generator (c) described below is suppressed, a large amount of acid can be generated in the exposure step, and the phenomenon in which the generated acid is trapped in the film in the exposed area can be suppressed, thereby obtaining high exposure sensitivity.
The high exposure sensitivity here means that the minimum exposure dose required to simultaneously form the pixel division layer having the opening of the desired opening width and the spacer layer by positive halftone processing is small. In other words, the higher the exposure sensitivity, the shorter the exposure time becomes, and the better the productivity of the organic EL display device can be improved. In general, the higher the light-shielding property of the pre-baked film, the less light reaches the bottom of the exposed part of the film in the exposure process, so that the exposure sensitivity tends to be low for the same formed film thickness. Therefore, the third advantageous feature is that the higher the light-shielding property of the pixel division layer to be formed, the greater the effect can be obtained.
第四の有利な特徴は、(a-1)成分のアルカリ現像液に対する現像性が優れており、現像残渣の発生を抑制できる点である。 The fourth advantageous feature is that component (a-1) has excellent developability in an alkaline developer, which can suppress the generation of development residues.
加えて、(a-1)成分が繰り返し単位aと繰り返し単位bのみからなる場合、大気圧下/25℃において(a-1)成分は固体であり、かつバインダー樹脂としての皮膜形成能を有する。 In addition, when component (a-1) consists only of repeating units a and b, component (a-1) is a solid at atmospheric pressure/25°C and has the film-forming ability of a binder resin.
(a-1)成分が有する繰り返し単位aは、適度に低い塩基性を有する含窒素構造の顔料吸着基を有し、顔料吸着基は(b)有機顔料の表面に吸着し、顔料分散剤としての効果を発現する。繰り返し単位a中の芳香環に置換したアルキル基の有無、またはアルキル基の炭素数の調整により、(b)有機顔料の極性に応じた親和性の制御が可能である。 The repeating unit a in component (a-1) has a pigment adsorption group with a nitrogen-containing structure that has a moderately low basicity, and the pigment adsorption group adsorbs to the surface of the organic pigment (b) and exerts an effect as a pigment dispersant. By adjusting the presence or absence of an alkyl group substituted on the aromatic ring in repeating unit a, or the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group, it is possible to control the affinity according to the polarity of the organic pigment (b).
(a-1)成分が有する繰り返し単位aとしては、半乾きの膜状異物の発生を抑制する上で、式(1)、式(2)、式(3)、式(4)、および式(5)中、R2、R5、R8、R12、およびR16が、単結合、-COO-、炭素数1~8のアルキレン基、または-COO-炭素数1~7のアルキレン基である繰り返し単位が好ましい。ここでいう、-COO-炭素数1~7のアルキレン基とは、カルボン酸エステル結合(-COO-)と、炭素数1~7のアルキレン基が結合した基を意味する。 As the repeating unit a in component (a-1), in order to suppress the generation of semi-dry film-like foreign matter, repeating units in which R 2 , R 5 , R 8 , R 12 and R 16 in formulas (1), (2), (3), ( 4 ) and (5) are a single bond, -COO-, an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or -COO-alkylene group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms are preferred. Here, -COO-alkylene group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms means a group in which a carboxylate bond (-COO-) is bonded to an alkylene group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms.
中でも、半乾きの膜状異物の発生を抑制し、かつ高い露光感度を得る上で、式(7)で表される繰り返し単位、式(8)で表される繰り返し単位、および式(9)で表される繰り返し単位からなる群より選択される1種以上であることがより好ましい。非点灯画素の発生を抑制する効果が高い点で、式(9)で表される繰り返し単位を有することが最も好ましい。
すなわち、本発明のポジ型感光性顔料組成物は、(a)樹脂を含有し、
該(a)樹脂が、(a-1)繰り返し単位aと繰り返し単位bを有する樹脂を含有し、
該繰り返し単位aが、式(7)で表される繰り返し単位、式(8)で表される繰り返し単位、および式(9)で表される繰り返し単位からなる群より選択される1種以上であり、
該繰り返し単位bは、式(6)で表される繰り返し単位であることがより好ましい。
Among them, in order to suppress the generation of semi-dry film-like foreign matter and to obtain high exposure sensitivity, it is more preferable to use one or more repeating units selected from the group consisting of repeating units represented by formula (7), repeating units represented by formula (8), and repeating units represented by formula (9). It is most preferable to have a repeating unit represented by formula (9) in terms of its high effect of suppressing the generation of non-illuminated pixels.
That is, the positive photosensitive pigment composition of the present invention contains (a) a resin,
The (a) resin contains (a-1) a resin having a repeating unit a and a repeating unit b,
The repeating unit a is at least one selected from the group consisting of a repeating unit represented by formula (7), a repeating unit represented by formula (8), and a repeating unit represented by formula (9),
The repeating unit b is more preferably a repeating unit represented by formula (6).
式(7)、式(8)、および式(9)中、*は結合部位を表し、
R22、R25、およびR28は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、または炭素数1~3のアルキル基を表し、
R23、R26、およびR29は、それぞれ独立に、単結合、-COO-、炭素数1~8のアルキレン基、または-COO-炭素数1~7のアルキレン基を表し、
R24、R27、およびR30は、それぞれ独立に、炭素数1~3のアルキル基を表し、
n6、n7、およびn8は整数であり、それぞれ独立に、0~2を表す。
In formula (7), formula (8), and formula (9), * represents a binding site.
R 22 , R 25 , and R 28 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms;
R 23 , R 26 , and R 29 each independently represent a single bond, —COO—, an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or —COO-alkylene group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms;
R 24 , R 27 , and R 30 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms;
n 6 , n 7 , and n 8 are integers each independently ranging from 0 to 2.
繰り返し単位aに属する繰り返し単位の具体例としては、式(10)~式(32)で表される繰り返し単位が挙げられる。これらのうち1種、または2種以上を有していてもよい。 Specific examples of repeating units belonging to repeating unit a include repeating units represented by formulas (10) to (32). One or more of these may be present.
式(10)~式(32)中、*は結合部位を表す。 In formulas (10) to (32), * represents a binding site.
(a-1)成分が有する繰り返し単位bは、顔料表面に吸着していない形態にある繰り返し単位aとの分子内、および/または分子間の相互作用により、後述する(c)光酸発生剤の劣化をさらに望ましく抑制し、かつ膜中で発生させた酸の捕捉を抑制することで、露光感度を向上する効果を奏する。加えて、繰り返し単位bは立体反発効果を有し、繰り返し単位aの効果との相乗効果により、大気圧下/密閉下で容器内壁の表面でポジ型感光性顔料組成物が濃縮され、たとえ顔料同士が接近した状態で維持されたとしても、半乾きの膜状異物の発生を抑制することができる。 The repeating unit b in the (a-1) component has intramolecular and/or intermolecular interactions with the repeating unit a that is not adsorbed to the pigment surface, which further suppresses the deterioration of the photoacid generator (c) described below and suppresses the capture of acid generated in the film, thereby improving exposure sensitivity. In addition, the repeating unit b has a steric repulsion effect, and due to a synergistic effect with the effect of the repeating unit a, the positive photosensitive pigment composition is concentrated on the surface of the inner wall of the container under atmospheric pressure/sealed conditions, and even if the pigments are maintained in close proximity to each other, the generation of semi-dry film-like foreign matter can be suppressed.
繰り返し単位bは、前述の式(6)で表される繰り返し単位であり、式(6)中のR21は水酸基を含む炭素数1~30の1価の基である。ここでいう水酸基、または水酸基を含む基としては、アルコール性水酸基、フェノール性水酸基、カルボキシル基、リン酸基、スルホ基が挙げられる。ここでいうカルボキシル基は、カルボキシ基と同義である。 The repeating unit b is a repeating unit represented by the above formula (6), and R21 in formula (6) is a monovalent group containing a hydroxyl group and having 1 to 30 carbon atoms. Examples of the hydroxyl group or a group containing a hydroxyl group include an alcoholic hydroxyl group, a phenolic hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a phosphate group, and a sulfo group. The carboxyl group here has the same meaning as a carboxy group.
ただし、式(6)中、R21が含む水酸基は、ポリアルキレンオキサイド構造の末端に位置する酸素原子に、水素原子が結合した構造を包含しない。ポリアルキレンオキサイド構造とは、アルキレンオキサイドが2つ以上連なって結合した2価の基、すなわち、-(AO)x-で表される基を意味する。Aはアルキレン基を表し、繰り返し単位の数xは2以上の整数を表す。したがって、-(AO)x-Hで表される構造中、末端の水素原子と結合した酸素原子は、ここでいう水酸基を構成する原子の一部ではなく、ポリアルキレンオキサイド構造を構成する原子の一部とみなす。 However, in formula (6), the hydroxyl group contained in R 21 does not include a structure in which a hydrogen atom is bonded to an oxygen atom located at the end of a polyalkylene oxide structure. The polyalkylene oxide structure means a divalent group in which two or more alkylene oxides are bonded in a row, that is, a group represented by -(AO)x-. A represents an alkylene group, and the number of repeating units x represents an integer of 2 or more. Therefore, in the structure represented by -(AO)x-H, the oxygen atom bonded to the terminal hydrogen atom is regarded as a part of the atoms constituting the polyalkylene oxide structure, not as a part of the atoms constituting the hydroxyl group as used herein.
式(6)で表される繰り返し単位は、露光感度を向上する上で、フェノール性水酸基を1つまたは2つ含む炭素数6~30の1価の有機基である繰り返し単位を含むことが好ましい。
すなわち、本発明のポジ型感光性顔料組成物は、式(6)で表される繰り返し単位が、フェノール性水酸基を1つまたは2つ含む炭素数6~30の1価の有機基を含む繰り返し単位を含むことが好ましい。
The repeating unit represented by formula (6) preferably contains a repeating unit which is a monovalent organic group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms and containing one or two phenolic hydroxyl groups, in order to improve exposure sensitivity.
That is, in the positive photosensitive pigment composition of the present invention, the repeating unit represented by formula (6) preferably contains a repeating unit containing a monovalent organic group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms and containing one or two phenolic hydroxyl groups.
フェノール性水酸基を1つまたは2つ含む炭素数6~30の1価の有機基を含む繰り返し単位としては、露光感度を向上し、かつ非点灯画素を抑制する上で、式(33)で表される繰り返し単位、および/または式(34)で表される繰り返し単位を含むことがより好ましい。
すなわち、本発明のポジ型感光性顔料組成物は、式(6)で表される繰り返し単位が、式(33)で表される繰り返し単位、および/または式(34)で表される繰り返し単位を含むことがより好ましい。
As the repeating unit containing a monovalent organic group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms and containing one or two phenolic hydroxyl groups, it is more preferable to include a repeating unit represented by formula (33) and/or a repeating unit represented by formula (34), in order to improve exposure sensitivity and suppress non-lighting pixels.
That is, in the positive photosensitive pigment composition of the present invention, the repeating unit represented by formula (6) more preferably contains a repeating unit represented by formula (33) and/or a repeating unit represented by formula (34).
式(33)、および式(34)中、*は結合部位を表し、
R31およびR34は、水素原子、または炭素数1~3のアルキル基を表し、
R32およびR35は、それぞれ独立に、単結合、または炭素数1~8の2価の連結基を表し、
R33、R36、およびR37は、それぞれ独立に、炭素数1~3のアルキル基を表し、
n9は整数であり、1または2を表し、
n10、n11、n12、n13、n14は整数であり、それぞれ独立に、0~2を表す。
ただし、R32およびR35は、-CONH-に含まれる窒素原子以外の窒素原子を含まず、
n11とn12の合計は0~3であり、n12とn14の合計は1または2である。
In formula (33) and formula (34), * represents a binding site.
R 31 and R 34 each represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms;
R 32 and R 35 each independently represent a single bond or a divalent linking group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms;
R 33 , R 36 , and R 37 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms;
n 9 is an integer number which is 1 or 2;
n 10 , n 11 , n 12 , n 13 and n 14 are integers, each independently representing 0 to 2.
However, R 32 and R 35 do not contain any nitrogen atom other than the nitrogen atom contained in -CONH-.
The sum of n 11 and n 12 is 0 to 3, and the sum of n 12 and n 14 is 1 or 2.
(a-1)成分が有する繰り返し単位bとしては、露光感度を向上する上で、式(33)および式(34)中、R32、およびR35が、それぞれ独立に、単結合、-COO-、または-CONH-である繰り返し単位がさらに好ましい。繰り返し単位b中の芳香環に置換したアルキル基の有無、またはアルキル基の炭素数により、(d)有機溶剤の極性に応じた親和性の制御が可能である。 As the repeating unit b in component (a-1), in terms of improving exposure sensitivity, a repeating unit in which R 32 and R 35 in formula (33) and formula (34) are each independently a single bond, -COO-, or -CONH- is more preferable. Depending on the presence or absence of an alkyl group substituted on the aromatic ring in repeating unit b, or the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group, it is possible to control the affinity in accordance with the polarity of the (d) organic solvent.
繰り返し単位bの具体例としては、式(35)~式(53)で表される繰り返し単位が挙げられる。 Specific examples of repeating unit b include repeating units represented by formulas (35) to (53).
式(35)~式(53)中、*は結合部位を表す。 In formulas (35) to (53), * represents a binding site.
(a-1)成分は、半乾きの膜状異物を抑制する上で、さらに、繰り返し単位cとして、式(54)で表される繰り返し単位を含むことが好ましい。繰り返し単位cは、(a-1)成分の(d)有機溶剤との親和性をさらに高めるとともに、分子運動性を向上させ、(a-1)成分による立体反発効果を高める。
すなわち、本発明のポジ型感光性顔料組成物は、(a-1)繰り返し単位aと繰り返し単位bを有する樹脂が、さらに、繰り返し単位cを含み、該繰り返し単位cが、式(54)で表される繰り返し単位であることが好ましい。
In order to suppress the formation of semi-dry film-like foreign matter, it is preferable that the component (a-1) further contains a repeating unit represented by formula (54) as the repeating unit c. The repeating unit c further increases the affinity of the component (a-1) with the organic solvent (d), improves molecular mobility, and enhances the steric repulsion effect of the component (a-1).
That is, in the positive photosensitive pigment composition of the present invention, it is preferred that the (a-1) resin having the repeating unit a and the repeating unit b further contains a repeating unit c, and that the repeating unit c is a repeating unit represented by formula (54).
式(54)中、*は結合部位を表し、
R38は水素原子、または炭素数1~3のアルキル基を表し、
R39は-COO-、または-O-を表し、R40は炭素数1~3のアルキレン基を表し、
n15は整数であり、2~30を表し、R41は炭素数1~10のアルキル基が置換したフェニル基、無置換のフェニル基、または炭素数1~10のアルキル基を表す。
ここでいう-(R40-O)n15-で表される部分構造は、複数のR40の炭素数が同じであってもよく、異なっていてもよいことを意味する。したがって、例えば、-(C2H4O)5-(C3H6O)5-で表される部分構造を包含する。
R41は、半乾きの膜状異物を抑制する上で、炭素数1~10のアルキル基が置換したフェニル基、または無置換のフェニル基が好ましい。
In formula (54), * represents a binding site.
R 38 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms;
R 39 represents -COO- or -O-; R 40 represents an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms;
n 15 is an integer of 2 to 30, and R 41 represents a phenyl group substituted with an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an unsubstituted phenyl group, or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
The partial structure represented by -(R 40 -O)n 15 - herein means that the number of carbon atoms in the multiple R 40 may be the same or different, and therefore includes, for example, a partial structure represented by -(C 2 H 4 O) 5 -(C 3 H 6 O) 5 -.
R 41 is preferably a phenyl group substituted with an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or an unsubstituted phenyl group, in order to suppress the formation of semi-dry film-like foreign matter.
繰り返し単位cの具体例としては、式(55)~式(57)で表される繰り返し単位が挙げられる。 Specific examples of repeating unit c include repeating units represented by formulas (55) to (57).
式(55)~式(57)中、*は結合部位を表す。 In formulas (55) to (57), * represents a binding site.
(a)樹脂の含有量は、現像時間の変化に対して後述する膜減り量の変化を小さくする上で、ポジ型感光性顔料組成物の固形分100質量部中、20質量部以上が好ましい。(a)樹脂以外の成分の含有量を十分に確保し、高い遮光性と高い露光感度を両立する上で、70質量部以下が好ましい。(a)樹脂に属する成分は、(a-1)成分のみであってもよい。 The content of (a) resin is preferably 20 parts by mass or more per 100 parts by mass of the solid content of the positive photosensitive pigment composition in order to reduce the change in the amount of film loss (described later) with respect to the change in development time. In order to ensure a sufficient content of components other than (a) resin and to achieve both high light blocking properties and high exposure sensitivity, the content is preferably 70 parts by mass or less. The component belonging to (a) resin may be only component (a-1).
(a-1)成分の含有量は、半乾きの膜状異物を抑制する上で、後述する(b)成分100質量部に対して10質量部以上が好ましく、20質量部以上がより好ましい。 The content of component (a-1) is preferably 10 parts by mass or more, and more preferably 20 parts by mass or more, per 100 parts by mass of component (b) described below, in order to suppress semi-dry film-like foreign matter.
(a-1)成分を合成する方法としては繰り返し単位aの導入源となるモノマー、および繰り返し単位bの導入源となるモノマー、さらに必要に応じて、繰り返し単位cの導入源となるモノマー、およびその他の繰り返し単位の導入源となるモノマーを共重合する方法が挙げられる。ここでいうモノマーとは、式(58)で表される構造を分子内に1つ有する化合物を意味する。ここでいう、その他の繰り返し単位とは、繰り返し単位a、繰り返し単位b、および繰り返し単位cに属さない繰り返し単位を意味する。 The method of synthesizing component (a-1) includes copolymerizing a monomer that is the source of repeating unit a, a monomer that is the source of repeating unit b, and, if necessary, a monomer that is the source of repeating unit c, and monomers that are the source of other repeating units. The monomer here means a compound that has one structure represented by formula (58) in the molecule. The other repeating units here mean repeating units that do not belong to repeating unit a, repeating unit b, or repeating unit c.
式(58)中、*は結合部位を表し、R42は水素原子、または炭素数1~3のアルキル基を表す。 In formula (58), * represents a bonding site, and R 42 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
繰り返し単位aの導入源となるモノマーとしては、例えば、2-ビニルピリジン、3-ビニルピリジン、4-ビニルピリジン、2-ビニル-6-メチルピリジン、2-プロピル-5-ビニルピリジン、5-プロピル-2-ビニルピリジン、4-(4-ビニルフェニル)ピリジン、4-(1-メチルエテニル)ピリジン、2-(アリルジメチルシリル)ピリジン、4-エテニル-3,5-ジメチルピリジン、2-(1-エテニルペンチル)ピリジン、1-ビニルイミダゾール、4-(1-イミダゾリル)スチレン、2-(1H-イミダゾール-1-イル)エチルメタクリレート、4-(1H-イミダゾール1ーイル)ブチル(メタ)アクリレート、1-(6-ヘプテン-1-イル)1H-イミダゾール、2-メチル-1-ビニルイミダゾール、1-ビニル-1H-ベンゾイミダゾール、1-(4-ペンテン-1-イル)1H-ベンゾイミダゾール、2-メチル-1-(4-ペンテン-1-イル)1H-ベンゾイミダゾール、4-(ジメチルアミノ)スチレン、4-(ジエチルアミノ)スチレン、4-(ジプロピルアミノ)スチレン、4-(ジブチルアミノ)スチレンが挙げられる。これらのうち1種、または2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。ここでいう(メタ)アクリレートとの表記は、メタクリレートおよびアクリレートを意味する。これらモノマーは医薬品製造用中間体などの原料として工業的に市販品の入手が容易である。 Examples of monomers that can be used as the source of repeating unit a include 2-vinylpyridine, 3-vinylpyridine, 4-vinylpyridine, 2-vinyl-6-methylpyridine, 2-propyl-5-vinylpyridine, 5-propyl-2-vinylpyridine, 4-(4-vinylphenyl)pyridine, 4-(1-methylethenyl)pyridine, 2-(allyldimethylsilyl)pyridine, 4-ethenyl-3,5-dimethylpyridine, 2-(1-ethenylpentyl)pyridine, 1-vinylimidazole, 4-(1-imidazolyl)styrene, 2-(1H-imidazole Examples of such monomers include 1-(6-hepten-1-yl)ethyl methacrylate, 4-(1H-imidazol-1-yl)butyl (meth)acrylate, 1-(6-hepten-1-yl)1H-imidazole, 2-methyl-1-vinylimidazole, 1-vinyl-1H-benzimidazole, 1-(4-penten-1-yl)1H-benzimidazole, 2-methyl-1-(4-penten-1-yl)1H-benzimidazole, 4-(dimethylamino)styrene, 4-(diethylamino)styrene, 4-(dipropylamino)styrene, and 4-(dibutylamino)styrene. These monomers may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The term (meth)acrylate here refers to methacrylate and acrylate. These monomers are commercially available and are easily available as raw materials for pharmaceutical manufacturing intermediates.
繰り返し単位bの導入源となるモノマーとしては、例えば、4-ビニルフェノール、4-イソプロペニルフェノール、3-プロピル-4-ビニルフェノール、3-メチル-4-ビニルフェノール、4-(1-メチレンプロピル)フェノール、4-ビニルカテコール、4-ヒドロキシフェニル(メタ)アクリレート、N-(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)(メタ)アクリルアミド、5-アリル-1,3-ベンゼンジオール、1-ビニル-2-ナフトール、2-ナフタレノール-6-エテニル、1-ナフタレノール-4-エテニル、4-ヒドロキシ-1-ナフチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-((6-ヒドロキシナフタレン-2-イル)オキシ)エチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート-無水フタル酸付加物、2-ヒドロキシプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、2-ヒドロキシプロピル(メタ)アクリレート-無水フタル酸付加物、4-ヒドロキシブチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-ヒドロキシブチル(メタ)アクリレート、3-ヒドロキシ-1-メタクリロイルオキシアダマンタン、(メタ)アクリル酸、モノ(2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレート)ホスフェート、2-スルホエチルメタクリレート、2-アクリルアミド-2-メチルプロパンスルホン酸が挙げられる。また、水酸基を保護基で保護したモノマーを用いて共重合を行った後、脱保護により水酸基に戻す工程を経て、繰り返し単位bを得てもよい。水酸基を保護基で保護したモノマーとしては、4-アセトキシスチレン、4-メトキシスチレン、4-tert-ブトキシスチレン、p-(tert-ブチルジメチルシロキシ)スチレン、p-(1-エトキシエトキシ)スチレン、2-tert-ブトキシ-6-ビニルナフタレン、4-ビニル-1,3-ベンゾジオキソール、5-ビニル-1,3-ベンゾジオキソール(以上、いずれも東京化成工業(株)製)が挙げられる。これらのうち1種、または2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。ここでいう(メタ)アクリレートとの表記は、メタクリレートおよびアクリレートを意味する。これらモノマーは半導体製造用KrFフォトレジストなどの原料として工業的に市販品の入手が容易である。 Examples of monomers that can be used as the source of repeating unit b include 4-vinylphenol, 4-isopropenylphenol, 3-propyl-4-vinylphenol, 3-methyl-4-vinylphenol, 4-(1-methylenepropyl)phenol, 4-vinylcatechol, 4-hydroxyphenyl(meth)acrylate, N-(4-hydroxyphenyl)(meth)acrylamide, 5-allyl-1,3-benzenediol, 1-vinyl-2-naphthol, 2-naphthalenol-6-ethenyl, 1-naphthalenol-4-ethenyl, 4-hydroxy-1-naphthyl(meth)acrylate, 2-((6-hydroxynaphthalene-2- Examples of the repeating unit b include mono(2-hydroxyethyl)oxy)ethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate-phthalic anhydride adduct, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate-phthalic anhydride adduct, 4-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, 3-hydroxy-1-methacryloyloxyadamantane, (meth)acrylic acid, mono(2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate)phosphate, 2-sulfoethyl methacrylate, and 2-acrylamido-2-methylpropanesulfonic acid. In addition, the repeating unit b may be obtained by copolymerizing a monomer in which the hydroxyl group is protected with a protecting group, followed by a step of deprotecting the monomer to return it to the hydroxyl group. Examples of monomers in which the hydroxyl group is protected with a protecting group include 4-acetoxystyrene, 4-methoxystyrene, 4-tert-butoxystyrene, p-(tert-butyldimethylsiloxy)styrene, p-(1-ethoxyethoxy)styrene, 2-tert-butoxy-6-vinylnaphthalene, 4-vinyl-1,3-benzodioxole, and 5-vinyl-1,3-benzodioxole (all manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.). One or more of these may be used in combination. The term (meth)acrylate here refers to methacrylate and acrylate. These monomers are commercially available and are readily available industrially as raw materials for KrF photoresists for semiconductor manufacturing.
繰り返し単位cの導入源となるモノマーとしては、例えば、トリエチレングリコールメチルビニルエーテル、トリエチレングリコールエチルビニルエーテル、テトラエチレングリコールメチルビニルエーテル、テトラエチレングリコールエチルビニルエーテル、2-エチルヘキシルジグリコール(メタ)アクリレート、メトキシポリエチレングリコール(メタ)アクリレート、ブトキシジエチレングリコール(メタ)アクリレート、フェノキシポリエチレングリコール(メタ)アクリレート、エチルフェノキシポリエチレングリコール(メタ)アクリレート、ブチルフェノキシポリエチレングリコール(メタ)アクリレート、ノニルフェノキシポリエチレングリコール(メタ)アクリレート、フェノキシポリプロピレングリコール(メタ)アクリレート、エチルフェノキシポリプロピレングリコール(メタ)アクリレート、ブチルフェノキシポリプロピレングリコール(メタ)アクリレート、ノニルフェノキシポリプロピレングリコール(メタ)アクリレートが挙げられる。これらのうち1種、または2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。ここでいう(メタ)アクリレートとの表記は、メタクリレートおよびアクリレートを意味する。これらモノマーは、塗料やカラーフィルタ形成用材料などの原料として工業的に市販品の入手が容易である。 Examples of monomers that can be used as the source of introduction of repeating unit c include triethylene glycol methyl vinyl ether, triethylene glycol ethyl vinyl ether, tetraethylene glycol methyl vinyl ether, tetraethylene glycol ethyl vinyl ether, 2-ethylhexyl diglycol (meth)acrylate, methoxypolyethylene glycol (meth)acrylate, butoxydiethylene glycol (meth)acrylate, phenoxypolyethylene glycol (meth)acrylate, ethylphenoxypolyethylene glycol (meth)acrylate, butylphenoxypolyethylene glycol (meth)acrylate, nonylphenoxypolyethylene glycol (meth)acrylate, phenoxypolypropylene glycol (meth)acrylate, ethylphenoxypolypropylene glycol (meth)acrylate, butylphenoxypolypropylene glycol (meth)acrylate, and nonylphenoxypolypropylene glycol (meth)acrylate. One or more of these may be used in combination. The term (meth)acrylate here refers to methacrylate and acrylate. These monomers are readily available commercially as raw materials for paints and color filter forming materials.
その他の繰り返し単位の導入源となるモノマーとしては、例えば、スチレン、3-メチルスチレン、α-メチルスチレン、シクロヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、メチル(メタ)アクリレート、n-ブチル(メタ)アクリレート、イソブチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-エチルヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、グリシジル(メタ)アクリレート、3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、アリルグリシジル(メタ)アクリレート(以上、いずれも東京化成工業(株)製)が挙げられる。また、前述の、-(AO)x-Hで表される構造を有する繰り返し単位の導入源として、トリプロピレングリコール(メタ)アクリレート、テトラエチレングリコール(メタ)アクリレートが挙げられる。これらを1種単独で、または2種以上を用いてもよい。ここでいう(メタ)アクリレートとの表記は、メタクリレートおよびアクリレートを意味する。 Other monomers that can be used as the source of repeating units include, for example, styrene, 3-methylstyrene, α-methylstyrene, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, methyl (meth)acrylate, n-butyl (meth)acrylate, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, glycidyl (meth)acrylate, 3,4-epoxycyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, and allyl glycidyl (meth)acrylate (all manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.). In addition, examples of sources for introducing repeating units having the structure represented by -(AO)x-H include tripropylene glycol (meth)acrylate and tetraethylene glycol (meth)acrylate. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The term (meth)acrylate used here means methacrylate and acrylate.
また、別の合成方法としては、例えば、前述の繰り返し単位bの導入源となるモノマーとグリシジルメタクリレートの共重合体が有するエポキシ基に、4-ピリジンカルボン酸や2-ピリジンカルボン酸が有するカルボキシル基を反応させることで、式(1)で表される繰り返し単位を(a-1)成分に導入する方法が挙げられる。 Another synthesis method is to introduce the repeating unit represented by formula (1) into component (a-1) by reacting a carboxyl group of 4-pyridinecarboxylic acid or 2-pyridinecarboxylic acid with an epoxy group of a copolymer of a monomer that is the source of introduction of the repeating unit b and glycidyl methacrylate.
半乾きの膜状異物の抑制と、高い露光感度を両立する上で、(a-1)成分中、式(58)で表される構造を分子内に1つ有する化合物に由来する繰り返し単位の含有比率の合計を100mol%としたとき、繰り返し単位aの含有比率は5~40mol%が好ましい。繰り返し単位bの含有比率は15~90mol%が好ましい。 In order to achieve both suppression of semi-dry film-like foreign matter and high exposure sensitivity, when the total content of repeating units derived from a compound having one structure represented by formula (58) in the molecule in component (a-1) is taken as 100 mol %, the content of repeating unit a is preferably 5 to 40 mol %. The content of repeating unit b is preferably 15 to 90 mol %.
(a-1)成分は、繰り返し単位aと繰り返し単位bのみからなる樹脂であってもよいが、さらに繰り返し単位cを含む場合、繰り返し単位cの含有比率は1~15mol%が好ましい。 Component (a-1) may be a resin consisting of only repeating units a and b, but if it further contains repeating unit c, the content of repeating unit c is preferably 1 to 15 mol%.
本発明のポジ型感光性顔料組成物は、本発明の効果を損なわない範疇で、(a)成分が、式(59)で表される繰り返し単位、および/または式(60)で表される繰り返し単位を含む成分を含有していても構わない。式(59)で表される繰り返し単位、および式(60)で表される繰り返し単位の含有量の合計は、露光感度の低下を抑制する上で、ポジ型感光性顔料組成物の固形分100.00質量部中、0.05質量部以下が好ましく、0.01質量部以下がより好ましく、全く含まないことが最も好ましい。式(59)で表される繰り返し単位、および/または式(60)で表される繰り返し単位を含有する成分としては、例えば、後述の(a-2)その他の樹脂のうち、“DISPERBYK”(登録商標)-2000、2001、2013、“BYK-LPN”(登録商標)6919、21116、およびEfka-4300が少なくとも挙げられる。 The positive photosensitive pigment composition of the present invention may contain a component (a) containing a repeating unit represented by formula (59) and/or a repeating unit represented by formula (60) within a range that does not impair the effects of the present invention. In order to suppress a decrease in exposure sensitivity, the total content of the repeating unit represented by formula (59) and the repeating unit represented by formula (60) is preferably 0.05 parts by mass or less, more preferably 0.01 parts by mass or less, and most preferably none at all, per 100.00 parts by mass of the solid content of the positive photosensitive pigment composition. Examples of components containing the repeating unit represented by formula (59) and/or the repeating unit represented by formula (60) include at least "DISPERBYK" (registered trademark)-2000, 2001, 2013, "BYK-LPN" (registered trademark)-6919, 21116, and Efka-4300, among the (a-2) other resins described below.
式(59)、および式(60)中、*は結合部位を表し、R43、およびR47は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、または炭素数1~3のアルキル基を表し、R44、およびR48は炭素数1~8のアルキレン基を表し、R45、R46、R49、およびR50は炭素数1~5のアルキル基を表し、R51はベンジル基、または炭素数1~5のアルキル基を表し、X-は一価のカウンターアニオンを表す。 In formula (59) and formula (60), * represents a bonding site, R 43 and R 47 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, R 44 and R 48 represent an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, R 45 , R 46 , R 49 , and R 50 represent an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, R 51 represents a benzyl group or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and X − represents a monovalent counter anion.
(a-1)成分のMwは、半乾きの膜状異物を抑制する上で、2000以上が好ましく、5000以上がより好ましい。現像残渣の発生を抑制する上で、30000以下が好ましく、20000以下がより好ましい。MwをMnで除した値、すなわち分子量分布(Mw/Mn)は、半乾きの膜状異物を抑制する上で、1.0~3.0が好ましく、1.0~2.0がより好ましい。分子量分布(Mw/Mn)1.0~2.0を得る上では、例えば、後述する有機テルル媒介ラジカル重合法、またはリビングアニオン重合法を好ましく採用できる。(a-1)成分の分子量分布測定用のGPCカラムとしては、例えば、Shodex(登録商標)LF-804(レゾナック(株)製)、TSKgel SuperAW2500、同AW3000、同AW4000、同AW5000、TSKgel guardcolumn SuperAW-L、同AW-H(以上、いずれも東ソー(株)製)を好適に用いることができる。分子量分布測定用の溶離液としては、テトラヒドロフラン、N,N’-ジメチルアセトアミドなどを好適に用いることができる。 The Mw of component (a-1) is preferably 2000 or more, more preferably 5000 or more, in order to suppress semi-dry film-like foreign matter. In order to suppress the generation of development residues, it is preferably 30,000 or less, more preferably 20,000 or less. The value obtained by dividing Mw by Mn, i.e., the molecular weight distribution (Mw/Mn), is preferably 1.0 to 3.0, more preferably 1.0 to 2.0, in order to suppress semi-dry film-like foreign matter. To obtain a molecular weight distribution (Mw/Mn) of 1.0 to 2.0, for example, the organotellurium-mediated radical polymerization method or living anionic polymerization method described below can be preferably adopted. As a GPC column for measuring the molecular weight distribution of component (a-1), for example, Shodex (registered trademark) LF-804 (manufactured by Resonac Co., Ltd.), TSKgel Super AW2500, AW3000, AW4000, AW5000, TSKgel guardcolumn Super AW-L, AW-H (all manufactured by Tosoh Corporation) can be suitably used. As an eluent for measuring the molecular weight distribution, tetrahydrofuran, N,N'-dimethylacetamide, etc. can be suitably used.
(a-1)成分は、ランダム共重合体であってもブロック共重合体であってもよいが、半乾きの膜状異物の発生を抑制する上で、繰り返し単位aのみからなるブロック鎖を有するブロック共重合体であることが好ましい。ここでいう繰り返し単位aのみからなるブロック鎖とは、繰り返し単位aに属する繰り返し単位が10個以上連なって結合した、分子量1000以上の構造を意味する。ここでいうブロック共重合体は、繰り返し単位aのみからなるブロック鎖以外の繰り返し単位の配列は特に限定されない。
すなわち、本発明のポジ型感光性顔料組成物は、(a-1)繰り返し単位aと繰り返し単位bを有する樹脂が、繰り返し単位aのみからなるブロック鎖と、繰り返し単位bを有するブロック共重合体であることが好ましい。
The component (a-1) may be a random copolymer or a block copolymer, but is preferably a block copolymer having a block chain consisting of only repeating unit a in order to suppress the generation of semi-dry film-like foreign matter. The block chain consisting of only repeating unit a here means a structure having a molecular weight of 1000 or more in which 10 or more repeating units belonging to repeating unit a are linked together. The arrangement of the repeating units other than the block chain consisting of only repeating unit a in the block copolymer here is not particularly limited.
That is, in the positive photosensitive pigment composition of the present invention, (a-1) the resin having the repeating unit a and the repeating unit b is preferably a block copolymer having a block chain consisting of only the repeating unit a and the repeating unit b.
繰り返し単位aのみからなるブロック鎖を高分子鎖Aとし、繰り返し単位bを含む高分子鎖を高分子鎖Bとすると、繰り返し単位aのみからなるブロック鎖と、繰り返し単位bを有するブロック共重合体中の高分子鎖の配列としては、例えば、A-B型(ジブロック)、A-B-A型(トリブロック)、B-A-B型(トリブロック)、A-B-A-B型(テトラブロック)、B-A-B-A-B型(ペンタブロック)が挙げられる。 If a block chain consisting of only repeating unit a is called polymer chain A, and a polymer chain containing repeating unit b is called polymer chain B, examples of the arrangement of polymer chains in a block copolymer having a block chain consisting of only repeating unit a and repeating unit b include A-B type (diblock), A-B-A type (triblock), B-A-B type (triblock), A-B-A-B type (tetrablock), and B-A-B-A-B type (pentablock).
高分子鎖Bが繰り返し単位b以外の繰り返し単位をさらに含む場合、高分子鎖Bは、繰り返し単位bがランダムに配列した部位を有していてもよく、あるいは繰り返し単位bのみからなるブロック鎖を含んでいてもよい。 When polymer chain B further contains a repeating unit other than repeating unit b, polymer chain B may have a portion in which repeating units b are randomly arranged, or may contain a block chain consisting of only repeating units b.
なお、本明細書中、繰り返し単位aのみからなるブロック鎖と、繰り返し単位bを有していれば、例えば、繰り返し単位aのみからなるブロック鎖を有するマクロモノマーを付加して成る、いわゆるグラフト共重合体や、一方の分子末端から他方の分子末端に沿って徐々に親水性から疎水性へと遷移する直鎖状ポリマー構造を有した、いわゆるグラジエント共重合体についても、ここでいうブロック共重合体に包含されるものと定義する。 In this specification, the term "block copolymer" includes, for example, a so-called graft copolymer formed by adding a macromonomer having a block chain consisting of only repeating unit a, and a so-called gradient copolymer having a linear polymer structure that gradually transitions from hydrophilic to hydrophobic from one molecular end to the other molecular end, as long as the block chain consists of only repeating unit a and repeating unit b.
繰り返し単位aのみからなるブロック鎖のMwは、半乾きの膜状異物を抑制する上で、1500~5000が好ましい。 The Mw of the block chain consisting only of repeating unit a is preferably 1500 to 5000 in order to suppress semi-dry film-like foreign matter.
前述のモノマーを共重合して(a-1)成分を合成する方法としては、例えば、フリーラジカル重合法、リビングラジカル重合法、リビングアニオン重合法などの公知の方法を適用することができる。リビングラジカル重合法としては、原子移動ラジカル重合法(Atom transfer radical polymerization)、可逆的付加-開裂型連鎖移動重合法(Reversible addition-fragmentation chain transfer polymerization)、ヨウ素移動重合法(Iodine transfer polymerization)、ニトロキシド媒介ラジカル重合法(Nitroxide-mediated radical polymerization)、有機テルル媒介ラジカル重合法(Organo tellurium-Mediated radical polymerization)が挙げられる。 As a method for copolymerizing the aforementioned monomers to synthesize component (a-1), known methods such as free radical polymerization, living radical polymerization, and living anionic polymerization can be applied. Examples of living radical polymerization methods include atom transfer radical polymerization, reversible addition-fragmentation chain transfer polymerization, iodine transfer polymerization, nitroxide-mediated radical polymerization, and organotellurium-mediated radical polymerization.
中でも、半乾きの膜状異物の抑制と高い露光感度を両立でき、かつ重金属原子の残留を回避して高い絶縁性が得られる点で、フリーラジカル重合法、ニトロキシド媒介ラジカル重合法、リビングアニオン重合法が好ましい。 Among these, the free radical polymerization method, the nitroxide-mediated radical polymerization method, and the living anionic polymerization method are preferred because they can achieve both suppression of semi-dry film-like foreign matter and high exposure sensitivity, and can also avoid residual heavy metal atoms to obtain high insulation properties.
(a-1)成分を合成する方法について、繰り返し単位aのみからなるブロック鎖と、繰り返し単位bを有するブロック共重合体を例に挙げて、以下に具体的に説明する。 The method for synthesizing component (a-1) is specifically explained below using as examples a block chain consisting of only repeating unit a and a block copolymer having repeating unit b.
フリーラジカル重合法としては、例えば、繰り返し単位aの導入源となるモノマーを有機溶剤に溶解させ、熱ラジカル重合開始剤の存在下、窒素雰囲気下/液温50~120℃で2~30時間攪拌して繰り返し単位aのみからなる重合体を得て、次いで繰り返し単位bの導入源となるモノマーと、その他の繰り返し単位の導入源となるモノマー、さらに必要に応じて分子量分布調節剤を添加し、50~120℃で2~30時間攪拌する方法が挙げられる。繰り返し単位aのみからなる重合体を得た後に未反応モノマーが多い場合、精製/除去を行う工程をさらに加えてもよい。加熱温度は熱ラジカル重合開始剤の10時間半減期温度とモノマー反応性を考慮して適宜設定すればよく、所定の加熱温度条件下で所望のMwを得るために必要となる加熱時間は反応系の固形分濃度や攪拌速度によって変動するため、例えば、一定時間が経過するごとに反応の途中で液をサンプリングし、GPCを用いてMwの上昇カーブを事前に把握しておくことが望ましい。反応終点は所望のMwと未反応モノマー残存量を測定して適宜設定すればよい。熱ラジカル重合開始剤としては、例えば、アゾビスイソブチロニトリル(以下、AIBN)、AIBN-HP、V-65HP、V-601、VR-110、V-40(以上、いずれも富士フイルム和光純薬(株)製)などのアゾ系熱ラジカル重合開始剤を用いることができる。熱ラジカル重合開始剤の添加量は、モノマー100質量部に対して0.5~1.5質量部が好ましい。有機溶剤としては、例えば、イソプロピルアルコール、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、乳酸エチルを用いることができる。分子量分布調節剤としては、例えば、ヘキシルメルカプタン、ドデシルメルカプタン、n-オクチルメルカプタンなどのアルキルメルカプタンを用いることができる。 The free radical polymerization method may, for example, be a method in which a monomer that is the source of introduction of repeating unit a is dissolved in an organic solvent, and stirred in the presence of a thermal radical polymerization initiator at a nitrogen atmosphere/liquid temperature of 50 to 120°C for 2 to 30 hours to obtain a polymer consisting of only repeating unit a, and then a monomer that is the source of introduction of repeating unit b, a monomer that is the source of introduction of other repeating units, and optionally a molecular weight distribution regulator are added, and the mixture is stirred at 50 to 120°C for 2 to 30 hours. If there is a large amount of unreacted monomer after obtaining a polymer consisting of only repeating unit a, a purification/removal step may be added. The heating temperature may be appropriately set in consideration of the 10-hour half-life temperature of the thermal radical polymerization initiator and the monomer reactivity, and the heating time required to obtain the desired Mw under a specified heating temperature condition varies depending on the solid concentration and stirring speed of the reaction system, so it is desirable to, for example, sample the liquid during the reaction at certain intervals and use GPC to grasp the Mw increase curve in advance. The reaction end point may be appropriately set by measuring the desired Mw and the amount of remaining unreacted monomer. As the thermal radical polymerization initiator, for example, azo-based thermal radical polymerization initiators such as azobisisobutyronitrile (hereinafter, AIBN), AIBN-HP, V-65HP, V-601, VR-110, and V-40 (all manufactured by Fujifilm Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) can be used. The amount of the thermal radical polymerization initiator added is preferably 0.5 to 1.5 parts by mass per 100 parts by mass of monomer. As the organic solvent, for example, isopropyl alcohol, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, and ethyl lactate can be used. As the molecular weight distribution regulator, for example, alkyl mercaptans such as hexyl mercaptan, dodecyl mercaptan, and n-octyl mercaptan can be used.
ニトロキシド媒介ラジカル重合法としては、例えば、繰り返し単位bの導入源となるモノマーと、その他の繰り返し単位の導入源となるモノマーを有機溶剤に溶解させ、ニトロキシド系反応制御剤の存在下、窒素雰囲気下/液温50~150℃で3~30時間攪拌して、繰り返し単位bとその他の繰り返し単位のランダム重合体を得て、次いで繰り返し単位aの導入源となるモノマーを添加し、液温50~150℃で3~30時間攪拌する方法が挙げられる。ニトロキシド系反応制御剤の市販品としては、例えば、Bloc Builder(登録商標)MA、同RC-50(以上いずれも、ARKEMA社製)が挙げられる。有機溶剤としては、例えば、イソプロピルアルコール、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、乳酸エチルを用いることができる。 As an example of the nitroxide-mediated radical polymerization method, a monomer that is the source of introduction of repeating unit b and a monomer that is the source of introduction of other repeating units are dissolved in an organic solvent, and stirred in the presence of a nitroxide-based reaction inhibitor under a nitrogen atmosphere at a liquid temperature of 50 to 150°C for 3 to 30 hours to obtain a random polymer of repeating unit b and other repeating units, and then a monomer that is the source of introduction of repeating unit a is added and stirred at a liquid temperature of 50 to 150°C for 3 to 30 hours. Examples of commercially available nitroxide-based reaction inhibitors include Bloc Builder (registered trademark) MA and RC-50 (both manufactured by ARKEMA). Examples of organic solvents that can be used include isopropyl alcohol, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, and ethyl lactate.
リビングアニオン重合法としては、例えば、繰り返し単位bの導入源となるモノマーと、その他の繰り返し単位の導入源となるモノマーを有機溶剤に溶解させ、アニオン重合開始剤の存在下、窒素雰囲気下/液温-80~0℃で10分間~5時間攪拌して、繰り返し単位bとその他の繰り返し単位のランダム共重合体を得て、次いで繰り返し単位aの導入源となるモノマーを添加し、液温-80~0℃で10分間~5時間攪拌する方法が挙げられる。ランダム共重合体を得た後に未反応モノマーが多い場合、精製/除去を行う工程をさらに加えてもよい。安全性の観点から反応開始後の液温を0℃以下、かつ反応系内の含水率を1000質量ppm以下に維持することが望ましい。反応終点はGPCを用いて所望のMwと未反応モノマー残存量を測定して適宜設定すればよい。アニオン重合開始剤としては、例えば、エチルリチウム、sec-ブチルリチウム、n-ブチルリチウム、tert-ブチルリチウム、塩化リチウムなどのリチウム化合物と、ジフェニルエチレン(またはその置換誘導体)の反応物を用いることができる。有機溶剤としては、例えば、テトラヒドロフラン、エチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、ジエチルエーテルを用いることができる。反応停止剤としては、メタノール、エタノールなどの低級アルコールを用いることができる。繰り返し単位bの導入源となるモノマーとして、前述の水酸基を保護基で保護したモノマーを用いた場合、共重合体を得た後、塩酸などの強酸を用いて脱保護を行う工程を加えればよい。 The living anionic polymerization method may, for example, be a method in which a monomer that is the source of introduction of repeating unit b and a monomer that is the source of introduction of other repeating units are dissolved in an organic solvent, and stirred in the presence of an anionic polymerization initiator under a nitrogen atmosphere at a liquid temperature of -80 to 0°C for 10 minutes to 5 hours to obtain a random copolymer of repeating unit b and other repeating units, and then a monomer that is the source of introduction of repeating unit a is added and stirred at a liquid temperature of -80 to 0°C for 10 minutes to 5 hours. If there is a large amount of unreacted monomer after obtaining the random copolymer, a purification/removal step may be further added. From the viewpoint of safety, it is desirable to maintain the liquid temperature after the start of the reaction at 0°C or less and the water content in the reaction system at 1000 mass ppm or less. The reaction end point may be appropriately set by measuring the desired Mw and the amount of remaining unreacted monomer using GPC. As the anionic polymerization initiator, for example, a reaction product of a lithium compound such as ethyl lithium, sec-butyl lithium, n-butyl lithium, tert-butyl lithium, or lithium chloride with diphenylethylene (or a substituted derivative thereof) can be used. As the organic solvent, for example, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, and diethyl ether can be used. As the reaction terminator, a lower alcohol such as methanol or ethanol can be used. When the above-mentioned monomer in which the hydroxyl group is protected with a protecting group is used as the monomer from which the repeating unit b is introduced, a step of deprotecting the monomer using a strong acid such as hydrochloric acid can be added after obtaining the copolymer.
繰り返し単位aのみからなるブロック鎖と、繰り返し単位bを有するブロック共重合体の具体例としては、ニトロキシド媒介ラジカル重合法により合成される式(61)で表される構造を有するブロック共重合体、リビングアニオン重合法により合成される式(62)で表される構造を有するブロック共重合体が挙げられる。 Specific examples of block copolymers having a block chain consisting of only repeating units a and repeating units b include block copolymers having a structure represented by formula (61) synthesized by nitroxide-mediated radical polymerization, and block copolymers having a structure represented by formula (62) synthesized by living anionic polymerization.
式(61)、および式(62)中、整数は繰り返し単位の数を表す。 In formula (61) and formula (62), the integers represent the number of repeating units.
ポジ型感光性顔料組成物中、(a)樹脂に属する成分は(a-1)成分のみであってもよいが、目的とする画素分割層、およびスペーサー層の形成膜厚や、現像液の種類/濃度に応じて、後述する現像工程における適正現像時間が所望の範囲となるよう調整する上で、本発明のポジ型感光性顔料組成物は、(a-2)その他の樹脂(以下、(a-2)成分という場合がある。)を含有しても構わない。ここでいう(a-2)成分は、(a)樹脂に属する成分のうち、(a-1)成分に属さない化合物を意味する。(a-1)成分と(a-2)成分の混合比率は、それぞれの、現像液に対する溶解速度(nm/min)や膜表面への現像液の染み込み易さの他、求められるプロセスタクトタイムなどに応じて、任意に設定すればよい。 In the positive photosensitive pigment composition, the component belonging to the (a) resin may be only the component (a-1), but in order to adjust the appropriate development time in the development step described below to a desired range depending on the intended film thickness of the pixel division layer and spacer layer and the type/concentration of the developer, the positive photosensitive pigment composition of the present invention may contain other resins (a-2) (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as the (a-2) component). The (a-2) component here means a compound that does not belong to the (a-1) component among the components belonging to the (a) resin. The mixing ratio of the (a-1) component and the (a-2) component may be set arbitrarily depending on the dissolution rate (nm/min) of each component in the developer, the ease of penetration of the developer into the film surface, and the required process takt time.
(a-2)成分としては、ポリイミド樹脂、ポリイミド前駆体、ポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体、ノボラック樹脂、(メタ)アクリル樹脂が好ましく挙げられる。これらを1種単独で、または2種以上を用いてもよい。中でも、(a-1)成分との相溶性に優れ、かつ後述の(c)成分との相互作用により、露光膜中の未露光部のアルカリ溶解速度(nm/min)を小さい方向へ制御しやすく、露光感度に優れる点から、水酸基含有ノボラック樹脂、および水酸基含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂が好ましい。半乾きの膜状異物を抑制する上で、水酸基含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂がより好ましい。 Preferred examples of the (a-2) component include polyimide resins, polyimide precursors, polybenzoxazole precursors, novolac resins, and (meth)acrylic resins. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Among these, hydroxyl-containing novolac resins and hydroxyl-containing (meth)acrylic resins are preferred because they have excellent compatibility with the (a-1) component, and because they have excellent exposure sensitivity and can easily control the alkali dissolution rate (nm/min) of the unexposed parts of the exposed film to a smaller value due to their interaction with the (c) component described below. Hydroxyl-containing (meth)acrylic resins are more preferred in terms of suppressing semi-dry film-like foreign matter.
水酸基含有ノボラック樹脂とは、フェノール骨格を1つ有する化合物と、アルデヒド類の重縮合反応により得られる構造単位を有する水酸基含有樹脂を意味する。 Hydroxyl-containing novolac resin refers to a hydroxyl-containing resin that has structural units obtained by a polycondensation reaction between a compound having one phenol skeleton and aldehydes.
フェノール骨格を1つ有する化合物としては、例えば、フェノール、o-クレゾール、m-クレゾール、p-クレゾール、2,3-ジメチルフェノール、2,4-ジメチルフェノール、2,5-ジメチルフェノール、2,6-ジメチルフェノール、3,4-ジメチルフェノール、3,5-ジメチルフェノール、2,3,5-トリメチルフェノール、3,4,5-トリメチルフェノール、2,4,5-トリメチルフェノール、カテコール、1,3-ジヒドロキシ-5-メチルベンゼンが挙げられる。 Examples of compounds with one phenol skeleton include phenol, o-cresol, m-cresol, p-cresol, 2,3-dimethylphenol, 2,4-dimethylphenol, 2,5-dimethylphenol, 2,6-dimethylphenol, 3,4-dimethylphenol, 3,5-dimethylphenol, 2,3,5-trimethylphenol, 3,4,5-trimethylphenol, 2,4,5-trimethylphenol, catechol, and 1,3-dihydroxy-5-methylbenzene.
アルデヒド類としては、例えば、ホルムアルデヒド、パラホルムアルデヒド、ベンズアルデヒド、ヒドロキシベンズアルデヒドが挙げられる。 Examples of aldehydes include formaldehyde, paraformaldehyde, benzaldehyde, and hydroxybenzaldehyde.
水酸基含有ノボラック樹脂のMwは、ポジ型ハーフトーン加工における現像残渣を抑制する上で、1500~15000が好ましい。市販品としては、例えば、TRR5030G、TRR5010G、TR4020G、TR4080G、TR4000B、TRM30B20G、EP23F10G(以上、いずれも旭有機材(株)製)が挙げられる。 The Mw of the hydroxyl-containing novolac resin is preferably 1500 to 15000 in order to suppress development residues in positive halftone processing. Commercially available products include, for example, TRR5030G, TRR5010G, TR4020G, TR4080G, TR4000B, TRM30B20G, and EP23F10G (all manufactured by Asahi Organic Chemicals Co., Ltd.).
ここでいう水酸基含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂とは、メタクリロイル基を分子内に1つ有する化合物を由来とする繰り返し単位、および/またはアクリロイル基を分子内に1つ有する化合物を由来とする繰り返し単位の含有量が40~100質量%である水酸基含有樹脂を意味する。 Here, hydroxyl group-containing (meth)acrylic resin refers to a hydroxyl group-containing resin in which the content of repeating units derived from a compound having one methacryloyl group in the molecule and/or repeating units derived from a compound having one acryloyl group in the molecule is 40 to 100% by mass.
メタクリロイル基を分子内に1つ有する化合物、アクリロイル基を分子内に1つ有する化合物としては、例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸、2-ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-ヒドロキシブチル(メタ)アクリレート、4-ヒドロキシフェニル(メタ)アクリレート、4-ヒドロキシ-1-ナフチル(メタ)アクリレート、メチル(メタ)アクリレート、エチル(メタ)アクリレート、n-ブチル(メタ)アクリレート、tert-ブチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-エチルヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、n-ラウリル(メタ)アクリレート、n-ステアリル(メタ)アクリレート、イソデシルメタクリレート、イソボルニル(メタ)アクリレート、ジシクロペンタニル(メタ)アクリレート、シクロヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、テトラヒドロフルフリル(メタ)アクリレートが挙げられる。 Examples of compounds having one methacryloyl group in the molecule and compounds having one acryloyl group in the molecule include (meth)acrylic acid, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, 4-hydroxyphenyl (meth)acrylate, 4-hydroxy-1-naphthyl (meth)acrylate, methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, n-butyl (meth)acrylate, tert-butyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, n-lauryl (meth)acrylate, n-stearyl (meth)acrylate, isodecyl methacrylate, isobornyl (meth)acrylate, dicyclopentanyl (meth)acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, and tetrahydrofurfuryl (meth)acrylate.
さらに、メタクリロイル基、およびアクリロイル基を分子内に有さない化合物を由来とする繰り返し単位を有していてもよく、例えば、スチレン系単量体を由来とする繰り返し単位、マレイミド系単量体を由来とする繰り返し単位が挙げられる。 Furthermore, it may have repeating units derived from compounds that do not have a methacryloyl group or an acryloyl group in the molecule, such as repeating units derived from styrene monomers and repeating units derived from maleimide monomers.
スチレン系単量体としては、例えば、スチレン、α-メチルスチレン、4-イソプロペニルフェノール、2-ビニルフェノール、3-ビニルフェノール、4-ビニルフェノールが挙げられる。マレイミド系単量体としては、例えば、マレイミド、N-フェニルマレイミド、N-シクロヘキシルマレイミドが挙げられる。中でも、ハーフトーン加工性を向上する上で、4-ヒドロキシフェニル(メタ)アクリレート、4-ヒドロキシ-1-ナフチル(メタ)アクリレート、および4-イソプロペニルフェノールの群から選択される1種以上のフェノール性水酸基含有化合物を由来とする繰り返し単位に加えて、(メタ)アクリル酸を由来とする繰り返し単位を由来とする水酸基含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂が好ましい。 Examples of styrene-based monomers include styrene, α-methylstyrene, 4-isopropenylphenol, 2-vinylphenol, 3-vinylphenol, and 4-vinylphenol. Examples of maleimide-based monomers include maleimide, N-phenylmaleimide, and N-cyclohexylmaleimide. Among these, in order to improve halftone processability, a hydroxyl-containing (meth)acrylic resin derived from a repeating unit derived from (meth)acrylic acid in addition to a repeating unit derived from one or more phenolic hydroxyl-containing compounds selected from the group consisting of 4-hydroxyphenyl(meth)acrylate, 4-hydroxy-1-naphthyl(meth)acrylate, and 4-isopropenylphenol is preferred.
(メタ)アクリル樹脂のMwは、ポジ型ハーフトーン加工における現像残渣を抑制する上で、10000~30000が好ましい。 The Mw of the (meth)acrylic resin is preferably 10,000 to 30,000 in order to suppress development residues in positive halftone processing.
本発明のポジ型感光性顔料組成物は、本発明の効果を損なわない範疇で、(a-2)成分に属する市販のポリマー型分散剤をさらに含有させてもよい。(a-2)成分に属する市販のポリマー型分散剤としては、例えば、“DISPERBYK”(登録商標)-102、P104、P105、110、111、118、142、145、161、162、164、167、168、2000、2001、2010、2013、2020、2025、2050、2096、2150、2155、2163、2164、9075、9076、9077、“BYK-LPN”(登録商標)6919、21116、21234、24074、22906(以上、いずれもビックケミー社製)、Efka-4015、4020、4046、4047、4050、4055、4060、4080、4300、4310、4320、4330、4340、4400、4401、4402、4403、4800、Dispex Ultra PX4575(以上、いずれもBASF社製)、“Solsperse”(登録商標)3000、9000、11200、13240、13650、13940、20000、21000、24000SC、24000GR、32000、32500、32550、32600、33000、33500、34750、35100、35200、36000、36600、37500、39000、40000、41000、56000、71000、76500(以上、いずれもルーブリゾール社製)、“アジスパー”(登録商標)PA111、PB821、PB822、PB824、PB881、PB883(以上、いずれも味の素ファインテクノ(株)製)が挙げられる。中でも、DISPERBYK-110、111、Solsperse40000、41000などのリン酸エステル系ポリエーテル分散剤により微小な現像残渣を抑制しやすくなる場合がある。これらの(a-2)成分に属する市販のポリマー型分散剤は、単独、または複数種を混合して用いることができる。 The positive photosensitive pigment composition of the present invention may further contain a commercially available polymer dispersant belonging to component (a-2) as long as it does not impair the effects of the present invention. Examples of commercially available polymer dispersants belonging to component (a-2) include "DISPERBYK" (registered trademark) -102, P104, P105, 110, 111, 118, 142, 145, 161, 162, 164, 167, 168, 2000, 2001, 2010, 2013, 2020, 2025, 2050, 2096, 2150, 2155, 2163, 2164, 9075, 9076, 9077, "BYK-LPN" (registered trademark) 6919, 21116, 21234, 24074, 22906 (all manufactured by BYK-Chemie), Efka-4015, 4020, 4046, 4047, 4050, 4055, 4060, 4080, 4300, 4310, 4320, 4330, 4340, 4400, 4401, 4402, 44 03, 4800, Dispex Ultra PX4575 (all manufactured by BASF), "Solsperse" (registered trademark) 3000, 9000, 11200, 13240, 13650, 13940, 20000, 21000, 24000SC, 24000GR, 32000, 32500, 32550, 32600, 33000, 33500, 34750 , 35100, 35200, 36000, 36600, 37500, 39000, 40000, 41000, 56000, 71000, 76500 (all manufactured by Lubrizol Corporation), "Ajisper" (registered trademark) PA111, PB821, PB822, PB824, PB881, PB883 (all manufactured by Ajinomoto Fine-Techno Co., Ltd.). Among them, phosphate ester polyether dispersants such as DISPERBYK-110, 111, Solsperse 40000, 41000 may be used to suppress minute development residues. These commercially available polymer dispersants belonging to the (a-2) component can be used alone or in combination.
本発明のポジ型感光性顔料組成物は、(b)有機顔料(以下、(b)成分という場合がある。)を含有する。ここでいう有機顔料とは、可視光領域に吸収を有し、かつポジ型感光性顔料組成物中における存在形態が、不溶の粒子である化合物を意味する。(b)成分は、画素分割層に遮光性を与える効果を奏する。加えて、(b)成分により、後述するキュア工程で現像工程後の膜の過度な熱流動が抑制されることから、ポジ型ハーフトーン加工において開口部のパターン埋まりを回避し、開口幅の面内均一性を高める効果を奏する。 The positive photosensitive pigment composition of the present invention contains (b) an organic pigment (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as component (b)). The organic pigment here means a compound that has absorption in the visible light region and exists in the positive photosensitive pigment composition in the form of insoluble particles. Component (b) has the effect of imparting light-shielding properties to the pixel division layer. In addition, component (b) suppresses excessive thermal flow of the film after the development process in the curing process described below, thereby preventing the pattern filling of the openings in positive halftone processing and improving the in-plane uniformity of the opening width.
光学特性の観点から、(b)成分としては、有機青色顔料、有機紫色顔料、有機赤色顔料、有機橙色顔料、有機黄色顔料、有機茶色顔料、有機黒色顔料が挙げられる。高い遮光性と高い露光感度を両立する上で、有機青色顔料、および/または有機紫色顔料が好ましく、有機青色顔料、および有機紫色顔料を併用することがより好ましい。さらに、後述する(e)成分と組み合わせることで、最終的に黒色を呈する画素分割層を得ることができる。
すなわち、本発明のポジ型感光性顔料組成物は、(b)有機顔料が、有機青色顔料、および/または有機紫色顔料を含有することが好ましい。
From the viewpoint of optical properties, the (b) component may be an organic blue pigment, an organic purple pigment, an organic red pigment, an organic orange pigment, an organic yellow pigment, an organic brown pigment, or an organic black pigment. In order to achieve both high light blocking properties and high exposure sensitivity, an organic blue pigment and/or an organic purple pigment are preferred, and it is more preferred to use an organic blue pigment and an organic purple pigment in combination. Furthermore, by combining with the (e) component described later, a pixel division layer that finally exhibits black color can be obtained.
That is, in the positive photosensitive pigment composition of the present invention, the organic pigment (b) preferably contains an organic blue pigment and/or an organic violet pigment.
一方で、分子構造の観点から、(b)成分としては、(b-1)スルホ基を有さない有機顔料(以下、(b-1)成分という場合がある。)と、(b-2)スルホ基を有する有機顔料(以下、(b-2)成分という場合がある。)が挙げられる。(b-1)成分の表面の少なくとも一部に、(b-2)成分が表面処理された有機顔料を用いてもよい。なお、スルホ基を有さない有機顔料にスルホ基が導入された顔料誘導体であって、ポジ型感光性顔料組成物中において不溶の粒子は、(b-2)成分に属する化合物であると定義する。ここでいうスルホ基とは、-SO3Hに加えて、-SO3 -(すなわち、スルホナート基)を包含して意味する。-SO3 -は、例えば、-SO3Naを構成するNa+が、ポジ型感光性顔料組成物中で解離することにより生じた基であってもよい。 On the other hand, from the viewpoint of molecular structure, the component (b) may be (b-1) an organic pigment having no sulfo group (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as the component (b-1)) and (b-2) an organic pigment having a sulfo group (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as the component (b-2)). An organic pigment in which at least a part of the surface of the component (b-1) has been surface-treated with the component (b-2) may be used. Note that a pigment derivative in which a sulfo group has been introduced into an organic pigment having no sulfo group and which is insoluble in the positive photosensitive pigment composition is defined as a compound belonging to the component (b-2). The sulfo group here includes -SO 3 H as well as -SO 3 - (i.e., a sulfonate group). -SO 3 - may be, for example, a group generated by dissociation of Na + constituting -SO 3 Na in the positive photosensitive pigment composition.
当業者の技術常識において、(b-2)成分は、後述する(d)成分の存在下、(b-1)成分の分散性向上などの目的で補助的な添加剤として用いられることが知られているが、本発明のポジ型感光性顔料組成物においては、画素分割層に遮光性を与える効果を奏する成分として用いることができる。 It is known in the technical common knowledge of those skilled in the art that component (b-2) is used as an auxiliary additive in the presence of component (d) described below for the purpose of improving the dispersibility of component (b-1), but in the positive-type photosensitive pigment composition of the present invention, it can be used as a component that has the effect of imparting light-shielding properties to the pixel division layer.
本発明のポジ型感光性顔料組成物が(b-1)成分と(b-2)成分を含有する場合、(b-2)成分が有する有機顔料の母骨格は、(b-1)成分の表面に強く吸着し、(b-2)成分が有するスルホ基は、(a-1)成分の繰り返し単位aが有する顔料吸着基に強く吸着する。また、本発明のポジ型感光性顔料組成物は、(b-1)成分を含有せず、(b-2)成分のみを含有していてもよく、(b-2)成分が有するスルホ基は、(a-1)成分の繰り返し単位aが有する顔料吸着基に強く吸着する。このメカニズムに基づき、(b-2)成分は半乾きの膜状異物をさらに抑制する効果を奏するだけでなく、より多くの顔料吸着基が中和されることで、光酸発生剤の劣化、および露光部の膜中で発生させた酸の捕捉が抑制され、露光感度のさらなる向上をもたらす。
したがって、本発明のポジ型感光性顔料組成物は、(b)有機顔料が、(b-2)スルホ基を有する有機顔料を含有することが好ましい。
When the positive photosensitive pigment composition of the present invention contains the component (b-1) and the component (b-2), the mother skeleton of the organic pigment contained in the component (b-2) is strongly adsorbed to the surface of the component (b-1), and the sulfo group contained in the component (b-2) is strongly adsorbed to the pigment adsorption group contained in the repeating unit a of the component (a-1). The positive photosensitive pigment composition of the present invention may contain only the component (b-2) without containing the component (b-1), and the sulfo group contained in the component (b-2) is strongly adsorbed to the pigment adsorption group contained in the repeating unit a of the component (a-1). Based on this mechanism, the component (b-2) not only exerts the effect of further suppressing the semi-dry film-like foreign matter, but also neutralizes a larger number of pigment adsorption groups, thereby suppressing the deterioration of the photoacid generator and the capture of the acid generated in the film in the exposed area, leading to a further improvement in exposure sensitivity.
Therefore, in the positive photosensitive pigment composition of the present invention, the (b) organic pigment preferably contains (b-2) an organic pigment having a sulfo group.
(b-1)成分としては、例えば、C.I.ピグメントブルー15、60、64、80、C.I.Disperse Blue14、79:1、134、281などの有機青色顔料、式(63)で表される化合物、C.I.ピグメントバイオレット19、29、ペリレン-3,4,9,10-テトラカルボン酸ビスベンゾイミダゾール(以下、「PTCBI」という場合がある。)、C.I.Disperse Violet27、C.I.Vat Violet13などの有機紫色顔料、PTCBIとC.I.ピグメントブラック31の混晶からなるペリレンブラック、PTCBIとC.I.ピグメントブラック32の混晶からなるペリレンブラック、国際公開第2009/010521号で開示されたラクタムブラックなどの有機黒色顔料が挙げられる。中でも、近紫外線透過率が高く、後述の(c)成分を由来とする酸の発生量を多くすることができ、露光感度を向上できる点で、式(63)で表される化合物が好ましい。
Examples of the (b-1) component include organic blue pigments such as C.I. Pigment Blue 15, 60, 64, 80, C.I. Disperse
式(63)中、R52、R53、R54、R55、R56、R57、R58、R59、R60、およびR61は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、または炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基を表し、R62、R63、R64、およびR65は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、または炭素数1~4のアルキル基を表し、R66、およびR67は、-CONH-を表す。 In formula (63), R 52 , R 53 , R 54 , R 55 , R 56 , R 57 , R 58 , R 59 , R 60 , and R 61 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms; R 62 , R 63 , R 64 , and R 65 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms; and R 66 and R 67 represent -CONH-.
式(63)で表される化合物は、分子構造としては塩素原子を含まないが、含塩素系合成溶媒の微量残存に由来して、顔料粉末としては塩素原子を含む場合がある。有機EL表示装置の発光特性を向上する上で、式(63)で表される化合物を70質量%以上含む顔料粉末中、燃焼イオンクロマトグラフィにより定量される塩素原子の含有量が1000質量ppm以下となるように精製することが好ましい。500質量ppm以下がより好ましい。また、過度の精製による顔料表面物性の変化により半乾きの膜状異物が生じやすくなる場合があり、これを回避する上で10質量ppm以上が好ましく、50質量ppm以上がより好ましい。精製方法としては、例えば、水および/または有機溶剤を用いた洗浄の他、大気圧下/180~250℃で30~120分間加熱する方法が挙げられる。 The compound represented by formula (63) does not contain chlorine atoms in its molecular structure, but may contain chlorine atoms in the pigment powder due to trace amounts of residual chlorine-containing synthetic solvents. In order to improve the light-emitting properties of an organic EL display device, it is preferable to purify the pigment powder containing 70% by mass or more of the compound represented by formula (63) so that the content of chlorine atoms, as determined by combustion ion chromatography, is 1000 ppm by mass or less. 500 ppm by mass or less is more preferable. In addition, excessive purification may cause changes in the pigment surface properties, which may lead to the formation of semi-dry film-like foreign matter. In order to avoid this, 10 ppm by mass or more is preferable, and 50 ppm by mass or more is more preferable. Purification methods include, for example, washing with water and/or an organic solvent, as well as heating at atmospheric pressure at 180 to 250°C for 30 to 120 minutes.
(b-2)成分としては、例えば、式(64)で表される化合物、式(65)で表される化合物、C.I.ピグメントブルー60のモノ/ジスルホン酸誘導体、C.I.ピグメントブルー15のモノ/ジスルホン酸誘導体、C.I.ピグメントレッド178のモノ/ジスルホン酸誘導体、C.I.ピグメントレッド255のモノ/ジスルホン酸誘導体、国際公開第2009/010521号に記載のビス-オキソジヒドロインドリレン-ベンゾジフラノンのモノ/ジスルホン酸誘導体が挙げられる。中でも、近紫外線透過率が高く、後述の(c)成分を由来とする酸発生量を多くすることができ、露光感度を向上でき、かつ遮光性に優れる点で、式(64)で表される化合物、式(65)で表される化合物、式(98)で表される化合物、式(99)で表される化合物、式(100)で表される化合物、および/または式(101)で表される化合物が好ましい。半乾きの膜状異物の抑制効果に加えて、さらに、非点灯画素の抑制効果が高い点から、式(98)で表される化合物、式(99)で表される化合物、式(100)で表される化合物、式(101)で表される化合物がより好ましい。 Examples of the (b-2) component include the compound represented by formula (64), the compound represented by formula (65), mono/disulfonic acid derivatives of C.I. Pigment Blue 60, mono/disulfonic acid derivatives of C.I. Pigment Blue 15, mono/disulfonic acid derivatives of C.I. Pigment Red 178, mono/disulfonic acid derivatives of C.I. Pigment Red 255, and mono/disulfonic acid derivatives of bis-oxodihydroindolylene-benzodifuranone described in WO 2009/010521. Among them, the compound represented by formula (64), the compound represented by formula (65), the compound represented by formula (98), the compound represented by formula (99), the compound represented by formula (100), and/or the compound represented by formula (101) are preferred in terms of high near-ultraviolet transmittance, ability to increase the amount of acid generated originating from the component (c) described below, ability to improve exposure sensitivity, and excellent light-shielding properties. In addition to the effect of suppressing semi-dry film-like foreign matter, the compound represented by formula (98), the compound represented by formula (99), the compound represented by formula (100), and the compound represented by formula (101) are more preferred in terms of their high effect of suppressing non-illuminated pixels.
すなわち、本発明のポジ型感光性顔料組成物は、(b-2)成分が、式(98)で表される化合物、式(99)で表される化合物、式(100)で表される化合物、および式(101)で表される化合物からなる群より選択される1種以上を含有することがより好ましい。 In other words, it is more preferable that the positive photosensitive pigment composition of the present invention contains, as component (b-2), one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of the compound represented by formula (98), the compound represented by formula (99), the compound represented by formula (100), and the compound represented by formula (101).
式(64)および式(65)中、R68、R69、R70、R71、R72、R73、R74、およびR75は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、-SO3H、-SO3
-、炭素数1~5のアルキル基、炭素数1~5のアルコキシ基、-F、-Br、または-CNを表す。
ただし、R68、R69、R70、R71、R72、R73、R74、およびR75中、-SO3H、および-SO3
-の合計数は、1または2である。
R76、R77、R78、およびR79は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、-OH、-F、-Br、-CN、または炭素数1~5のアルコキシ基を表す。
ただし、R76とR77、R78とR79は、それぞれ独立に、互いに結合して連結基-X2-であってもよく、-X2-は、-O-または-SO2-を表す。
In formula (64) and formula (65), R 68 , R 69 , R 70 , R 71 , R 72 , R 73 , R 74 , and R 75 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, -SO 3 H, -SO 3 - , an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, -F, -Br, or -CN.
However, the total number of -SO 3 H and -SO 3 - groups in R 68 , R 69 , R 70 , R 71 , R 72 , R 73 , R 74 and R 75 is 1 or 2.
R 76 , R 77 , R 78 , and R 79 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, -OH, -F, -Br, -CN, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
However, R 76 and R 77 , and R 78 and R 79 may each independently be bonded to each other to form a linking group —X 2 —, where —X 2 — represents —O— or —SO 2 —.
式(98)、式(99)、式(100)、および式(101)中、R87、R92、R97、およびR100は、それぞれ独立に、-SO3H、または-SO3 -を表し、R88、R89、R90、R91、R93、R94、R95、およびR96は、それぞれ独立に、フェニル基、ベンジル基、または炭素数1~20のアルキル基を表し、R98、およびR101は、それぞれ独立に、炭素数1~20のアルキル基を表し、R99、およびR102は、それぞれ独立に、炭素数1~3のアルキル基を表し、n16、およびn17は整数であり、それぞれ独立に、0~2を表す。ただし、R88、R89、R90、およびR91のうち、1つまたは2つの基が、フェニル基、ベンジル基、または炭素数8~20のアルキル基であり、R93、R94、R95、およびR96のうち、1つまたは2つの基が、フェニル基、ベンジル基、または炭素数8~20のアルキル基である。 In formula (98), formula (99), formula (100), and formula (101), R 87 , R 92 , R 97 , and R 100 each independently represent -SO 3 H or -SO 3 - , R 88 , R 89 , R 90 , R 91 , R 93 , R 94 , R 95 , and R 96 each independently represent a phenyl group, a benzyl group, or an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, R 98 and R 101 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, R 99 and R 102 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and n 16 and n 17 are integers each independently represent 0 to 2. However, one or two of R 88 , R 89 , R 90 , and R 91 are a phenyl group, a benzyl group, or an alkyl group having 8 to 20 carbon atoms, and one or two of R 93 , R 94 , R 95 , and R 96 are a phenyl group, a benzyl group, or an alkyl group having 8 to 20 carbon atoms.
式(64)で表される化合物、および式(65)で表される化合物を合成する方法としては、例えば、PTCBIのcis体/trans体の混合粉末、またはそれらの誘導体を、濃硫酸または発煙硫酸中でモノ/ジスルホン酸となるまで好ましくは50~90℃で加熱し、過大量の氷水に投入して攪拌後に濾別し、精製、乾燥、および粉砕する方法が挙げられる。精製工程には、溶剤処理と濾別工程、シリカゲルクロマトグラフィーによる単離工程が含まれていてもよい。さらに必要に応じて、水に対する溶解度を高め、生産性を向上する上で水酸化ナトリウムなど無機アルカリ水溶液を添加してスルホ基の少なくとも一部をアルカリ金属塩とする工程を加えてもよい。次いで、特定構造のアンモニウム塩を用いて造塩操作を行い、精製、乾燥、および粉砕することで、式(98)で表される化合物、および式(99)で表される化合物を合成することができる。また、特定構造のアンモニウム塩に替えて、特定構造のピリジニウム塩を用いることで、式(100)で表される化合物、および式(101)で表される化合物を合成することができる。 The method for synthesizing the compound represented by formula (64) and the compound represented by formula (65) includes, for example, a method in which a mixed powder of cis/trans isomers of PTCBI or a derivative thereof is heated in concentrated sulfuric acid or fuming sulfuric acid, preferably at 50 to 90°C, until it becomes a mono/disulfonic acid, and then poured into an excess amount of ice water and stirred, filtered, purified, dried, and pulverized. The purification process may include a solvent treatment and filtration process, and an isolation process by silica gel chromatography. If necessary, a process may be added in which an aqueous solution of an inorganic alkali such as sodium hydroxide is added to convert at least a part of the sulfo group into an alkali metal salt in order to increase the solubility in water and improve productivity. Next, a salt formation operation is performed using an ammonium salt of a specific structure, and the resultant is purified, dried, and pulverized, thereby synthesizing the compound represented by formula (98) and the compound represented by formula (99). In addition, a compound represented by formula (100) and a compound represented by formula (101) can be synthesized by using a pyridinium salt of a specific structure instead of an ammonium salt of a specific structure.
特定構造のアンモニウム塩としては、ベンジルトリメチルアンモニウムクロリド、ドデシルトリメチルアンモニウムクロリド、ヘキサデシルトリメチルアンモニウムクロリド、オクタデシルトリメチルアンモニウムブロミド、ジメチルジオクチルアンモニウムブロミド、ベンジルジメチルフェニルアンモニウムクロリドが挙げられる。 Examples of ammonium salts with specific structures include benzyltrimethylammonium chloride, dodecyltrimethylammonium chloride, hexadecyltrimethylammonium chloride, octadecyltrimethylammonium bromide, dimethyldioctylammonium bromide, and benzyldimethylphenylammonium chloride.
特定構造のピリジニウム塩としては、1-エチル-4-メチルピリジニウムブロミド、1-エチル-4-プロピルピリジニウムクロリド、1-エチル-2-メチルピリジニウムブロミド、1-ドデシルピリジニウムブロミド、1-ブチルピリジニウムクロリド、1-ブチル-3-メチルピリジニウムクロリド、ヘキサデシルピリジニウムクロリド、ヘキサデシルピリジニウムブロミドが挙げられる。 Pyridinium salts of specific structures include 1-ethyl-4-methylpyridinium bromide, 1-ethyl-4-propylpyridinium chloride, 1-ethyl-2-methylpyridinium bromide, 1-dodecylpyridinium bromide, 1-butylpyridinium chloride, 1-butyl-3-methylpyridinium chloride, hexadecylpyridinium chloride, and hexadecylpyridinium bromide.
前述の方法で得られる(b-2)成分の具体例としては、式(102)で表される化合物や、式(103)で表される化合物が好ましく挙げられる。なお、特定構造のアンモニウム塩、または特定構造のピリジニウム塩を由来とするカウンターカチオン部の少なくとも一部は、画素分割層、およびスペーサー層形成時のキュア工程で揮散、除去されても構わない。 Specific examples of the component (b-2) obtained by the above-mentioned method preferably include a compound represented by formula (102) and a compound represented by formula (103). At least a portion of the counter cation moiety derived from the ammonium salt of a specific structure or the pyridinium salt of a specific structure may be volatilized and removed in the curing step when forming the pixel dividing layer and the spacer layer.
(b-2)成分が有するスルホ基と、繰り返し単位aが有する顔料吸着基は、塩を形成していてもよい。イオン結合は顔料分散剤としての吸着形態の1つと見なすことができ、ここでいう塩は、繰り返し単位aと繰り返し単位bを有する樹脂と、(b-2)成分の混合物であると定義する。塩の構造としては、例えば、式(66)で表される構造が好ましく挙げられる。 The sulfo group in component (b-2) and the pigment adsorption group in repeating unit a may form a salt. An ionic bond can be considered as one form of adsorption as a pigment dispersant, and the salt here is defined as a mixture of a resin having repeating units a and b, and component (b-2). A preferred example of the salt structure is the structure represented by formula (66).
式(66)中、*は結合部位を表す。 In formula (66), * represents a binding site.
(b)成分の一次粒子径の分布は、高い遮光性とポジ型ハーフトーン加工における現像残渣を回避する上で、5~150nmが好ましく、20~100nmがより好ましい。一次粒子径の分布は、透過型電子顕微鏡(TEM)で測定することができる。 The primary particle size distribution of component (b) is preferably 5 to 150 nm, more preferably 20 to 100 nm, in order to achieve high light blocking properties and to avoid development residues in positive halftone processing. The primary particle size distribution can be measured using a transmission electron microscope (TEM).
(b)成分の含有量は、高い遮光性を得る上で、ポジ型感光性顔料組成物の固形分100質量部中、15質量部以上が好ましい。また、15質量部以上とすることで、(a)樹脂のガラス転移点(Tg)が、キュア工程の加熱温度よりも低い場合であったとしても、過度な膜の熱流動を回避し、高い解像度の画素分割層を得ることが可能となる。ポジ型ハーフトーン加工における現像残渣を抑制する上で、40質量部以下が好ましい。本発明のポジ型感光性顔料組成物が(b-1)成分、および(b-2)成分を含有する場合、(b-2)成分の含有量は、半乾きの膜状異物を抑制する上で、(b-1)成分100質量部に対して10質量部以上が好ましい。 The content of component (b) is preferably 15 parts by mass or more per 100 parts by mass of the solid content of the positive photosensitive pigment composition in order to obtain high light blocking properties. In addition, by making it 15 parts by mass or more, even if the glass transition point (Tg) of the (a) resin is lower than the heating temperature in the curing process, excessive thermal flow of the film can be avoided and a pixel division layer with high resolution can be obtained. In order to suppress development residues in positive halftone processing, 40 parts by mass or less is preferable. When the positive photosensitive pigment composition of the present invention contains components (b-1) and (b-2), the content of component (b-2) is preferably 10 parts by mass or more per 100 parts by mass of component (b-1) in order to suppress semi-dry film-like foreign matter.
本発明のポジ型感光性顔料組成物は、本発明の効果を損なわない範疇で、かつ特許文献5で開示された露光工程における近赤外線アライメントによる電極形成基板と露光マスクの位置合わせと、絶縁性に支障が無い範疇で、反射色度の調整などの目的で(b)成分以外の顔料、すなわち無機顔料として、カーボンブラック、酸窒化チタン、酸窒化ジルコニウムなどの無機黒色顔料を微量含有させても構わない。 The positive photosensitive pigment composition of the present invention may contain trace amounts of inorganic black pigments such as carbon black, titanium oxynitride, and zirconium oxynitride as inorganic pigments other than component (b), that is, pigments other than component (b) for the purpose of adjusting the reflected chromaticity, as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired and there is no problem with the alignment of the electrode formation substrate and the exposure mask by near-infrared alignment in the exposure step disclosed in Patent Document 5, and with insulation.
本発明のポジ型感光性顔料組成物は、(c)光酸発生剤(以下、(c)成分という場合がある。)を含有する。(c)成分は、少なくとも波長200~450nmの光を含む光の照射により酸を発生する化合物であれば、特に限定されない。酸の発生原理としては、(c)成分の、酸を有する化学構造への変換、または光分解による酸の解離であってよく、発生する酸としては、カルボン酸、および/またはスルホン酸が好ましい。 The positive photosensitive pigment composition of the present invention contains (c) a photoacid generator (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as component (c)). Component (c) is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound that generates an acid when irradiated with light containing at least light with a wavelength of 200 to 450 nm. The principle of acid generation may be the conversion of component (c) to a chemical structure having an acid, or dissociation of the acid by photolysis, and the acid generated is preferably a carboxylic acid and/or a sulfonic acid.
(c)成分は、発生した酸により露光部の膜のアルカリ現像液に対する溶解性を、未露光部の膜のアルカリ現像液に対する溶解性と比べて相対的に高くする効果を奏し、ポジ型感光性を与える必須成分である。この原理に基づき、ポジ型露光マスクを介してパターン露光された露光部の膜を除去することによるパターン形成性、すなわちポジ型感光性が発現する。加えて、露光量の調整により膜中の酸発生量を制御することもまた可能である。透過率が異なる複数種の開口部と、光遮蔽部を面内に有する露光マスク、すなわちポジ型ハーフトーン露光マスクを介してパターン露光することで、少ない露光量で露光された露光部の膜のアルカリ現像液に対する溶解性を、多い露光量で露光された露光部の膜のアルカリ現像液に対する溶解性と比べて相対的に低くすることができ、異なる膜厚のパターンを同一面内に形成できる。この原理に基づき、画素分割層とスペーサー層の一括形成が可能となる。 (c)成分としては、水銀灯におけるi線(波長365nm)、h線(波長405nm)およびg線(波長436nm)の領域に吸収を有し、酸を発生する化合物が好ましく、例えば、キノンジアジド化合物、イミドスルホネート化合物、オキシムスルホネート化合物、スルホニウム塩化合物、ヨードニウム塩化合物が挙げられる。中でも、顔料分散系との相互作用が弱くポジ型感光性顔料組成物の塗布性に優れる点で、非塩タイプの光酸発生剤が望ましく、キノンジアジド化合物、イミドスルホネート化合物、オキシムスルホネート化合物が好ましい。また、未露光部の膜に高い溶解抑止効果を発現して露光部と未露光部の膜の溶解速度の差をより大きくすることができ、ポジ型ハーフトーン加工に好適な厚膜加工性に優れ、かつ高い露光感度が得られる点から、キノンジアジド化合物がより好ましい。
すなわち、本発明のポジ型感光性顔料組成物は、(c)光酸発生剤が、キノンジアジド化合物を含有することがより好ましい。
The component (c) is an essential component that exerts the effect of relatively increasing the solubility of the exposed portion of the film in an alkaline developer by the acid generated, compared to the solubility of the unexposed portion of the film in an alkaline developer, and imparts positive photosensitivity. Based on this principle, the pattern formability, i.e., positive photosensitivity, is expressed by removing the exposed portion of the film that has been pattern-exposed through a positive exposure mask. In addition, it is also possible to control the amount of acid generated in the film by adjusting the exposure dose. By performing pattern exposure through an exposure mask having multiple types of openings with different transmittances and a light shielding portion in the plane, i.e., a positive halftone exposure mask, the solubility of the exposed portion of the film exposed with a small amount of exposure in an alkaline developer can be relatively lowered compared to the solubility of the exposed portion of the film exposed with a large amount of exposure in an alkaline developer, and patterns of different film thicknesses can be formed in the same plane. Based on this principle, a pixel division layer and a spacer layer can be formed in one go. As the component (c), a compound that has absorption in the region of i-line (wavelength 365 nm), h-line (wavelength 405 nm) and g-line (wavelength 436 nm) of a mercury lamp and generates an acid is preferred, for example, quinone diazide compounds, imide sulfonate compounds, oxime sulfonate compounds, sulfonium salt compounds, and iodonium salt compounds. Among them, a non-salt type photoacid generator is preferred in terms of weak interaction with the pigment dispersion system and excellent application properties of the positive photosensitive pigment composition, and quinone diazide compounds, imide sulfonate compounds, and oxime sulfonate compounds are preferred. In addition, quinone diazide compounds are more preferred in terms of being able to exert a high dissolution suppression effect on the film in the unexposed area, making the difference in dissolution rate between the film in the exposed area and the unexposed area larger, being excellent in thick film processability suitable for positive halftone processing, and being able to obtain high exposure sensitivity.
That is, in the positive photosensitive pigment composition of the present invention, the photoacid generator (c) more preferably contains a quinonediazide compound.
キノンジアジド化合物としては、高い露光感度と高い現像性を両立する上で、式(67)で表される基、および/または式(68)で表される基を有するキノンジアジド化合物が好ましい。式(67)で表される基を1分子内に2つ以上有し、かつフェノール性水酸基を有するキノンジアジド化合物、式(68)で表される基を1分子内に2つ以上有し、かつフェノール性水酸基を有するキノンジアジド化合物、および、式(67)で表される基と式(68)で表される基を有し、かつフェノール性水酸基を有するキノンジアジド化合物からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1種の化合物を含有することがより好ましい。 As the quinone diazide compound, in order to achieve both high exposure sensitivity and high developability, a quinone diazide compound having a group represented by formula (67) and/or a group represented by formula (68) is preferred. It is more preferred to contain at least one compound selected from the group consisting of quinone diazide compounds having two or more groups represented by formula (67) in one molecule and having a phenolic hydroxyl group, quinone diazide compounds having two or more groups represented by formula (68) in one molecule and having a phenolic hydroxyl group, and quinone diazide compounds having a group represented by formula (67) and a group represented by formula (68) and having a phenolic hydroxyl group.
式(67)、および式(68)中、*は結合部位を表し、
R80、R81、R82、R83、R84、R85、およびR86は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、炭素数1~5のアルキル基、または炭素数1~5のアルコキシ基を表す。
式(67)、および式(68)中、R80、R81、R82、R83、R84、R85、およびR86は、解像度を向上する上で、水素原子が好ましい。
In formula (67) and formula (68), * represents a binding site.
R 80 , R 81 , R 82 , R 83 , R 84 , R 85 and R 86 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
In formula (67) and formula (68), R 80 , R 81 , R 82 , R 83 , R 84 , R 85 and R 86 are preferably hydrogen atoms in order to improve the resolution.
キノンジアジド化合物の具体例としては、式(69)~式(74)で表される化合物が挙げられる。これら化合物は、露光によりカルボン酸、および/またはスルホン酸を生ずる光酸発生剤である。 Specific examples of quinone diazide compounds include compounds represented by formulas (69) to (74). These compounds are photoacid generators that generate carboxylic acids and/or sulfonic acids upon exposure to light.
式(69)~式(74)中、Q1、Q2、Q3、Q4、Q5、Q6、Q7、Q8、Q9、Q10、Q11、Q12、Q13、Q14、Q15、Q16、Q17、およびQ18は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、式(75)で表される構造、または式(76)で表される構造を表し、
Q1、Q2、Q3、およびQ4のうち、1つまたは2つが水素原子であり、
Q5、Q6、およびQ7のうち、1つまたは2つが水素原子であり、
Q13、およびQ14のうち、1つが水素原子であり、
Q15、Q16、Q17、およびQ18のうち、1つまたは2つが水素原子である。
In formulas (69) to (74), Q 1 , Q 2 , Q 3 , Q 4 , Q 5 , Q 6 , Q 7 , Q 8 , Q 9 , Q 10 , Q 11 , Q 12 , Q 13 , Q 14 , Q 15 , Q 16 , Q 17 , and Q 18 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a structure represented by formula (75), or a structure represented by formula (76);
one or two of Q 1 , Q 2 , Q 3 , and Q 4 are a hydrogen atom;
one or two of Q 5 , Q 6 and Q 7 are hydrogen atoms;
one of Q 13 and Q 14 is a hydrogen atom;
One or two of Q 15 , Q 16 , Q 17 and Q 18 are a hydrogen atom.
式(75)、および式(76)中、*は結合部位を表す。 In formula (75) and formula (76), * represents a binding site.
イミドスルホネート化合物の具体例としては、式(77)~式(79)で表される化合物が挙げられる。これら化合物は、露光によりスルホン酸を生ずる光酸発生剤である。 Specific examples of imide sulfonate compounds include compounds represented by formulas (77) to (79). These compounds are photoacid generators that generate sulfonic acid upon exposure to light.
オキシムスルホネート化合物の具体例としては、式(80)~式(82)で表される化合物が挙げられる。これら化合物は、露光によりスルホン酸を生ずる光酸発生剤である。 Specific examples of oxime sulfonate compounds include compounds represented by formulas (80) to (82). These compounds are photoacid generators that generate sulfonic acid upon exposure to light.
i線に感光する(c)成分の市販品としては、DTEP4G-300、DTEPG-350(以上、いずれもダイトーケミックス(株)製)、CNB-250、TEKOC(4)-200(東洋合成工業(株)製)などのキノンジアジド化合物、NIT、NIN、ILP-110(以上、いずれもHeraeus社製)、NP-TM2、NP-SE10(以上、いずれもサンアプロ社製)などのイミドスルホネート化合物、PAG103、PAG203(以上、いずれもBASF社製)などのオキシムスルホネート化合物が挙げられる。 Commercially available products of component (c) that are sensitive to i-line include quinone diazide compounds such as DTEP4G-300, DTEPG-350 (all manufactured by Daito Chemistry Co., Ltd.), CNB-250, TEKOC(4)-200 (manufactured by Toyo Gosei Co., Ltd.), imide sulfonate compounds such as NIT, NIN, ILP-110 (all manufactured by Heraeus), NP-TM2, NP-SE10 (all manufactured by San-Apro Co., Ltd.), and oxime sulfonate compounds such as PAG103, PAG203 (all manufactured by BASF).
(c)成分の含有量は、膜中に必要十分な量の酸を発生させて露光感度を向上する上で、ポジ型感光性顔料組成物の固形分100質量部中、1質量部以上が好ましく、5質量部以上がより好ましい。膜表面における露光光の過度な吸収を抑制して露光感度を向上する上で、30質量部以下が好ましく、20質量部以下がより好ましい。 The content of component (c) is preferably 1 part by mass or more, and more preferably 5 parts by mass or more, per 100 parts by mass of the solid content of the positive photosensitive pigment composition, in order to generate a necessary and sufficient amount of acid in the film and improve the exposure sensitivity. In order to suppress excessive absorption of the exposure light on the film surface and improve the exposure sensitivity, the content is preferably 30 parts by mass or less, and more preferably 20 parts by mass or less.
本発明のポジ型感光性顔料組成物は、(d)有機溶剤(以下、(d)成分という場合がある。)を含有する。(d)成分は、(b)成分の分散媒であり、ポジ型感光性顔料組成物に流動性を与え、塗布性を向上して後述するプリベーク膜の平滑性を向上する効果を奏する。 The positive photosensitive pigment composition of the present invention contains (d) an organic solvent (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as component (d)). Component (d) is a dispersion medium for component (b) and provides fluidity to the positive photosensitive pigment composition, improving its coatability and the smoothness of the prebaked film described below.
(d)成分としては、例えば、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノ-n-プロピルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノ-n-ブチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノ-n-プロピルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノ-n-ブチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル(以下、「PGME」)、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノ-n-プロピルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノ-n-ブチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノ-n-プロピルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノ-n-ブチルエーテル、トリプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、トリプロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、乳酸メチル、乳酸エチル、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(以下、「PGMEA」)、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、3-メトキシブチルアセテート、3-メトキシブタノール、γ-ブチロラクトン(以下、GBL)、γ-バレロラクトン、N-メチルピロリドン(以下、「NMP」)、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド、3-メトキシ-N,N-ジメチルプロパンアミド、3-ブトキシ-N,N-ジメチルプロパンアミドが挙げられる。中でも、ポジ型感光性顔料組成物の塗布性、および塗布後のレベリング性と適度な乾燥性の観点から、PGME、乳酸メチル、乳酸エチル、PGMEA、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、3-メトキシブチルアセテート、3-メトキシブタノール、およびGBLの群から複数種を組み合わせて含有させることが好ましい。 Examples of component (d) include ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol mono-n-propyl ether, ethylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol mono-n-propyl ether, diethylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether (hereinafter referred to as "PGME"), propylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol mono-n-propyl ether, propylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monoethyl ether, dipropylene glycol mono-n-propyl ether, dipropylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether, tripropylene glycol Cholesteric acid monomethyl ether, tripropylene glycol monoethyl ether, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (hereinafter, "PGMEA"), propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, 3-methoxybutanol, γ-butyrolactone (hereinafter, "GBL"), γ-valerolactone, N-methylpyrrolidone (hereinafter, "NMP"), N,N-dimethylformamide, N,N-dimethylacetamide, 3-methoxy-N,N-dimethylpropanamide, and 3-butoxy-N,N-dimethylpropanamide. Among these, from the viewpoints of the coatability of the positive photosensitive pigment composition, the leveling properties after coating, and appropriate drying properties, it is preferable to incorporate a combination of multiple types selected from the group consisting of PGME, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, PGMEA, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, 3-methoxybutanol, and GBL.
(d)成分の含有量は、塗布性を向上する上で、ポジ型感光性顔料組成物100質量部中、30質量部以上が好ましく、50質量部以上がより好ましい。プリベーク膜の平滑性を高める上で、99質量部以下が好ましく、95質量部以下がより好ましい。 The content of component (d) is preferably 30 parts by mass or more, and more preferably 50 parts by mass or more, per 100 parts by mass of the positive photosensitive pigment composition in order to improve the coatability. In order to improve the smoothness of the prebaked film, the content is preferably 99 parts by mass or less, and more preferably 95 parts by mass or less.
本発明のポジ型感光性顔料組成物は、さらに、(e)加熱により、波長350~780nmの領域において、波長350~500nmの領域に極大吸収波長を有する化合物に変換される化合物を含有することが好ましい。なお、ここでいう(e)成分は、(a)成分、(b)成分、(c)成分、(d)成分、および(f)成分のいずれにも属さない化合物である。熱発色の原理は特に限定されない。発色が開始される最低温度としては、露光感度の低下を回避する上で150℃以上が好ましく、波長350~500nmの領域における透過率の低減効果を十分に得る上で230℃以下が好ましい。(e)成分としては、例えば、特開2004-326094号に記載の熱発色性化合物が挙げられ、それら化合物は、波長350~500nmの領域に極大吸収波長を有する化合物に変換され、例えば250℃での加熱処理後、(e)成分は黄色、橙色、または褐色の色相を膜中で呈する。中でも、ポジ型ハーフトーン加工性を向上する上で、(e)成分が水酸基含有化合物を含有することが好ましい。水酸基含有化合物としては、例えば、4,4’,4”,4’’’-(1,4-フェニレンジメチリデン)テトラキスフェノール(熱処理後の極大吸収波長:440nm)、4,4’,4”-トリヒドロキシトリフェニルメタン(熱処理後の極大吸収波長:460nm)、4-[ビス(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)メチル)]2-メトキシフェノール(熱処理後の極大吸収波長:470nm)が挙げられる。また、キュア工程が低酸素濃度下である場合、波長350~500nmの領域における透過率の低減効果に優れる点から、トリヒドロキシベンゼンなどの多価フェノール化合物、国際公開第2024/135186号で開示された特定構造のフェノール化合物、国際公開第2024/135186号で開示された特定構造のフェノール化合物が好ましい。 The positive photosensitive pigment composition of the present invention preferably further contains (e) a compound that is converted by heating in the wavelength range of 350 to 780 nm into a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 350 to 500 nm. The component (e) here is a compound that does not belong to any of the components (a), (b), (c), (d), and (f). The principle of thermal coloring is not particularly limited. The minimum temperature at which coloring begins is preferably 150°C or higher in order to avoid a decrease in exposure sensitivity, and preferably 230°C or lower in order to fully obtain the effect of reducing the transmittance in the wavelength range of 350 to 500 nm. Examples of the component (e) include the thermal coloring compounds described in JP-A-2004-326094, which are converted into compounds having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 350 to 500 nm, and after heat treatment at, for example, 250°C, the component (e) exhibits a yellow, orange, or brown hue in the film. Among these, in order to improve the positive halftone processability, it is preferable that the component (e) contains a hydroxyl group-containing compound. Examples of hydroxyl group-containing compounds include 4,4',4",4'"-(1,4-phenylenedimethylidene)tetrakisphenol (maximum absorption wavelength after heat treatment: 440 nm), 4,4',4"-trihydroxytriphenylmethane (maximum absorption wavelength after heat treatment: 460 nm), and 4-[bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)methyl)]2-methoxyphenol (maximum absorption wavelength after heat treatment: 470 nm). In addition, when the curing process is performed under a low oxygen concentration, polyhydric phenol compounds such as trihydroxybenzene, phenol compounds having a specific structure disclosed in WO 2024/135186, and phenol compounds having a specific structure disclosed in WO 2024/135186 are preferable because of their excellent effect of reducing transmittance in the wavelength range of 350 to 500 nm.
本発明のポジ型感光性顔料組成物は、さらに、(f)熱架橋剤(以下、(f)成分という場合がある。)を含有してもよい。(f)成分を含有することで、画素分割層およびスペーサー層の耐薬品性、および機械的強度を向上することができる。 The positive photosensitive pigment composition of the present invention may further contain (f) a thermal crosslinking agent (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as component (f)). By containing component (f), the chemical resistance and mechanical strength of the pixel division layer and spacer layer can be improved.
(f)成分としては、アルコキシメチル基、またはエポキシ基を分子内に2つ以上有する化合物が好ましい。 The (f) component is preferably a compound having two or more alkoxymethyl groups or epoxy groups in the molecule.
分子内に2つ以上のアルコキシメチル基を有する化合物としては、例えば、HMOM-TPHAP、DML-PC、DML-PEP、DML-OC、DML-POP(以上、いずれも本州化学工業(株)製)、“NIKALAC(登録商標)”MX-390、同MX-290、同MX-280、同MX-270、同MW-100LM、同MX-750LM(以上、いずれも(株)三和ケミカル製)が挙げられる。 Examples of compounds having two or more alkoxymethyl groups in the molecule include HMOM-TPHAP, DML-PC, DML-PEP, DML-OC, and DML-POP (all manufactured by Honshu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), and "NIKALAC (registered trademark)" MX-390, MX-290, MX-280, MX-270, MW-100LM, and MX-750LM (all manufactured by Sanwa Chemical Co., Ltd.).
分子内に2つ以上のエポキシ基を有する化合物としては、例えば、TEPIC-S、TEPIC-PAS、TEPIC-VL、TEPIC-UC(以上、いずれも日産化学(株)製)、XD-1000、XD-1000-H、XD-1000-2L、NC-3000(以上、いずれも日本化薬(株)製)、TECHMORE VG3101L((株)プリンテック製)、TR-FR-201(Tronly社製)が挙げられる。 Examples of compounds with two or more epoxy groups in the molecule include TEPIC-S, TEPIC-PAS, TEPIC-VL, TEPIC-UC (all manufactured by Nissan Chemical Industries, Ltd.), XD-1000, XD-1000-H, XD-1000-2L, NC-3000 (all manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), TECHMORE VG3101L (manufactured by Printec Co., Ltd.), and TR-FR-201 (manufactured by Tronly).
本発明のポジ型感光性顔料組成物は、さらに必要に応じて、その他成分としてシリコーン系またはアクリル系のレベリング剤や、シランカップリング剤などの基板表面に対する密着性改良剤を含有してもよい。 The positive photosensitive pigment composition of the present invention may further contain other components, such as silicone or acrylic leveling agents and adhesion improvers for the substrate surface, such as silane coupling agents, as necessary.
(a)樹脂、(b)成分、(c)成分、(d)成分、(e)成分、および(f)成分の化学構造は、熱分解ガスクロマトグラフ質量分析法(熱分解GC-MS)、液体クロマトグラフ質量分析法(LC-MS)、マトリックス支援レーザー脱離イオン化-飛行時間型質量分析法(MALDI-TOF MS)、飛行時間型二次イオン質量分析法(TOF-SIMS)、プロトン核磁気共鳴分析法(1H-NMR)、顕微赤外吸収スペクトルなどの公知の手法を適宜組み合わせて解析することができる。また、ポジ型感光性顔料組成物を分析試料とし、遠心分離装置で前処理を行い、(b)成分を分離して除去した濃縮液を得て、カーボン核磁気共鳴分析法(13C-NMR)により繰り返し単位の配列を解析することで、(a-1)成分中の繰り返し単位aのみからなるブロック鎖を検出することができる。分析試料に塩酸とアルコール系溶剤を添加して(a)樹脂を含む可溶分を抽出する操作や、GPCを用いて濃縮液中の(a)樹脂の純度を高める操作を加えておくことで、さらに解析の精度を高めてもよい。 The chemical structures of the (a) resin, the (b), the (c), the (d), the (e), and the (f) components can be analyzed by an appropriate combination of known techniques such as pyrolysis gas chromatography mass spectrometry (pyrolysis GC-MS), liquid chromatography mass spectrometry (LC-MS), matrix-assisted laser desorption/ionization time-of-flight mass spectrometry (MALDI-TOF MS), time-of-flight secondary ion mass spectrometry (TOF-SIMS), proton nuclear magnetic resonance spectrometry ( 1 H-NMR), and microscopic infrared absorption spectrometry. In addition, a positive photosensitive pigment composition is used as an analysis sample, and pretreatment is performed using a centrifuge to obtain a concentrated liquid from which the (b) component is separated and removed. The sequence of the repeating units is analyzed by carbon nuclear magnetic resonance spectrometry ( 13 C-NMR), whereby a block chain consisting only of the repeating unit a in the (a-1) component can be detected. The accuracy of the analysis may be further improved by adding a step of adding hydrochloric acid and an alcohol-based solvent to the analysis sample to extract the soluble matter including the (a) resin, or by using GPC to increase the purity of the (a) resin in the concentrated solution.
ポジ型感光性顔料組成物を調製する方法としては、湿式分散処理により(a)樹脂、(b)成分、および(d)成分を含有する顔料分散液を予め調製し、次いで(c)成分、および(d)成分と、必要に応じて(e)成分、(f)成分、およびその他成分を顔料分散液と混合、撹拌して、必要に応じてフィルタ濾過を行う方法が挙げられる。 A method for preparing a positive photosensitive pigment composition includes preparing a pigment dispersion liquid containing the (a) resin, the (b) component, and the (d) component by wet dispersion processing, and then mixing and stirring the (c) component and the (d) component, and optionally the (e) component, the (f) component, and other components with the pigment dispersion liquid, and filtering the mixture through a filter as necessary.
湿式分散処理を行うための分散機としては湿式メディア分散機であっても、湿式メディアレス分散機であってもよいが、分散処理速度に優れ、経済的に有利な点で湿式メディア分散機の使用が望ましい。湿式メディア分散処理により、(b)成分の二次凝集体を解凝集させて、細かくシャープな粒度分布を得ることができる。湿式メディア分散機としては、例えば、“レボミル(登録商標)”(浅田鉄工(株)製)、“ナノ・ゲッター(登録商標)”(アシザワ・ファインテック(株)製)、“DYNO-MILL(登録商標)”(Willy A.Bachofen社製)、“スパイクミル(登録商標)”((株)井上製作所製)、“サンドグラインダー(登録商標)”(デュポン社製)、“ウルトラアペックスミル アドバンス(登録商標)”((株)広島メタル&マシナリー製)、“NEO-アルファミル(登録商標)”(AIMEX(株)製)などのビーズミルが挙げられる。メディアの材質はジルコニアなどのセラミックビーズが好ましく、その直径は0.03~0.5mmφが好ましい。市販品としては、“トレセラム(登録商標)”(東レ(株)製)が挙げられる。 The dispersing machine for carrying out the wet dispersion process may be either a wet media dispersing machine or a wet media-less dispersing machine, but it is preferable to use a wet media dispersing machine because of its excellent dispersion processing speed and economical advantages. The wet media dispersing process can deagglomerate the secondary aggregates of component (b) to obtain a fine and sharp particle size distribution. Examples of wet media dispersing machines include bead mills such as "Levomill (registered trademark)" (manufactured by Asada Iron Works Co., Ltd.), "Nano Getter (registered trademark)" (manufactured by Ashizawa Finetech Co., Ltd.), "DYNO-MILL (registered trademark)" (manufactured by Willy A. Bachofen Co., Ltd.), "Spike Mill (registered trademark)" (manufactured by Inoue Seisakusho Co., Ltd.), "Sand Grinder (registered trademark)" (manufactured by DuPont Co., Ltd.), "Ultra Apex Mill Advance (registered trademark)" (manufactured by Hiroshima Metal & Machinery Co., Ltd.), and "NEO-Alpha Mill (registered trademark)" (manufactured by AIMEX Co., Ltd.). The media material is preferably ceramic beads such as zirconia, with a diameter of 0.03 to 0.5 mm. Commercially available products include "TORECERAM (registered trademark)" (manufactured by Toray Industries, Inc.).
本発明の第二の態様である本発明の硬化膜は、本発明のポジ型感光性顔料組成物の硬化物を含有する硬化膜である。ここでいう硬化物とは、ポジ型感光性顔料組成物を大気圧下200℃以上400℃以下の温度で10分間以上加熱する工程を経て得られたものを意味する。 The cured film of the present invention, which is a second aspect of the present invention, is a cured film containing a cured product of the positive photosensitive pigment composition of the present invention. The cured product here means a product obtained through a process of heating the positive photosensitive pigment composition at a temperature of 200°C or more and 400°C or less under atmospheric pressure for 10 minutes or more.
本発明の硬化膜は、半乾きの膜状異物に由来する欠陥部位の発生が抑制されており、非点灯画素の発生を抑制できるという有利な技術的特徴を有しているため、有機EL表示装置の画素分割層、および/またはスペーサー層として好適に用いることができる。ポジ型感光性顔料組成物の硬化物以外の成分としては、例えば、硬化膜の形成工程中に混入した水分や、下地基板または電極などを由来として硬化膜中に混入したNa+、Ag+などの金属イオンが挙げられる。 The cured film of the present invention has the advantageous technical feature of suppressing the occurrence of defective sites derived from semi-dry film-like foreign matter and suppressing the occurrence of non-illuminated pixels, and can therefore be suitably used as a pixel dividing layer and/or a spacer layer in an organic EL display device. Examples of components other than the cured product of the positive-type photosensitive pigment composition include moisture mixed in during the cured film formation process and metal ions such as Na + and Ag + mixed in the cured film originating from the underlying substrate or electrodes.
本発明の硬化膜を有機EL表示装置の画素分割層、およびスペーサー層として利用する場合の好ましい態様を以下に説明する。 The following describes preferred embodiments of the cured film of the present invention when used as a pixel dividing layer and a spacer layer in an organic EL display device.
画素分割層の遮光性の指標である、画素分割層の膜厚1.0μmあたりの光学濃度(Optical Density)は、外光反射を抑制して表示装置としての価値を高める上で、0.5以上が好ましく、0.7以上がより好ましい。ポジ型感光性顔料組成物の露光感度の観点から、1.5以下が好ましく、1.3以下がより好ましい。 The optical density per 1.0 μm of film thickness of the pixel division layer, which is an index of the light blocking property of the pixel division layer, is preferably 0.5 or more, and more preferably 0.7 or more, in order to suppress external light reflection and increase the value of the display device. From the viewpoint of the exposure sensitivity of the positive photosensitive pigment composition, it is preferably 1.5 or less, and more preferably 1.3 or less.
ここでいう光学濃度とは、透明基材上に膜厚1.5μmの膜厚となるように形成した画素分割層を、光学濃度計X-Rite 361T(X-Rite社製)を用いて入射光強度と透過光強度を測定し、以下の式から算出された値を、膜厚の値である1.5で除した値のことを意味し、光学濃度が高いほど遮光性が高いことを示す。透明基材としては、透明ガラス基材である「テンパックス(AGCテクノグラス(株)製)」を好ましく用いることができる。
光学濃度 = log10(I0/I)
上式中、I0:入射光強度、I:透過光強度である。
The optical density here means a value obtained by measuring the incident light intensity and the transmitted light intensity of a pixel division layer formed on a transparent substrate to a thickness of 1.5 μm using an optical densitometer X-Rite 361T (manufactured by X-Rite) and dividing the value calculated from the following formula by the film thickness value of 1.5, and the higher the optical density, the higher the light blocking property. As the transparent substrate, a transparent glass substrate "Tempax (manufactured by AGC Technoglass Co., Ltd.)" can be preferably used.
Optical density = log 10 (I 0 /I)
In the above formula, I 0 is the incident light intensity, and I is the transmitted light intensity.
発光層をパターン蒸着する際の蒸着マスクとの接触面積を少なくして歩留まりを向上し、かつ露光感度との両立を図る上で、画素分割層の膜厚は1.0~2.5μmが好ましい。スペーサー層の膜厚は、1.0~2.0μmが好ましい。露光感度の観点から、画素分割層と、スペーサー層が積層した部位の膜厚は、2.0~4.0μmが好ましい。 In order to improve yield by reducing the contact area with the deposition mask when pattern-depositing the light-emitting layer, while also achieving good exposure sensitivity, the thickness of the pixel division layer is preferably 1.0 to 2.5 μm. The thickness of the spacer layer is preferably 1.0 to 2.0 μm. From the standpoint of exposure sensitivity, the thickness of the portion where the pixel division layer and the spacer layer are laminated is preferably 2.0 to 4.0 μm.
画素分割層およびスペーサー層として利用可能な硬化膜を形成する方法としては、ポジ型感光性顔料組成物を塗布して塗布膜を得る塗布工程と、塗布膜を加熱してプリベーク膜を得るプリベーク工程と、ポジ型ハーフトーン露光マスクを介してプリベーク膜に活性化学線をパターン露光して露光部、半露光部および未露光部を面内に有する露光膜を得る露光工程と、アルカリ現像液により露光膜を現像して露光部に加えて、半露光部および未露光部の一部を除去して現像膜を得る現像工程と、加熱により熱硬化させて硬化膜を得るキュア工程を含む方法が好ましい。 A method for forming a cured film that can be used as a pixel dividing layer and a spacer layer preferably includes a coating step in which a positive photosensitive pigment composition is applied to obtain a coating film, a pre-baking step in which the coating film is heated to obtain a pre-baked film, an exposure step in which the pre-baked film is pattern-exposed to activated actinic rays through a positive half-tone exposure mask to obtain an exposed film having exposed, semi-exposed and unexposed parts within its surface, a development step in which the exposed film is developed with an alkaline developer to obtain a developed film by removing a part of the semi-exposed and unexposed parts in addition to the exposed parts, and a curing step in which the film is thermally cured by heating to obtain a cured film.
塗布工程で用いる塗布装置としては薄膜塗布性に優れる点で、スピンコーターまたはスリットコーターを好ましく用いることができる。 As the coating device used in the coating process, a spin coater or slit coater is preferably used because of its excellent thin film coating properties.
プリベーク工程におけるプリベーク温度は50~150℃が好ましく、プリベーク時間は30秒間~5分間が好ましい。画素分割層およびスペーサー層を一括形成する場合、プリベーク膜の膜厚は3.5~6.0μmが好ましい。膜厚均一性を向上するため、塗布工程とプリベーク工程の間に、減圧乾燥工程を設けてもよい。 The pre-bake temperature in the pre-bake process is preferably 50 to 150°C, and the pre-bake time is preferably 30 seconds to 5 minutes. When forming the pixel division layer and the spacer layer at the same time, the thickness of the pre-bake film is preferably 3.5 to 6.0 μm. To improve the film thickness uniformity, a reduced pressure drying process may be provided between the coating process and the pre-bake process.
露光工程で用いる露光装置としては、例えば、ステッパー、ミラープロジェクションマスクアライナー(MPA)、パラレルライトマスクアライナー(PLA)が挙げられる。露光時に照射する活性化学線としては、超高圧水銀灯のj線(波長313nm)、i線(波長365nm)、h線(波長405nm)またはg線(波長436nm)が挙げられる。少なくともh線を含む混合線が好ましく、g線、h線およびi線を含む混合線がより好ましい。ポジ型ハーフトーン露光マスクは、全透過部、半透過部および遮蔽部を基板面内に有し、全透過部における露光量を100%、遮蔽部の露光量を0%としたとき、半透過部における露光量が10~50%となるように設計されたマスクを用いることが好ましい。 Examples of exposure devices used in the exposure process include steppers, mirror projection mask aligners (MPAs), and parallel light mask aligners (PLAs). Activated actinic rays irradiated during exposure include the j-line (wavelength 313 nm), i-line (wavelength 365 nm), h-line (wavelength 405 nm), or g-line (wavelength 436 nm) of an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp. Mixed rays containing at least the h-line are preferred, and mixed rays containing g-line, h-line, and i-line are more preferred. It is preferable to use a positive halftone exposure mask that has a fully transparent portion, a semi-transparent portion, and a shielding portion within the substrate surface, and is designed so that when the exposure amount in the fully transparent portion is 100% and the exposure amount in the shielding portion is 0%, the exposure amount in the semi-transparent portion is 10-50%.
露光膜における露光部とは露光マスクの全透過部を介してパターン露光された部位を意味し、半露光部とは露光マスクの半透過部を介してパターン露光された部位を意味し、未露光部とは露光マスクの遮蔽部により露光されない部位を意味する。 The exposed area of the exposed film refers to the area that is pattern-exposed through the fully transparent area of the exposure mask, the semi-exposed area refers to the area that is pattern-exposed through the semi-transparent area of the exposure mask, and the unexposed area refers to the area that is not exposed due to the shielding area of the exposure mask.
現像工程における現像方式としては、例えば、シャワー、ディッピング、パドルなどの方式が挙げられ、露光膜を10秒~3分間浸漬する方法が挙げられる。画素分割層の開口部の開口幅の均一性を高める上でパドル方式が好ましい。アルカリ現像液としては、0.4~2.5質量%水酸化テトラメチルアンモニウム水溶液(以下、「TMAH」)が好ましく、市販品としては、例えば、2.38質量%TMAH(多摩化学工業(株)製)が挙げられる。現像工程の後に脱イオン水のシャワーによる洗浄処理および/またはエアー噴射による水切り処理を加えても構わない。現像時間は、現像膜の膜厚の面内均一性を向上する上で、プリベーク膜の膜厚から、未露光部の現像膜の膜厚を差し引いた値、すなわち現像工程における膜減り(μm)が、1.0μm以下となるように設定することが好ましい。露光感度を向上する上で、0.5μm以上となるように設定することが好ましい。 The developing method in the developing step includes, for example, shower, dipping, paddle, etc., and includes a method in which the exposed film is immersed for 10 seconds to 3 minutes. The paddle method is preferred to improve the uniformity of the opening width of the opening of the pixel division layer. The alkaline developer is preferably a 0.4 to 2.5 mass% aqueous solution of tetramethylammonium hydroxide (hereinafter referred to as "TMAH"), and an example of a commercially available product is 2.38 mass% TMAH (manufactured by Tama Chemicals Co., Ltd.). After the developing step, a cleaning process using a shower of deionized water and/or a water draining process using air injection may be added. In order to improve the in-plane uniformity of the developed film thickness, it is preferable to set the development time so that the value obtained by subtracting the film thickness of the developed film in the unexposed part from the film thickness of the pre-baked film, that is, the film loss (μm) in the developing step, is 1.0 μm or less. In order to improve the exposure sensitivity, it is preferable to set it to 0.5 μm or more.
キュア工程では、加熱により現像膜を熱硬化させるとともに、膜中に残存した現像液や水分などを揮散させて硬化膜を得る。加熱装置としては、例えば、熱風オーブン、IRオーブンなどが挙げられ、加熱雰囲気は窒素または空気下が挙げられる。加熱温度は220~280℃が好ましい。 In the curing process, the developed film is thermally cured by heating, and the developer and moisture remaining in the film are evaporated to obtain a cured film. Examples of heating devices include hot air ovens and IR ovens, and the heating atmosphere can be nitrogen or air. The heating temperature is preferably 220 to 280°C.
本発明の第三の態様である本発明の有機EL表示装置は、本発明の硬化膜を具備する有機EL表示装置である。本発明の有機EL表示装置は、非点灯画素の発生が抑制された有利な技術的効果を奏する。また、ポジ型ハーフトーン加工により一括形成された画素分割層とスペーサー層を具備することで、画素分割層の開口幅の面内均一性が高く、かつ画素分割層とスペーサー層を個別に形成して積層した場合と比べて製造コストが有利であるという特徴を有する。本発明の硬化膜を画素分割層、およびスペーサー層として具備する本発明の有機EL表示装置の実施形態の具体例として、有機EL表示装置におけるTFT基板の断面図を図1に示す。 The organic EL display device of the present invention, which is a third aspect of the present invention, is an organic EL display device that includes the cured film of the present invention. The organic EL display device of the present invention has an advantageous technical effect of suppressing the occurrence of non-illuminated pixels. In addition, by including a pixel division layer and a spacer layer that are formed collectively by positive halftone processing, the pixel division layer has high in-plane uniformity in the aperture width, and is characterized by being more cost-effective than a case in which the pixel division layer and the spacer layer are formed separately and laminated. As a specific example of an embodiment of an organic EL display device of the present invention that includes the cured film of the present invention as a pixel division layer and a spacer layer, a cross-sectional view of a TFT substrate in an organic EL display device is shown in Figure 1.
基板6の表面に、ボトムゲート型またはトップゲート型の薄膜トランジスタ1(以降、TFT1と略記する。)が行列状に設けられており、TFT1と、TFT1に接続された配線2とを覆う状態でTFT絶縁層3が形成されている。さらに、TFT絶縁層3の表面には、平坦化層4が形成されており、平坦化層4には配線2へ第一電極5を接続するために開口するコンタクトホール7が設けられている。平坦化層4の表面には、第一電極5がパターン形成されており、配線2に接続されている。第一電極5のパターン周縁を囲むようにして、画素分割層8が配置されている。画素分割層8は開口部を有し、開口部には有機EL発光材料を含む、発光画素10が配置されている。画素分割層8の表面の一部に、凸状のスペーサー層9が配置されている。第二電極11が、画素分割層8とスペーサー層9と発光画素10を覆い、配置されている。
On the surface of the substrate 6, bottom-gate or top-gate thin-film transistors 1 (hereinafter abbreviated as TFT1) are arranged in a matrix, and a TFT insulating layer 3 is formed to cover the TFT1 and the
以上の積層構成からなるTFT基板を真空下で封止した後に発光画素部に電圧を印加すれば、有機EL表示装置として発光させることできる。画素分割層8が有する開口部の形状は特に限定されず、正方形、長方形または楕円状であってよい。開口部の開口幅は発光画素10のサイズにより適宜決定すればよく、例えば、短径が10~50μmであってよい。スペーサー層9は、発光画素10を形成する際に蒸着マスクとの接触面積を少なくして有機EL素子の欠陥を防止し、生産歩留まりを向上する効果を奏する。 If a TFT substrate having the above-mentioned laminated structure is sealed under vacuum and then a voltage is applied to the light-emitting pixel portion, it can be made to emit light as an organic EL display device. The shape of the opening in the pixel division layer 8 is not particularly limited and may be square, rectangular or elliptical. The opening width of the opening may be appropriately determined depending on the size of the light-emitting pixel 10, and may have a minor axis of 10 to 50 μm, for example. The spacer layer 9 reduces the contact area with the deposition mask when forming the light-emitting pixel 10, preventing defects in the organic EL element and improving production yield.
発光画素10の発光ピーク波長は特に制限されないが、構成の具体例としては、光の3原色であるブルー、レッド、グリーンの領域それぞれの発光ピーク波長を有した異なる種類の画素を配列した構成が挙げられる。レッド領域のピーク波長は560~700nm、ブルー領域のピーク波長は420~480nm、グリーン領域のピーク波長は500~550nmであってもよい。図1に示すTFT基板に加えて、発光光の色再現性を向上する上で、さらに、ブルー、レッド、グリーンの各カラーフィルタとそれを隔てるブラックマトリクスからなる色調整層を光取り出し側に具備していてもよい。カラーフィルタとしては、例えば、特開2022-164709号公報で開示された高色再現性を有するカラーフィルタが挙げられる。 The emission peak wavelength of the light-emitting pixel 10 is not particularly limited, but a specific example of the configuration is an arrangement of different types of pixels having emission peak wavelengths in the regions of blue, red, and green, which are the three primary colors of light. The peak wavelength in the red region may be 560 to 700 nm, the peak wavelength in the blue region may be 420 to 480 nm, and the peak wavelength in the green region may be 500 to 550 nm. In addition to the TFT substrate shown in FIG. 1, in order to improve the color reproducibility of the emitted light, a color adjustment layer consisting of blue, red, and green color filters and a black matrix separating them may be provided on the light extraction side. As the color filter, for example, a color filter having high color reproducibility disclosed in JP 2022-164709 A may be mentioned.
発光画素10を構成する有機EL発光材料としては、発光層に加え、さらに正孔輸送層および/または電子輸送層を組み合わせた材料を好適に用いることができる。発光画素10をパターン形成する方法としてはマスク蒸着法が挙げられる。マスク蒸着法とは、蒸着マスクを用いて有機化合物を蒸着してパターニングする方法であり、具体的には、所望のパターンを開口部とした蒸着マスクを基板側に配置して蒸着を行う方法が挙げられる。高精細の発光画素を形成するために用いる蒸着マスクとしては、例えば、特開2019-163543号公報で開示された蒸着マスクが挙げられる。 As the organic EL light-emitting material constituting the light-emitting pixel 10, a material that combines a hole transport layer and/or an electron transport layer in addition to a light-emitting layer can be suitably used. A method for forming a pattern of the light-emitting pixel 10 includes a mask deposition method. The mask deposition method is a method of depositing and patterning an organic compound using a deposition mask, and specifically includes a method of depositing a deposition mask with openings of a desired pattern on the substrate side. An example of a deposition mask used to form a high-definition light-emitting pixel is the deposition mask disclosed in JP 2019-163543 A.
第一電極5としては、例えば、酸化錫インジウム(ITO)、酸化亜鉛インジウム(IZO)などの導電性金属酸化物を用いることができ、中でも、透明性と導電性に優れることから、ITOを好適に用いることができる。ITOをパターン形成する方法としては、スパッタ法でITOを全面成膜したのちに、エッチング用ポジ型レジスト材料をフォトリソグラフィ法によりパターン形成してITO膜上にレジストパターンを得て、該レジストパターン非形成部のITO膜のみをエッチング液により除去する。次いで、レジストパターンをレジスト剥離液により除去し、さらに必要に応じて所望の結晶化度となるよう熱処理を行う方法が挙げられる。エッチング用ポジ型レジスト材料としてはアルカリ可溶性ノボラック系樹脂を含有するポジ型感光性組成物を用いることができる。エッチング液としては硝酸と塩酸とを含む水溶液やシュウ酸水溶液を用いることができ、市販品としては、例えば、ITO-101N(関東化学(株)製)、“エスクリーン(登録商標)”IS-2、同IS-3(以上、いずれも佐々木化学薬品(株)製)が挙げられる。レジスト剥離液としては有機アミン系水溶液を用いることができ、市販品としては、例えば、“アンラスト(登録商標)”M6、同M6B、同TN-1-5、同M71-2(以上、いずれも三若純薬研究所)が挙げられる。本発明の有機EL表示装置がトップエミッション型有機EL表示装置である場合、光反射性と基板への密着性とを向上させるため、第一電極5はITO/銀合金/ITOの積層構成であってもよい。 The first electrode 5 may be made of conductive metal oxides such as indium tin oxide (ITO) and indium zinc oxide (IZO), among which ITO is preferred due to its excellent transparency and conductivity. The method of patterning ITO involves forming an ITO film over the entire surface by sputtering, then patterning a positive resist material for etching by photolithography to obtain a resist pattern on the ITO film, and removing only the ITO film in the areas where the resist pattern is not formed by an etching solution. Next, the resist pattern is removed by a resist stripper, and heat treatment is performed as necessary to obtain the desired crystallinity. The positive resist material for etching may be a positive photosensitive composition containing an alkali-soluble novolac resin. The etching solution may be an aqueous solution containing nitric acid and hydrochloric acid or an aqueous solution of oxalic acid. Commercially available products include, for example, ITO-101N (Kanto Chemical Co., Ltd.), "Sclean (registered trademark)" IS-2 and IS-3 (all of which are manufactured by Sasaki Chemical Co., Ltd.). The resist stripping solution may be an aqueous solution of an organic amine system. Commercially available products include, for example, "Anlast (registered trademark)" M6, M6B, TN-1-5, and M71-2 (all of which are manufactured by Miwako Pure Chemical Research Institute). When the organic EL display device of the present invention is a top-emission type organic EL display device, the first electrode 5 may have a laminated structure of ITO/silver alloy/ITO in order to improve light reflectivity and adhesion to the substrate.
第二電極11としては、電極として機能する層であれば、いかなる物質からなっていても構わない。第二電極11としては、例えば、本発明の有機EL表示装置がボトムエミッション型有機EL表示装置である場合、光反射性に優れる点で、アルミニウムからなる層を好ましく用いることができる。トップエミッション型有機EL表示装置である場合、光透過性に優れる点で、銀/マグネシウムなどの銀合金を好ましく用いることができる。第二電極11は、スパッタ法で全面成膜することにより得ることができる。 The second electrode 11 may be made of any material as long as it is a layer that functions as an electrode. For example, when the organic EL display device of the present invention is a bottom-emission type organic EL display device, a layer made of aluminum is preferably used as the second electrode 11 because of its excellent light reflectivity. When the organic EL display device is a top-emission type organic EL display device, a silver alloy such as silver/magnesium is preferably used because of its excellent light transmittance. The second electrode 11 can be obtained by forming a film over the entire surface using a sputtering method.
本発明の有機EL表示装置の光取り出し方向は、特に限定されず、発光画素10から放たれる発光光を、基板6を介して基板側へ取り出す、ボトムエミッション型有機EL表示装置であってもよく、第二電極11を介して発光光を基板6の反対側へ取り出す、トップエミッション型有機EL表示装置であってもよい。ボトムエミッション型の場合、第二電極11の膜厚は光反射性を向上する上で、70nm以上が好ましい。トップエミッション型の場合、第二電極11の膜厚は光透過性を向上する上で、40nm以下が好ましい。 The light extraction direction of the organic EL display device of the present invention is not particularly limited, and may be a bottom-emission type organic EL display device in which the light emitted from the light-emitting pixels 10 is extracted to the substrate side via the substrate 6, or a top-emission type organic EL display device in which the light emitted is extracted to the opposite side of the substrate 6 via the second electrode 11. In the case of a bottom-emission type, the film thickness of the second electrode 11 is preferably 70 nm or more in order to improve light reflectivity. In the case of a top-emission type, the film thickness of the second electrode 11 is preferably 40 nm or less in order to improve light transmittance.
基板6は、屈曲性を有さないガラスからなる基板や、屈曲性を有するポリイミド樹脂からなる基板を用いることができる。ガラスとしては、例えば、OA-10G、OA-11(以上、いずれも日本電気硝子(株)製)、AN-100(旭硝子(株)製)が挙げられる。ポリイミド樹脂からなる基板としては、ポリアミド酸を含む溶液を仮支持体の表面に塗布し、次いで250~400℃で加熱処理することでポリアミド酸をイミド化してポリイミド樹脂に変換した後に、仮支持体をレーザーなどで剥離することで得られる基板が挙げられる。具体例としては、3,3’,4,4’-ビフェニルテトラカルボン酸二無水物の残基と、p-フェニレンジアミンの残基とを有するポリアミド酸が挙げられる。 The substrate 6 may be a substrate made of glass that does not have flexibility, or a substrate made of polyimide resin that has flexibility. Examples of glass include OA-10G and OA-11 (both manufactured by Nippon Electric Glass Co., Ltd.), and AN-100 (manufactured by Asahi Glass Co., Ltd.). An example of a substrate made of polyimide resin is a substrate obtained by applying a solution containing polyamic acid to the surface of a temporary support, then heating the polyamic acid at 250 to 400°C to imidize it and convert it into polyimide resin, and then peeling off the temporary support with a laser or the like. A specific example is polyamic acid having residues of 3,3',4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride and residues of p-phenylenediamine.
本発明の第四の態様である本発明の電子機器は、本発明の有機EL表示装置を具備する電子機器である。前述の通り、発光画素サイズの面内均一性が高く、非点灯画素の発生が抑制された技術的効果を奏し、かつ一括形成された画素分割層、およびスペーサー層を具備する有機EL表示装置を具備することにより、本発明の電子機器は輝度ムラが抑制されており、視認性に優れ、かつ低コストであるという有利な特徴を有する。ここでいう有機EL表示装置を具備する電子機器とは、少なくとも有機EL表示装置と駆動回路と電源を具備し、文字情報、画像、および/または動画の表示を、それ単独で可能とする機器を意味する。本発明の電子機器の実施形態の具体例としては、パーソナルコンピュータ、折り畳み可能なフォルダブルスマートフォン、折り畳み不可能なリジッドスマートフォン、腕時計、置き時計、眼鏡、車載モニター、カーナビゲーションシステム、ゲーミングモニター、ポータブルゲーム機、テレビ、ヘッドマウントディスプレイが挙げられる。 The electronic device of the present invention, which is a fourth aspect of the present invention, is an electronic device equipped with the organic EL display device of the present invention. As described above, by providing an organic EL display device having a pixel division layer and a spacer layer, which have the technical effects of high in-plane uniformity of the light-emitting pixel size and suppressing the occurrence of non-illuminated pixels, and which is formed collectively, the electronic device of the present invention has advantageous features of suppressing uneven brightness, excellent visibility, and low cost. An electronic device equipped with an organic EL display device here means an apparatus that has at least an organic EL display device, a driving circuit, and a power source, and is capable of displaying text information, images, and/or videos by itself. Specific examples of embodiments of the electronic device of the present invention include a personal computer, a foldable smartphone, a non-foldable rigid smartphone, a wristwatch, a table clock, glasses, an in-vehicle monitor, a car navigation system, a gaming monitor, a portable game console, a television, and a head-mounted display.
本発明の第五の態様である本発明のブロック共重合体は、
繰り返し単位aのみからなるブロック鎖と、繰り返し単位bを有するブロック共重合体であって、
該繰り返し単位aは、式(1)で表される繰り返し単位、式(2)で表される繰り返し単位、式(3)で表される繰り返し単位、式(4)で表される繰り返し単位、および式(5)で表される繰り返し単位からなる群より選択される1種以上であり、
該繰り返し単位bは、式(33)で表される繰り返し単位、および/または式(34)で表される繰り返し単位であるブロック共重合体、である。
The block copolymer of the present invention, which is a fifth aspect of the present invention, is
A block copolymer having a block chain consisting of only repeating units a and repeating units b,
The repeating unit a is at least one selected from the group consisting of a repeating unit represented by formula (1), a repeating unit represented by formula (2), a repeating unit represented by formula (3), a repeating unit represented by formula (4), and a repeating unit represented by formula (5),
The repeating unit b is a block copolymer which is a repeating unit represented by formula (33) and/or a repeating unit represented by formula (34).
式(1)、式(2)、式(3)、式(4)、および式(5)中、*は結合部位を表し、
R1、R4、R7、R11、およびR15は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、または炭素数1~3のアルキル基を表し、
R2、R5、R8、R12、およびR16は、それぞれ独立に、単結合、または炭素数1~8の窒素原子を含まない2価の連結基を表し、
R3、R6、R9、R14、およびR19は、それぞれ独立に、炭素数1~3のアルキル基を表し、
n1、n2、n3、n4、およびn5は整数であり、それぞれ独立に、0~2を表し、
R10およびR13は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、または炭素数1~3のアルキル基を表し、
R17およびR18は、それぞれ独立に、炭素数1~5のアルキル基を表す。
In formula (1), formula (2), formula (3), formula (4), and formula (5), * represents a binding site.
R 1 , R 4 , R 7 , R 11 , and R 15 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms;
R 2 , R 5 , R 8 , R 12 , and R 16 each independently represent a single bond or a divalent linking group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms and not containing a nitrogen atom;
R 3 , R 6 , R 9 , R 14 , and R 19 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms;
n 1 , n 2 , n 3 , n 4 , and n 5 are integers each independently representing 0 to 2;
R 10 and R 13 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms;
R 17 and R 18 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
式(33)、および式(34)中、*は結合部位を表し、
R31およびR34は、水素原子、または炭素数1~3のアルキル基を表し、
R32およびR35は、それぞれ独立に、単結合、または炭素数1~8の2価の連結基を表し、
R33、R36、およびR37は、それぞれ独立に、炭素数1~3のアルキル基を表し、
n9は整数であり、1または2を表し、
n10、n11、n12、n13、n14は整数であり、それぞれ独立に、0~2を表す。
ただし、R32およびR35は、-CONH-に含まれる窒素原子以外の窒素原子を含まず、
n11とn12の合計は0~3であり、n12とn14の合計は1または2である。
In formula (33) and formula (34), * represents a binding site.
R 31 and R 34 each represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms;
R 32 and R 35 each independently represent a single bond or a divalent linking group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms;
R 33 , R 36 , and R 37 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms;
n 9 is an integer number which is 1 or 2;
n 10 , n 11 , n 12 , n 13 and n 14 are integers, each independently representing 0 to 2.
However, R 32 and R 35 do not contain any nitrogen atom other than the nitrogen atom contained in -CONH-.
The sum of n 11 and n 12 is 0 to 3, and the sum of n 12 and n 14 is 1 or 2.
本発明のブロック共重合体は、本発明の第一の態様における(a-1)成分に属する化合物であり、前述の4つの有利な特徴を有する顔料分散剤として有用である。 The block copolymer of the present invention is a compound belonging to component (a-1) in the first aspect of the present invention, and is useful as a pigment dispersant having the four advantageous characteristics described above.
ここでいう繰り返し単位aのみからなるブロック鎖とは、繰り返し単位aに属する繰り返し単位が10個以上連なって結合した、分子量1000以上の構造を意味する。ここでいうブロック共重合体は、繰り返し単位aのみからなるブロック鎖以外の繰り返し単位の配列は特に限定されない。 The block chain consisting only of repeating unit a here means a structure in which 10 or more repeating units belonging to repeating unit a are linked together, with a molecular weight of 1000 or more. The arrangement of repeating units other than the block chain consisting only of repeating unit a in the block copolymer here is not particularly limited.
ポジ型感光性顔料組成物の製造に利用する上で、本発明のブロック共重合体の好ましい化学構造は、前述の(a-1)成分における好ましい化学構造と同じ観点が適用される。 When used to manufacture a positive-type photosensitive pigment composition, the preferred chemical structure of the block copolymer of the present invention is based on the same principles as the preferred chemical structure of component (a-1) described above.
繰り返し単位aは、半乾きの膜状異物の発生を抑制し、かつ高い露光感度を得る上で、前述の式(7)で表される繰り返し単位、式(8)で表される繰り返し単位、および式(9)で表される繰り返し単位からなる群より選択される1種以上であることがより好ましい。非点灯画素の発生を抑制する効果が高い点で、式(9)で表される繰り返し単位を有することが最も好ましい。 In order to suppress the generation of semi-dry film-like foreign matter and obtain high exposure sensitivity, it is more preferable that the repeating unit a is one or more selected from the group consisting of the repeating unit represented by the above-mentioned formula (7), the repeating unit represented by the formula (8), and the repeating unit represented by the formula (9). In terms of its high effect of suppressing the generation of non-illuminated pixels, it is most preferable to have a repeating unit represented by the formula (9).
本発明のブロック共重合体は、顔料分散液の製造、ならびに有機EL表示装置が具備する画素分割層、およびスペーサー層を形成するためのポジ型感光性顔料組成物の製造に好適に用いることができる。 The block copolymer of the present invention can be suitably used for producing a pigment dispersion liquid, and for producing a positive-type photosensitive pigment composition for forming a pixel dividing layer and a spacer layer that are provided in an organic EL display device.
本発明のブロック共重合体を合成する方法としては、前述の(a-1)成分を合成する方法と同じ方法を採用できる。 The method for synthesizing the block copolymer of the present invention can be the same as the method for synthesizing component (a-1) described above.
以下に本発明を、その実施例および比較例を挙げて詳細に説明するが、本発明の態様はこれらに限定されるものではない。まず、各実施例および比較例における評価方法について説明する。 The present invention will be described in detail below with reference to examples and comparative examples, but the aspects of the present invention are not limited to these. First, the evaluation methods used in each example and comparative example will be described.
(1)半乾きの膜状異物の発生量の評価
ポジ型感光性顔料組成物を、冷凍庫の中(大気圧下/遮光下、-20℃±1℃)に入れて30日間貯蔵後、冷凍庫から取り出した。貯蔵用容器である50mL透明ガラス製バイアル(アズワン(株)製/ラボラン(登録商標)スクリュー管瓶No.7。以下、「バイアル」という場合がある。)の中に、各10.00gのポジ型感光性顔料組成物をそれぞれ滴下して密栓した。ポジ型感光性顔料組成物を、ガラス製バイアルに滴下し密栓した後の外観の模式図を図2に示す。
(1) Evaluation of the amount of semi-dry film-like foreign matter generated The positive photosensitive pigment compositions were stored in a freezer (atmospheric pressure/shielded from light, -20°C±1°C) for 30 days and then removed from the freezer. 10.00 g of each positive photosensitive pigment composition was dropped into a 50 mL transparent glass vial (manufactured by AS ONE Corporation/Labolan (registered trademark) screw tube bottle No. 7; hereinafter sometimes referred to as "vial") serving as a storage container, and the vial was then tightly sealed. A schematic diagram of the appearance of the positive photosensitive pigment composition after being dropped into the glass vial and tightly sealed is shown in Figure 2.
これを1分間攪拌することでバイアルの内壁表面の全てをポジ型感光性顔料組成物に接触させて濡らした。大気圧下/液温25±1℃で維持された恒温室で7日間静置した後に開栓し、バイアルを逆さまにして1分間維持し、落下した液を別の容器に移して廃棄した。 This was stirred for one minute, bringing all of the inner wall surfaces of the vial into contact with the positive photosensitive pigment composition and causing it to become wet. After leaving it to stand for seven days in a temperature-controlled room maintained at atmospheric pressure and a liquid temperature of 25±1°C, the vial was opened and held upside down for one minute, and the liquid that had fallen out was transferred to another container and discarded.
次いで、ポジ型感光性顔料組成物由来の成分が付着した前述のバイアルの中に、洗浄用溶剤として35.00gのPGMEを注ぎ、密栓して1分間攪拌した。バイアルを開栓し、逆さまにしたまま5分間維持し、落下した液を別の容器に移して廃棄した。半乾きの膜状異物がガラス製バイアルの内壁表面に発生した場合の外観の模式図を図3に示す。開栓したまま、100℃に維持したオーブン内で3時間乾燥させた後にバイアルの質量を測定し、使用前に予め測定しておいたバイアル単独の質量を差し引くことで、バイアルの内壁表面に残存した付着物の質量(g)を算出した。バイアルの内壁表面に残存した付着物の質量を、半乾きの膜状異物の発生量(g)と見なし、その発生量が少ないほど優れているとした。 Next, 35.00 g of PGME was poured as a cleaning solvent into the aforementioned vial to which the components derived from the positive photosensitive pigment composition had adhered, and the vial was sealed and stirred for 1 minute. The vial was opened and held upside down for 5 minutes, and the liquid that had fallen out was transferred to another container and discarded. A schematic diagram of the appearance of a semi-dry film-like foreign matter formed on the inner wall surface of a glass vial is shown in Figure 3. The vial was left open and dried in an oven maintained at 100°C for 3 hours, after which the mass of the vial was measured, and the mass (g) of the deposit remaining on the inner wall surface of the vial was calculated by subtracting the mass of the vial alone, which had been measured before use. The mass of the deposit remaining on the inner wall surface of the vial was regarded as the amount (g) of semi-dry film-like foreign matter formed, and the smaller the amount of formation, the better.
以下の判定基準に基づいて評価し、AA、およびA~Cを合格、D~Eを不合格とした。
以上の評価は(c)成分を感光させない黄色灯下で実施した。
AA:半乾きの膜状異物の発生量が、0.05g未満である。
A:半乾きの膜状異物の発生量が、0.05g以上、0.10g未満である。
B:半乾きの膜状異物の発生量が、0.10g以上、0.15g未満である。
C:半乾きの膜状異物の発生量が、0.15g以上、0.20g未満である。
D:半乾きの膜状異物の発生量が、0.20g以上、0.40g未満である。
E:半乾きの膜状異物の発生量が、0.40g以上である。
The evaluation was based on the following criteria, with AA and A to C being pass marks, and D to E being fail marks.
The above evaluations were carried out under yellow light, which does not expose the component (c).
AA: The amount of semi-dry film-like foreign matter generated is less than 0.05 g.
A: The amount of semi-dry film-like foreign matter generated is 0.05 g or more and less than 0.10 g.
B: The amount of semi-dry film-like foreign matter generated is 0.10 g or more and less than 0.15 g.
C: The amount of semi-dry film-like foreign matter generated is 0.15 g or more and less than 0.20 g.
D: The amount of semi-dry film-like foreign matter generated is 0.20 g or more and less than 0.40 g.
E: The amount of semi-dry film-like foreign matter generated is 0.40 g or more.
(2)露光感度(必要最小露光量)の評価
ポジ型感光性顔料組成物を、冷凍庫の中(大気圧下/遮光下、-20℃±1℃)に入れて30日間貯蔵後、冷凍庫から取り出して液温を25℃とし、後述する露光感度(必要最小露光量)の評価方法に基づき、参考指標として第一の露光感度を評価した。次いで、前述と同一の50mL透明ガラス製バイアルの中に、各10.00gのポジ型感光性顔料組成物をそれぞれ滴下して密栓し、1分間攪拌することでバイアルの内壁表面の全てをポジ型感光性顔料組成物に接触させて濡らした。大気圧下/液温25±1℃で維持された恒温室で7日間静置した後に開栓し、第二の露光感度を評価した。
以上の評価は(c)成分を感光させない黄色灯下で実施した。
(2) Evaluation of Exposure Sensitivity (Minimum Required Exposure Amount) The positive photosensitive pigment compositions were stored in a freezer (atmospheric pressure/shielded from light, -20°C±1°C) for 30 days, then removed from the freezer and cooled to 25°C. The first exposure sensitivity was evaluated as a reference index based on the evaluation method for exposure sensitivity (minimum required exposure amount) described below. Next, 10.00 g of each positive photosensitive pigment composition was dropped into the same 50 mL transparent glass vial as described above, sealed, and stirred for 1 minute to bring the entire inner wall surface of the vial into contact with the positive photosensitive pigment composition and wet it. After leaving the vial to stand for 7 days in a thermostatic chamber maintained at atmospheric pressure/liquid temperature of 25±1°C, the vial was opened and the second exposure sensitivity was evaluated.
The above evaluations were carried out under yellow light, which does not expose the component (c).
第二の露光感度が高い、すなわち恒温室で7日間静置した後の必要最小露光量が少ないほど優れているとし、以下の判定基準に基づく評価を行い、AA、およびA~Cを合格、D~Eを不合格とした。ただし、所定の膜厚で形成できなかった場合や、最大の露光量条件(300mJ/cm2)であっても解像せず開口部が形成できないなどの不具合により露光感度(必要最小露光量)の評価が困難であった場合はFとし、不合格とした。
AA:必要最小露光量が、40mJ/cm2、または50mJ/cm2である。
A:必要最小露光量が、60mJ/cm2、または70mJ/cm2である。
B:必要最小露光量が、80~100mJ/cm2である。
C:必要最小露光量が、110~150mJ/cm2である。
D:必要最小露光量が、160~250mJ/cm2である。
E:必要最小露光量が、260~300mJ/cm2である。
F:露光感度の評価が困難である。
The higher the second exposure sensitivity, i.e., the smaller the required minimum exposure dose after standing for 7 days in a constant temperature room, the better the film was evaluated, and evaluation was performed based on the following criteria, with AA and A to C being passed and D to E being failed. However, when it was difficult to evaluate the exposure sensitivity (required minimum exposure dose) due to problems such as failure to form a film with a predetermined thickness or failure to form an opening even under the maximum exposure dose condition (300 mJ/cm 2 ), it was evaluated as F and failed.
AA: The minimum required exposure dose is 40 mJ/cm 2 or 50 mJ/cm 2 .
A: The required minimum exposure amount is 60 mJ/cm 2 or 70 mJ/cm 2 .
B: The minimum required exposure amount is 80 to 100 mJ/ cm2 .
C: The minimum required exposure amount is 110 to 150 mJ/ cm2 .
D: The minimum required exposure dose is 160 to 250 mJ/ cm2 .
E: The required minimum exposure amount is 260 to 300 mJ/ cm2 .
F: It is difficult to evaluate the exposure sensitivity.
<露光感度(必要最小露光量)の評価方法>
縦150mm/横150mmの無アルカリガラス基板の表面に、スパッタ法により銀合金(99.00質量%の銀と、1.00質量%の銅からなる合金)を全面成膜した。さらに、スパッタ法によりITO膜を全面成膜し、無アルカリガラス基板の表面の全面に銀合金膜/ITO膜を具備するガラス基板を得た。
<Evaluation method of exposure sensitivity (minimum required exposure amount)>
A silver alloy (an alloy of 99.00 mass % silver and 1.00 mass % copper) was formed on the entire surface of an alkali-free glass substrate having a length of 150 mm and a width of 150 mm by a sputtering method. An ITO film was then formed on the entire surface by a sputtering method to obtain a glass substrate having a silver alloy film/ITO film on the entire surface of the alkali-free glass substrate.
ポジ型感光性顔料組成物を、スピンコーターを用いて最終的に得られる画素分割層の膜厚が1.5μm、画素分割層の表面に配置されるスペーサー層の膜厚が1.5±0.1μmとなるように回転数を調節して、銀合金膜/ITO膜を具備するガラス基板のITO表面にそれぞれ塗布し、塗布膜を得た。さらに、ホットプレートを用いて、塗布膜を大気圧下110℃で120秒間プリベークして、プリベーク膜を得て、近赤外線カメラ(光源波長:800nm)を用いてポジ型ハーフトーン露光マスク(縦:30.0μm、横:30.0μmの正方形の全透過部が220個配列し、全透過部における露光量を100%、遮蔽部の露光量を0%としたとき、半透過部における露光量が15%となるように設計されたマスク)の位置合わせを行った。ポジ型ハーフトーン露光マスクを介して、両面アライメント片面露光装置を用いて、40~300(mJ/cm2:i線換算値)の範囲内で10mJごとに段階的に露光量を変えて、超高圧水銀灯のg、h、i混合線をプリベーク膜にパターン露光し、露光部、半露光部および未露光部を面内に有する露光膜を得た。なお、パターン露光はポジ型ハーフトーン露光マスクをプリベーク膜の表面に接触させて行った。 The positive photosensitive pigment composition was applied to the ITO surface of the glass substrate having a silver alloy film/ITO film by adjusting the rotation speed using a spin coater so that the film thickness of the pixel division layer finally obtained was 1.5 μm, and the film thickness of the spacer layer arranged on the surface of the pixel division layer was 1.5±0.1 μm, respectively, to obtain a coating film.Furthermore, the coating film was pre-baked at 110° C. under atmospheric pressure for 120 seconds using a hot plate to obtain a pre-baked film, and the positioning of a positive halftone exposure mask (a mask designed so that 220 square transmission parts of length: 30.0 μm, width: 30.0 μm are arranged, and the exposure amount of the semi-transmission part is 15% when the exposure amount of the total transmission part is 100% and the exposure amount of the shielding part is 0%) was performed using a near-infrared camera (light source wavelength: 800 nm). Using a double-sided alignment single-sided exposure device, the prebaked film was pattern-exposed to a mixture of g, h, and i rays from an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp by changing the exposure amount stepwise in increments of 10 mJ within the range of 40 to 300 (mJ/ cm2 : i-line equivalent value) through a positive half-tone exposure mask, to obtain an exposed film having exposed, semi-exposed, and unexposed areas within its surface. The pattern exposure was performed by contacting the positive half-tone exposure mask with the surface of the prebaked film.
次いで、現像工程として、フォトリソグラフィ用小型現像装置(AD-1200;滝沢産業(株)製)と、アルカリ現像液である2.38質量%水酸化テトラメチルアンモニウム水溶液を用いてパドル方式で現像した。ここでいうパドル方式とは、露光膜の表面にアルカリ現像液を10秒間シャワー塗布した後、所定の現像時間に達するまで静置させて現像する方式のことをいう。なお、現像時間は30~100秒の範囲内で、プリベーク膜の膜厚から、後述する現像膜形成基板上に形成された現像膜における未露光部の膜厚を差し引いた値、すなわち現像工程における膜減り(μm)が0.8μmとなる時間とした。さらに、脱イオン水を用いて30秒間シャワー方式でリンスした後に200rpmで30秒間の条件で基板を空回しして乾燥させ、現像膜を具備する現像膜形成基板を得た。 Next, in the development process, development was performed by the paddle method using a small photolithography developing device (AD-1200; manufactured by Takizawa Sangyo Co., Ltd.) and an alkaline developer of 2.38% by mass tetramethylammonium hydroxide aqueous solution. The paddle method here refers to a method in which the alkaline developer is shower-coated on the surface of the exposed film for 10 seconds, and then left to stand until a predetermined development time is reached for development. The development time was in the range of 30 to 100 seconds, and was set to the value obtained by subtracting the film thickness of the unexposed part of the developed film formed on the developed film-formed substrate described below from the film thickness of the pre-baked film, that is, the time at which the film loss (μm) in the development process becomes 0.8 μm. Furthermore, after rinsing with deionized water for 30 seconds by the shower method, the substrate was rotated at 200 rpm for 30 seconds to dry, and a developed film-formed substrate provided with a developed film was obtained.
次いで、キュア工程として、高温イナートガスオーブン(INH-9CD-S;光洋サーモシステム(株)製)を用いて現像膜を空気下250℃で1時間加熱して、画素分割層、およびスペーサー層を具備する露光感度測定用基板を得た。 Then, as a curing step, the developed film was heated in air at 250°C for 1 hour using a high-temperature inert gas oven (INH-9CD-S; manufactured by Koyo Thermo Systems Co., Ltd.) to obtain a substrate for measuring exposure sensitivity that includes a pixel division layer and a spacer layer.
FPD検査顕微鏡(MX-61L;オリンパス(株)製)を用いて画素分割層の開口部を観察し、各露光量の領域における開口部10箇所の開口幅の平均値が30.0±0.1μmの範囲内となるように開口したときの必要最小露光量(mJ/cm2:i線換算値)を露光感度とした。なお、開口幅の測定は、露光マスクに由来して正方形となった開口部、およびキュア工程の熱流動により円形となった開口部のみを測定対象とし、異物欠陥が観られた開口部は測定対象から除外することとした。 The openings of the pixel division layer were observed using an FPD inspection microscope (MX-61L; manufactured by Olympus Corporation), and the minimum required exposure dose (mJ/ cm2 : i-line equivalent value) when the average opening width of 10 openings in each exposure dose region was within the range of 30.0±0.1 μm was defined as the exposure sensitivity. Note that the opening width was measured only for openings that were square due to the exposure mask and openings that were circular due to thermal flow in the curing process, and openings in which foreign matter defects were observed were excluded from the measurement.
(3)画素分割層の開口幅の面内均一性の評価
FPD検査顕微鏡を用い、前述の第二の露光感度の評価に用いた露光感度測定用基板を観察し、開口部10箇所の開口幅を測長した。最大開口幅W1(μm)から最小開口幅W2(μm)を差し引いた値W3(μm)が小さいほど優れているとし、以下の判定基準に基づいて評価し、A~Cを合格、D~Eを不合格とした。最大開口幅W1と最小開口幅W2の一例を図4に示す。ただし、前述の第二の露光感度の評価が困難であったポジ型感光性顔料組成物については本評価を実施しなかった。なお、開口幅の測定は、異物欠陥が観られた開口部も含めて測定対象とした。
A:W3が、1.0μm未満である。
B:W3が、1.0μm以上、1.2μm未満である。
C:W3が、1.2μm以上、1.5μm未満である。
D:W3が、1.5μm以上、2.0μm未満である。
E:W3が、2.0μm以上である。
(3) Evaluation of in-plane uniformity of aperture width of pixel division layer The substrate for measuring the exposure sensitivity used in the evaluation of the second exposure sensitivity described above was observed using an FPD inspection microscope, and the aperture widths of 10 apertures were measured. The smaller the value W 3 (μm) obtained by subtracting the minimum aperture width W 2 (μm) from the maximum aperture width W 1 (μm), the better the result was. Evaluation was performed based on the following criteria, with A to C being passed and D to E being failed. An example of the maximum aperture width W 1 and the minimum aperture width W 2 is shown in FIG. 4. However, this evaluation was not performed for the positive photosensitive pigment composition for which it was difficult to evaluate the second exposure sensitivity described above. The aperture width measurement was performed including the apertures in which foreign matter defects were observed.
A: W3 is less than 1.0 μm.
B: W3 is 1.0 μm or more and less than 1.2 μm.
C: W3 is 1.2 μm or more and less than 1.5 μm.
D: W3 is 1.5 μm or more and less than 2.0 μm.
E: W3 is 2.0 μm or more.
(4)硬化膜の遮光性(OD/μm)の評価
ポジ型感光性顔料組成物を、冷凍庫の中(大気圧下/遮光下、-20℃±1℃)に入れて30日間貯蔵後、冷凍庫から取り出して液温を25℃とした。前述と同一の50mL透明ガラス製バイアルの中に、各10gのポジ型感光性顔料組成物をそれぞれ滴下して密栓し、1分間攪拌することでバイアルの内壁表面の全てをポジ型感光性顔料組成物に接触させて濡らした。大気圧下/液温25±1℃で維持された恒温室で7日間静置した後に開栓し、ポジ型感光性顔料組成物を用いて、透明ガラス基材である「テンパックス(AGCテクノグラス(株)製)の表面に、最終的に得られる硬化膜の膜厚が1.5μmとなるように回転数を調節してスピンコーターで塗布して塗布膜を得た。ホットプレート(SCW-636;大日本スクリーン製造(株)製)を用いて塗布膜を大気圧下110℃で120秒間プリベークして、プリベーク膜を得た。両面アライメント片面露光装置を用い、超高圧水銀灯のg,h,i混合線を前述の方法で求めた第二の露光感度(必要最小露光量)の15%に相当する露光量で、プリベーク膜の全面に照射して露光膜を得た。第二の露光感度の評価時と同じ方法で現像、リンス、および乾燥を行い、ベタ状の現像膜を得た。高温イナートガスオーブンを用いて、現像膜を空気下250℃で1時間加熱して、膜厚1.5μmのベタ状の硬化膜を具備する遮光性評価用基板を得た。
(4) Evaluation of Light-Shielding Property (OD/μm) of Cured Film The positive photosensitive pigment compositions were stored in a freezer (atmospheric pressure/shielded from light, −20° C.±1° C.) for 30 days, and then removed from the freezer and the liquid temperature was adjusted to 25° C. 10 g of each positive photosensitive pigment composition was dropped into the same 50 mL transparent glass vials as described above, which were then sealed and stirred for 1 minute to bring the entire inner wall surface of the vial into contact with the positive photosensitive pigment composition and wet it. The container was left to stand for 7 days in a thermostatic chamber maintained at atmospheric pressure and a liquid temperature of 25±1° C., and then the stopper was opened. The positive photosensitive pigment composition was applied to the surface of a transparent glass substrate "Tempax (manufactured by AGC Technoglass Co., Ltd.) by a spin coater, adjusting the rotation speed so that the final cured film had a thickness of 1.5 μm, to obtain a coating film. The coating film was prebaked at 110° C. under atmospheric pressure for 120 seconds using a hot plate (SCW-636; manufactured by Dainippon Screen Mfg. Co., Ltd.), to obtain a prebaked film. A double-sided alignment single-sided exposure device was used to irradiate the entire surface of the prebaked film with g, h, and i mixed rays of an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp at an exposure amount equivalent to 15% of the second exposure sensitivity (required minimum exposure amount) obtained by the above-mentioned method, to obtain an exposed film. Development, rinsing, and drying were performed in the same manner as in the evaluation of the second exposure sensitivity, to obtain a solid developed film. The developed film was heated at 250° C. for 1 hour under air using a high-temperature inert gas oven, to obtain a light-shielding evaluation substrate having a solid cured film with a film thickness of 1.5 μm.
遮光性評価用基板について、光学濃度計(X-Rite社製;X-Rite 361T)を用いて膜面側から面内3箇所において全光学濃度(Total OD値)を測定して平均値を算出し、その値を1.5で除した値の小数点第二位を四捨五入した値を、硬化膜の厚さ1.0μmあたりの遮光性(OD/μm)とし、OD/μmの値が高いほど遮光性が高く優れた硬化膜であるとの基準で評価を行った。硬化膜を形成していないテンパックスのOD値を別途測定した結果、0.00であったため、遮光性評価用基板の全光学濃度を、硬化膜の全光学濃度とみなした。硬化膜の膜厚は触針式膜厚測定装置(東京精密(株);サーフコム)を用いて面内3箇所を測定し、その平均値の小数点第二位を四捨五入した値を求めた。なお、第二の露光感度の評価が困難であったポジ型感光性顔料組成物は、硬化膜の遮光性の評価を行わなかった。 For the substrates used for light-shielding evaluation, the total optical density (Total OD value) was measured at three points on the film side using an optical densitometer (X-Rite Corporation; X-Rite 361T) to calculate the average value, which was then divided by 1.5 and rounded to the nearest tenth to obtain the light-shielding property per 1.0 μm of cured film thickness (OD/μm). The higher the OD/μm value, the better the cured film. The OD value of Tempax, which does not have a cured film formed, was measured separately and found to be 0.00, so the total optical density of the substrates used for light-shielding evaluation was regarded as the total optical density of the cured film. The thickness of the cured film was measured at three points on the surface using a stylus film thickness measuring device (Tokyo Seimitsu Co., Ltd.; Surfcom), and the average value was rounded to the nearest tenth to obtain the light-shielding property per 1.0 μm of cured film thickness. In addition, for positive-type photosensitive pigment compositions for which it was difficult to evaluate the second exposure sensitivity, the light-blocking properties of the cured film were not evaluated.
(5)有機EL表示装置の非点灯画素の発生率の評価
トップエミッション型有機EL表示装置を、10mA/cm2の直流駆動により発光させて、1部あたり面内に有する発光画素部50箇所を倍率50倍でモニター上に拡大表示させて観察した。同一の方法で作製したトップエミッション型有機EL表示装置5部に観られた非点灯画素の合計数を、全ての発光画素の合計数250で除した値に、100を乗じた値を算出し、小数点第二位を四捨五入した値を非点灯画素の発生率(%)とした。非点灯画素が1個以上発生した場合、その発生率は、0.4~100.0%の値となる。以下の判定基準に基づいて評価し、AA、およびA~Cを合格、D~Eを不合格とした。なお、第二の露光感度の評価が困難であったポジ型感光性顔料組成物は、非点灯画素の発生率の評価を行わなかった。
AA:非点灯画素の発生率が、0.0%である。(すなわち、非点灯画素が観られない。)
A:非点灯画素の発生率が、0.4%以上、2.0%未満である。
B:非点灯画素の発生率が、2.0%以上、4.0%未満である。
C:非点灯画素の発生率が、4.0%以上、6.0%未満である。
D:非点灯画素の発生率が、6.0%以上、10.0%未満である。
E:非点灯画素の発生率が、10.0%以上である。
(5) Evaluation of the incidence of non-lighting pixels in organic EL display devices A top-emission organic EL display device was driven to emit light by direct current at 10 mA/ cm2 , and 50 light-emitting pixel portions per unit were enlarged and displayed on a monitor at a magnification of 50 times and observed. The total number of non-lighting pixels observed in 5 top-emission organic EL display devices manufactured by the same method was divided by the total number of all light-emitting pixels, 250, and multiplied by 100 to calculate the incidence of non-lighting pixels (%). When one or more non-lighting pixels occurred, the incidence was 0.4 to 100.0%. Evaluation was performed based on the following criteria, with AA and A to C being considered as pass, and D to E being considered as fail. In addition, the incidence of non-lighting pixels was not evaluated for the positive photosensitive pigment composition for which it was difficult to evaluate the second exposure sensitivity.
AA: The incidence of non-lighted pixels is 0.0% (i.e., no non-lighted pixels are observed).
A: The incidence rate of non-lighted pixels is 0.4% or more and less than 2.0%.
B: The incidence rate of non-lighted pixels is 2.0% or more and less than 4.0%.
C: The incidence rate of non-lighted pixels is 4.0% or more and less than 6.0%.
D: The incidence rate of non-lit pixels is 6.0% or more and less than 10.0%.
E: The incidence rate of non-lighted pixels is 10.0% or more.
後述する顔料分散剤溶液1~25の合成、ならびに水酸基含有アクリル樹脂溶液Xの合成において、重量平均分子量(Mw)を下記の測定条件でそれぞれ求めた。
GPC装置:東ソー(株)製HLC-8420GPC
カラム:TSKgel SuperAW4000
ガードカラム:TSK guardcolumn SuperAW-L
溶離液:10LのN,N’-ジメチルアセトアミドに、8.67gの臭化リチウムを溶解させた溶液
分析試料:溶離液180質量部に対して、樹脂溶液(樹脂として1質量部)を溶解させた液
(合成例1:顔料分散剤溶液1の合成)
第一の重合工程として、有機溶剤である178.76gのPGMEに、繰り返し単位aの導入源となるモノマーである21.03g(0.20mol)の4-ビニルピリジン(東京化成工業(株)製)と、熱重合開始剤である0.21gのAIBN(東京化成工業(株)製)を溶解させ、窒素雰囲気下/液温70℃を維持してMw2000に到達するまで攪拌した。必要な加熱時間は3時間であった。次いで、第二の重合工程として、706.02gのPGMEに、142.55g(0.80mol)の4-ヒドロキシフェニルメタクリレート(東京化成工業(株)製)と、1.43gのAIBNを溶解させた溶液を追加で滴下していき、液温70℃を維持してMw10000に到達するまで攪拌した後に、冷却して反応を停止させた。必要な加熱時間は6.5時間であった。得られた樹脂溶液にPGMEを添加して希釈し、固形分10.00質量%の顔料分散剤溶液1を得た。
In the synthesis of
GPC device: Tosoh Corporation HLC-8420GPC
Column: TSKgel SuperAW4000
Guard column: TSK guard column Super AW-L
Eluent: a solution in which 8.67 g of lithium bromide was dissolved in 10 L of N,N'-dimethylacetamide. Analysis sample: a solution in which a resin solution (1 part by mass as resin) was dissolved in 180 parts by mass of the eluent. (Synthesis Example 1: Synthesis of Pigment Dispersant Solution 1)
In the first polymerization step, 21.03 g (0.20 mol) of 4-vinylpyridine (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), which is a monomer serving as a source of introduction of the repeating unit a, and 0.21 g of AIBN (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), which is a thermal polymerization initiator, were dissolved in 178.76 g of PGME, which is an organic solvent, and stirred under a nitrogen atmosphere/liquid temperature of 70° C. until Mw2000 was reached. The required heating time was 3 hours. Next, in the second polymerization step, a solution in which 142.55 g (0.80 mol) of 4-hydroxyphenyl methacrylate (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) and 1.43 g of AIBN were dissolved in 706.02 g of PGME was additionally dropped, and the solution was stirred while maintaining a liquid temperature of 70° C. until Mw10000 was reached, and then cooled to stop the reaction. The required heating time was 6.5 hours. The obtained resin solution was diluted with PGME to obtain a
13C-NMRにより、顔料分散剤溶液1は、式(12)で表される繰り返し単位からなるブロック鎖と、式(40)で表される繰り返し単位を有するブロック共重合体を含有することを確認した。各原料の配合量を表1に示す。
It was confirmed by 13C -NMR that
(合成例2:顔料分散剤溶液2の合成)
4-ビニルピリジンに替えて、2-ビニルピリジン(東京化成工業(株)製)を用いた以外は合成例1と同じ方法で、表1に示す配合量で、固形分10.00質量%の顔料分散剤溶液2を合成した。13C-NMRにより、顔料分散剤溶液2は、式(10)で表される繰り返し単位からなるブロック鎖と、式(40)で表される繰り返し単位を有するブロック共重合体を含有することを確認した。
(Synthesis Example 2: Synthesis of Pigment Dispersant Solution 2)
(合成例3:顔料分散剤溶液3の合成)
4-ビニルピリジンに替えて、3-ビニルピリジン(東京化成工業(株)製)を用いた以外は合成例1と同じ方法で、表1に示す配合量で、固形分10.00質量%の顔料分散剤溶液3を合成した。
(Synthesis Example 3: Synthesis of Pigment Dispersant Solution 3)
Pigment dispersant solution 3 having a solid content of 10.00% by mass was synthesized in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1, except that 3-vinylpyridine (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) was used instead of 4-vinylpyridine, and in the blending amounts shown in Table 1.
13C-NMRにより、顔料分散剤溶液3は、式(11)で表される繰り返し単位からなるブロック鎖と、式(40)で表される繰り返し単位を有するブロック共重合体を含有することを確認した。 It was confirmed by 13 C-NMR that pigment dispersant solution 3 contained a block chain composed of a repeating unit represented by formula (11) and a block copolymer having a repeating unit represented by formula (40).
(合成例4:顔料分散剤溶液4の合成)
4-ビニルピリジンに替えて、5-プロピル-2-ビニルピリジン(Sigma-Aldrich社製)を用い、表1に示す配合量とした以外は合成例1と同じ方法で、固形分10.00質量%の顔料分散剤溶液4を合成した。
(Synthesis Example 4: Synthesis of Pigment Dispersant Solution 4)
A pigment dispersant solution 4 having a solid content of 10.00% by mass was synthesized in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1, except that 5-propyl-2-vinylpyridine (manufactured by Sigma-Aldrich) was used instead of 4-vinylpyridine and the blending amounts were as shown in Table 1.
13C-NMRにより、顔料分散剤溶液4は、式(15)で表される繰り返し単位からなるブロック鎖と、式(40)で表される繰り返し単位を有するブロック共重合体を含有することを確認した。 It was confirmed by 13 C-NMR that pigment dispersant solution 4 contained a block chain composed of a repeating unit represented by formula (15) and a block copolymer having a repeating unit represented by formula (40).
(合成例5:顔料分散剤溶液5の合成)
4-ビニルピリジンに替えて、2-メチル-1-ビニルイミダゾール(Sigma-Aldrich社製)を用い、表2に示す配合量とした以外は合成例1と同じ方法で、固形分10.00質量%の顔料分散剤溶液5を合成した。
(Synthesis Example 5: Synthesis of Pigment Dispersant Solution 5)
A pigment dispersant solution 5 having a solid content of 10.00% by mass was synthesized in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1, except that 2-methyl-1-vinylimidazole (manufactured by Sigma-Aldrich) was used instead of 4-vinylpyridine and the blending amounts shown in Table 2 were used.
13C-NMRにより、顔料分散剤溶液5は、式(26)で表される繰り返し単位からなるブロック鎖と、式(40)で表される繰り返し単位を有するブロック共重合体を含有することを確認した。 It was confirmed by 13 C-NMR that pigment dispersant solution 5 contained a block chain composed of a repeating unit represented by formula (26) and a block copolymer having a repeating unit represented by formula (40).
(合成例6:顔料分散剤溶液6の合成)
4-ビニルピリジンに替えて、4-(1H-イミダゾール-1-イル)ブチルメタクリレート(Sigma-Aldrich社製)を用い、表2に示す配合量とした以外は合成例1と同じ方法で、固形分10.00質量%の顔料分散剤溶液6を合成した。
(Synthesis Example 6: Synthesis of Pigment Dispersant Solution 6)
A pigment dispersant solution 6 having a solid content of 10.00% by mass was synthesized in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1, except that 4-(1H-imidazol-1-yl)butyl methacrylate (manufactured by Sigma-Aldrich) was used instead of 4-vinylpyridine and the blending amounts shown in Table 2 were used.
13C-NMRにより、顔料分散剤溶液6は、式(24)で表される繰り返し単位からなるブロック鎖と、式(40)で表される繰り返し単位を有するブロック共重合体を含有することを確認した。 It was confirmed by 13 C-NMR that pigment dispersant solution 6 contained a block chain composed of a repeating unit represented by formula (24) and a block copolymer having a repeating unit represented by formula (40).
(合成例7:顔料分散剤溶液7の合成)
4-ビニルピリジンに替えて、4-(1-イミダゾリル)スチレン(Sigma-Aldrich社製)を用い、表2に示す配合量とした以外は合成例1と同じ方法で、固形分10.00質量%の顔料分散剤溶液7を合成した。
(Synthesis Example 7: Synthesis of Pigment Dispersant Solution 7)
Pigment dispersant solution 7 having a solid content of 10.00 mass % was synthesized in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1, except that 4-(1-imidazolyl)styrene (Sigma-Aldrich) was used instead of 4-vinylpyridine and the blending amounts shown in Table 2 were used.
13C-NMRにより、顔料分散剤溶液7は、式(22)で表される繰り返し単位からなるブロック鎖と、式(40)で表される繰り返し単位を有するブロック共重合体を含有することを確認した。 It was confirmed by 13 C-NMR that pigment dispersant solution 7 contained a block chain composed of a repeating unit represented by formula (22) and a block copolymer having a repeating unit represented by formula (40).
(合成例8:顔料分散剤溶液8の合成)
4-ビニルピリジンに替えて、式(83)で表される化合物(Sigma-Aldrich社製)を用い、表2に示す配合量とした以外は合成例1と同じ方法で、固形分10.00質量%の顔料分散剤溶液8を合成した。
(Synthesis Example 8: Synthesis of Pigment Dispersant Solution 8)
A pigment dispersant solution 8 having a solid content of 10.00 mass % was synthesized in the same manner as in Synthesis example 1, except that a compound represented by formula (83) (manufactured by Sigma-Aldrich) was used in place of 4-vinylpyridine and in the blending amounts shown in Table 2.
13C-NMRにより、顔料分散剤溶液8は、式(27)で表される繰り返し単位からなるブロック鎖と、式(40)で表される繰り返し単位を有するブロック共重合体を含有することを確認した。 It was confirmed by 13 C-NMR that pigment dispersant solution 8 contained a block chain composed of a repeating unit represented by formula (27) and a block copolymer having a repeating unit represented by formula (40).
(合成例9:顔料分散剤溶液9の合成)
4-ビニルピリジンに替えて、式(84)で表される化合物(Aurora fine chemicals社製)を用い、表3に示す配合量とした以外は合成例1と同じ方法で、固形分10.00質量%の顔料分散剤溶液9を合成した。
(Synthesis Example 9: Synthesis of Pigment Dispersant Solution 9)
A pigment dispersant solution 9 having a solid content of 10.00 mass % was synthesized in the same manner as in Synthesis example 1, except that a compound represented by formula (84) (manufactured by Aurora Fine Chemicals) was used in place of 4-vinylpyridine and in the blending amounts shown in Table 3.
13C-NMRにより、顔料分散剤溶液9は、式(31)で表される繰り返し単位からなるブロック鎖と、式(40)で表される繰り返し単位を有するブロック共重合体を含有することを確認した。 It was confirmed by 13 C-NMR that pigment dispersant solution 9 contained a block chain composed of a repeating unit represented by formula (31) and a block copolymer having a repeating unit represented by formula (40).
(合成例10:顔料分散剤溶液10の合成)
4-ビニルピリジンに替えて、N,N-ジメチル-4-ビニルアニリン(東京化成工業(株)製)を用い、115.82g(0.65mol)の4-ヒドロキシフェニルメタクリレートと、20.42gの(0.15mol)の4-アリル-1,2-ジヒドロキシベンゼン(東京化成工業(株)製)を用い、表3に示す配合量とした以外は合成例1と同じ方法で、固形分10.00質量%の顔料分散剤溶液10を合成した。
(Synthesis Example 10: Synthesis of Pigment Dispersant Solution 10)
A pigment dispersant solution 10 having a solid content of 10.00 mass % was synthesized in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1, except that N,N-dimethyl-4-vinylaniline (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) was used instead of 4-vinylpyridine, 115.82 g (0.65 mol) of 4-hydroxyphenyl methacrylate, and 20.42 g (0.15 mol) of 4-allyl-1,2-dihydroxybenzene (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) were used in the blending amounts shown in Table 3.
13C-NMRにより、顔料分散剤溶液10は、式(32)で表される繰り返し単位からなるブロック鎖と、式(40)で表される繰り返し単位と、式(39)で表される繰り返し単位を有するブロック共重合体を含有することを確認した。
(合成例11:顔料分散剤溶液11の合成)
4-ビニルピリジンに替えて、21.03g(0.20mol)の2-ビニルピリジンを用い、4-ヒドロキシフェニルメタクリレートに替えて、70.88g(0.40mol)のN-(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)メタクリルアミド(東京化成工業(株)製)、および91.30g(0.40mol)の式(85)で表される化合物(Aurora fine chemicals社製)を用い、表3に示す配合量とした以外は合成例1と同じ方法で、固形分10.00質量%の顔料分散剤溶液11を合成した。
It was confirmed by 13C -NMR that pigment dispersant solution 10 contains a block copolymer having a block chain composed of a repeating unit represented by formula (32), a repeating unit represented by formula (40), and a repeating unit represented by formula (39).
(Synthesis Example 11: Synthesis of Pigment Dispersant Solution 11)
A pigment dispersant solution 11 having a solid content of 10.00 mass % was synthesized in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1, except that 21.03 g (0.20 mol) of 2-vinylpyridine was used instead of 4-vinylpyridine, 70.88 g (0.40 mol) of N-(4-hydroxyphenyl)methacrylamide (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) and 91.30 g (0.40 mol) of the compound represented by formula (85) (manufactured by Aurora fine chemicals) were used instead of 4-hydroxyphenyl methacrylate, and the blending amounts were as shown in Table 3.
13C-NMRにより、顔料分散剤溶液11は、式(10)で表される繰り返し単位からなるブロック鎖と、式(41)で表される繰り返し単位と、式(46)で表される繰り返し単位を有するブロック共重合体を含有することを確認した。 It was confirmed by 13C -NMR that pigment dispersant solution 11 contains a block copolymer having a block chain composed of a repeating unit represented by formula (10), a repeating unit represented by formula (41), and a repeating unit represented by formula (46).
(合成例12:顔料分散剤溶液12の合成)
4-ヒドロキシフェニルメタクリレートに替えて、91.10g(0.70mol)の2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレート(東京化成工業(株)製)と、8.61g(0.10mol)のメタクリル酸を用い、表3に示す配合量とした以外は合成例1と同じ方法で、固形分10.00質量%の顔料分散剤溶液12を合成した。
(Synthesis Example 12: Synthesis of Pigment Dispersant Solution 12)
A
13C-NMRにより、顔料分散剤溶液12は、式(12)で表される繰り返し単位からなるブロック鎖と、式(50)で表される繰り返し単位と、式(51)で表される繰り返し単位を有するブロック共重合体を含有することを確認した。
It was confirmed by 13C -NMR that
(合成例13:顔料分散剤溶液13の合成)
4-ビニルピリジンに替えて、21.03g(0.20mol)の2-ビニルピリジンを用い、133.64g(0.75mol)の4-ヒドロキシフェニルメタクリレートに加えて、28.24g(0.05mol)の式(86)で表される化合物(日油(株)製)を用い、表4に示す配合量とした以外は合成例1と同じ方法で、固形分10.00質量%の顔料分散剤溶液13を合成した。
(Synthesis Example 13: Synthesis of Pigment Dispersant Solution 13)
A
13C-NMRにより、顔料分散剤溶液13は、式(10)で表される繰り返し単位からなるブロック鎖と、式(40)で表される繰り返し単位と、式(57)で表される繰り返し単位を有するブロック共重合体を含有することを確認した。
It was confirmed by 13C -NMR that
(合成例14:顔料分散剤溶液14の合成)
4-ビニルピリジンに替えて、21.03g(0.20mol)の2-ビニルピリジンを用い、4-ヒドロキシフェニルメタクリレートに替えて、26.84g(0.20mol)の4-イソプロペニルフェノール(三井化学(株)製「ミレックス(登録商標)PM」)を用い、さらに、24.83g(0.05mol)の式(87)で表される化合物(日油(株)製「PME」)と、78.21g(0.55mol)のn-ブチルメタクリレート(東京化成工業(株)製)を用い、表5に示す配合量とした以外は合成例1と同じ方法で、固形分10.00質量%の顔料分散剤溶液14を合成した。
(Synthesis Example 14: Synthesis of Pigment Dispersant Solution 14)
A
13C-NMRにより、顔料分散剤溶液14は、式(10)で表される繰り返し単位からなるブロック鎖と、式(37)で表される繰り返し単位と、式(55)で表される繰り返し単位と、式(88)で表される繰り返し単位を有するブロック共重合体を含有することを確認した。
It was confirmed by 13C -NMR that
式(88)中、*は結合部位を表す。 In formula (88), * represents a binding site.
(合成例15:顔料分散剤溶液15の合成)
4-ビニルピリジンに替えて、21.03g(0.20mol)の2-ビニルピリジンを用い、4-ヒドロキシフェニルメタクリレートに替えて、34.04g(0.20mol)の式(89)で表される化合物(Hefei Home Sunshine Pharma社製)を用い、さらに、24.83g(0.05mol)の式(87)で表される化合物と、78.21g(0.55mol)のn-ブチルメタクリレートを用い、表5に示す配合量とした以外は合成例1と同じ方法で、固形分10.00質量%の顔料分散剤溶液15を合成した。
(Synthesis Example 15: Synthesis of Pigment Dispersant Solution 15)
A pigment dispersant solution 15 having a solid content of 10.00 mass % was synthesized in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1, except that 21.03 g (0.20 mol) of 2-vinylpyridine was used instead of 4-vinylpyridine, 34.04 g (0.20 mol) of the compound represented by formula (89) (manufactured by Hefei Home Sunshine Pharma) was used instead of 4-hydroxyphenyl methacrylate, and 24.83 g (0.05 mol) of the compound represented by formula (87) and 78.21 g (0.55 mol) of n-butyl methacrylate were used in the blending amounts shown in Table 5.
13C-NMRにより、顔料分散剤溶液15は、式(10)で表される繰り返し単位からなるブロック鎖と、式(44)で表される繰り返し単位と、式(55)で表される繰り返し単位と、式(88)で表される繰り返し単位を有するブロック共重合体を含有することを確認した。 It was confirmed by 13C -NMR that pigment dispersant solution 15 contains a block copolymer having a block chain composed of a repeating unit represented by formula (10), a repeating unit represented by formula (44), a repeating unit represented by formula (55), and a repeating unit represented by formula (88).
(合成例16:顔料分散剤溶液16の合成)
第一の重合工程として、有機溶剤である884.78gのPGMEに、21.03g(0.20mol)の4-ビニルピリジンと、142.55g(0.80mol)の4-ヒドロキシフェニルメタクリレートと、1.64gのAIBNを溶解させた溶液を、窒素雰囲気下/液温70℃を維持してMw10000に到達するまで攪拌した後に、冷却して反応を停止させた。必要な加熱時間は8時間であった。得られた樹脂溶液にPGMEを添加して希釈し、固形分10.00質量%の顔料分散剤溶液16を得た。なお、第二の重合工程は行わなかった。
(Synthesis Example 16: Synthesis of Pigment Dispersant Solution 16)
As the first polymerization step, 21.03 g (0.20 mol) of 4-vinylpyridine, 142.55 g (0.80 mol) of 4-hydroxyphenyl methacrylate, and 1.64 g of AIBN were dissolved in 884.78 g of PGME, which is an organic solvent, and the solution was stirred under a nitrogen atmosphere/liquid temperature of 70° C. until Mw reached 10,000, and then cooled to stop the reaction. The required heating time was 8 hours. PGME was added to the obtained resin solution to dilute it, and a pigment dispersant solution 16 with a solid content of 10.00% by mass was obtained. The second polymerization step was not performed.
13C-NMRにより、顔料分散剤溶液16は、繰り返し単位aからなるブロック鎖を有するブロック共重合体を含有せず、式(12)で表される繰り返し単位と、式(40)で表される繰り返し単位を有するランダム共重合体を含有することを確認した。各原料の配合量を表6に示す。 It was confirmed by 13C -NMR that pigment dispersant solution 16 did not contain a block copolymer having a block chain composed of repeating unit a, but contained a random copolymer having a repeating unit represented by formula (12) and a repeating unit represented by formula (40). The amounts of each raw material used are shown in Table 6.
(合成例17:顔料分散剤溶液17の合成)
4-ヒドロキシフェニルメタクリレートを用いなかったことに加えて、24.83g(0.05mol)の式(87)で表される化合物と、106.65g(0.75mol)のn-ブチルメタクリレートを用い、表7に示す配合量とした以外は合成例1と同じ方法で、固形分10.00質量%の顔料分散剤溶液17を合成した。
(Synthesis Example 17: Synthesis of Pigment Dispersant Solution 17)
A pigment dispersant solution 17 having a solid content of 10.00 mass % was synthesized in the same manner as in Synthesis example 1, except that 4-hydroxyphenyl methacrylate was not used, and 24.83 g (0.05 mol) of the compound represented by formula (87) and 106.65 g (0.75 mol) of n-butyl methacrylate were used in the blending amounts shown in Table 7.
13C-NMRにより、顔料分散剤溶液17は、式(12)で表される繰り返し単位からなるブロック鎖と、式(55)で表される繰り返し単位と、式(88)で表される繰り返し単位を有するブロック共重合体を含有することを確認した。また、顔料分散剤溶液17は、繰り返し単位bを含有しないことを確認した。 It was confirmed by 13C -NMR that pigment dispersant solution 17 contains a block copolymer having a block chain composed of a repeating unit represented by formula (12), a repeating unit represented by formula (55), and a repeating unit represented by formula (88). It was also confirmed that pigment dispersant solution 17 does not contain the repeating unit b.
(合成例18:顔料分散剤溶液18の合成)
4-ビニルピリジンに替えて、2-ビニルピラジン(東京化成工業(株)製)を用いた以外は合成例1と同じ方法で、表8に示す配合量で、固形分10.00質量%の顔料分散剤溶液18を合成した。
(Synthesis Example 18: Synthesis of Pigment Dispersant Solution 18)
Pigment dispersant solution 18 having a solid content of 10.00 mass % was synthesized in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1, except that 2-vinylpyrazine (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) was used instead of 4-vinylpyridine, and in the blending amounts shown in Table 8.
13C-NMRにより、顔料分散剤溶液18は、式(90)で表される繰り返し単位からなるブロック鎖と、式(40)で表される繰り返し単位を有するブロック共重合体を含有することを確認した。また、顔料分散剤溶液18は、繰り返し単位aを含有しないことを確認した。 It was confirmed by 13C -NMR that pigment dispersant solution 18 contained a block chain consisting of a repeating unit represented by formula (90) and a block copolymer having a repeating unit represented by formula (40). It was also confirmed that pigment dispersant solution 18 did not contain the repeating unit a.
式(90)中、*は結合部位を表す。 In formula (90), * represents a binding site.
(合成例19:顔料分散剤溶液19の合成)
4-ビニルピリジンに替えて、4-ビニルアニリン(東京化成工業(株)製)を用いた以外は合成例1と同じ方法で、表8に示す配合量で、固形分10.00質量%の顔料分散剤溶液19を合成した。
(Synthesis Example 19: Synthesis of Pigment Dispersant Solution 19)
Pigment dispersant solution 19 having a solid content of 10.00 mass % was synthesized in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1, except that 4-vinylaniline (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) was used instead of 4-vinylpyridine, and in the blending amounts shown in Table 8.
13C-NMRにより、顔料分散剤溶液19は、式(91)で表される繰り返し単位からなるブロック鎖と、式(40)で表される繰り返し単位を有するブロック共重合体を含有することを確認した。また、顔料分散剤溶液19は、繰り返し単位aを含有しないことを確認した。 It was confirmed by 13C -NMR that pigment dispersant solution 19 contained a block chain composed of a repeating unit represented by formula (91) and a block copolymer having a repeating unit represented by formula (40). It was also confirmed that pigment dispersant solution 19 did not contain the repeating unit a.
式(91)中、*は結合部位を表す。 In formula (91), * represents a binding site.
以上の合成例で得られた顔料分散剤溶液1~19、および後述の顔料分散剤溶液23~25中にそれぞれ含有する(a)樹脂について、(a-1)成分、または(a-2)成分に分類し、それぞれの構造に関する情報を整理して表9に示す。
The (a) resins contained in the
(合成例20:キノンジアジド化合物aの合成)
乾燥窒素気流下、21.22g(0.05mol)のTrisP-PA(本州化学工業(株)製)と、36.27g(0.135mol)の5-ナフトキノンジアジドスルホニル酸クロリドを、450gの1,4-ジオキサンに溶解させ、室温にした。ここに、15.18gのトリエチルアミンを、50gの1,4-ジオキサンに溶解させた液を、系内が35℃以下となるように滴下した。滴下後30℃で2時間攪拌した。トリエチルアミン塩を濾過し、濾液を水に投入した。その後濾過を行い、析出した沈殿物を集めた。この沈殿物を真空乾燥機で乾燥させ、(c)成分である式(92)で表されるキノンジアジド化合物aを得た。
(Synthesis Example 20: Synthesis of quinone diazide compound a)
Under a dry nitrogen stream, 21.22 g (0.05 mol) of TrisP-PA (manufactured by Honshu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) and 36.27 g (0.135 mol) of 5-naphthoquinone diazide sulfonyl chloride were dissolved in 450 g of 1,4-dioxane and the solution was allowed to reach room temperature. A solution of 15.18 g of triethylamine dissolved in 50 g of 1,4-dioxane was added dropwise to the system so that the temperature in the system was 35°C or lower. After the dropwise addition, the mixture was stirred at 30°C for 2 hours. The triethylamine salt was filtered, and the filtrate was poured into water. Then, filtration was performed, and the precipitate that had precipitated was collected. The precipitate was dried in a vacuum dryer to obtain quinone diazide compound a represented by formula (92), which is component (c).
式(92)中、*は酸素原子との結合部位を表す。 In formula (92), * represents the bonding site with the oxygen atom.
(合成例21:キノンジアジド化合物bの合成)
36.27g(0.135mol)の5-ナフトキノンジアジドスルホニル酸クロリドに替えて、36.27g(0.135mol)の4-ナフトキノンジアジドスルホニル酸クロリドを用いた以外は合成例20と同じ方法で合成を行い、(c)成分である式(93)で表されるキノンジアジド化合物bを得た。
(Synthesis Example 21: Synthesis of quinone diazide compound b)
A quinone diazide compound b represented by formula (93), which is component (c), was obtained by performing synthesis in the same manner as in Synthesis example 20, except that 36.27 g (0.135 mol) of 4-naphthoquinone diazide sulfonyl chloride was used instead of 36.27 g (0.135 mol) of 5-naphthoquinone diazide sulfonyl chloride.
式(93)中、*は酸素原子との結合部位を表す。 In formula (93), * represents the bonding site with the oxygen atom.
(製造例1:微細化ペリレンブラック顔料1の製造)
特許文献5の製造例1で開示された微細化ペリレンブラック顔料1の製造方法と同じ方法で、式(104)で表される化合物と、式(105)で表される化合物の混晶である微細化ペリレンブラック顔料1を製造した。微細化ペリレンブラック顔料1は、(b-1)成分である。微細化ペリレンブラック顔料1に含有する塩素原子の含有量をイオンクロマトグラフィにより定量したところ、定量下限値である2質量ppm未満であった。
(Production Example 1: Production of Fine Perylene Black Pigment 1)
Fine perylene
(製造例2:微細化ジオキサジン顔料2の製造)
特許文献5の製造例6で開示された微細化ジオキサジン顔料2の製造方法と同じ方法で、微細化ジオキサジン顔料2を製造した。微細化ジオキサジン顔料2は、式(63)中、R52~R61が全て水素原子であり、R62およびR63がエチル基であり、R64およびR65がメチル基であり、R66およびR67が-CONH-である化合物であり、(b-1)成分である。微細化ジオキサジン顔料2に含有する塩素原子の含有量をイオンクロマトグラフィにより定量したところ、320質量ppmであった。
(Production Example 2: Production of Micronized Dioxazine Pigment 2)
(合成例21:ポリイミド前駆体Bの合成)
特許文献5の合成例1~2で開示されたポリイミド前駆体Bの合成方法と同じ方法で、ポリイミド前駆体Bを合成した。ポリイミド前駆体Bは(a-2)成分である。
(Synthesis Example 21: Synthesis of Polyimide Precursor B)
Polyimide precursor B was synthesized by the same method as that for synthesizing polyimide precursor B disclosed in Synthesis Examples 1 and 2 of Patent Document 5. Polyimide precursor B is component (a-2).
(合成例22:顔料分散剤溶液20の合成)
特許文献1の製造例2で開示された分散剤溶液bの合成方法と同じ方法で、BYK-LPN6919(ビックケミー社製)を出発原料として用い、分散剤溶液bを合成した。分散剤溶液bは、式(59)で表される繰り返し単位、および式(60)で表される繰り返し単位を有するメタクリル系樹脂の固形分30.00質量%PGMEA溶液である。さらに、分散剤溶液bを固形分10.00質量%となるようにPGMEを用いて希釈したものを顔料分散剤溶液20とした。析出や白濁は観られず透明であり、PGMEに対する溶解性は良好であった。
(Synthesis Example 22: Synthesis of Pigment Dispersant Solution 20)
Dispersant solution b was synthesized using BYK-LPN6919 (manufactured by BYK-Chemie) as a starting material in the same manner as the synthesis method of dispersant solution b disclosed in Production Example 2 of
(合成例23:色素Bの合成)
特許文献5の合成例9で開示された色素Bの合成方法と同じ方法で、C.I.ピグメントレッド178を出発原料として、色素Bを合成した。色素Bは(b-2)成分に属する化合物である。
(Synthesis Example 23: Synthesis of Dye B)
Dye B was synthesized using CI Pigment Red 178 as a starting material in the same manner as the synthesis method of dye B disclosed in Synthesis Example 9 of Patent Document 5. Dye B is a compound belonging to the component (b-2).
(合成例24:ペリレンブルー顔料3の合成)
100.00gのPTCBI(東京化成工業(株)製;cis体とtrans体の異性体混合物)を、400.00gの20質量%発煙硫酸に溶解させて攪拌しながら液温を70℃に昇温した。液温70℃で5時間攪拌し、スルホン化反応を進行させた。次いで、9kgの氷水の中に投入して析出物を含むスラリーを得て濾別した。濾物を混合液(エタノール:水=質量比率80:20)で洗浄した後に再び濾別し、減圧下80℃で24時間乾燥させた。さらに、ナノジェットマイザーを用いて乾式粉砕処理を行い、ステンレス製ふるい濾過器(開口径20μm)にかけて粗大分を除去し、ペリレンブルー顔料3を得た。LC-MSおよびMALDI-TOF MSを用いて分析した結果、ペリレンブルー顔料3は式(94)で表される化合物、式(95)で表される化合物、式(96)で表される化合物、および式(97)で表される化合物の混合物であった。なお、式(96)で表される化合物、および式(97)で表される化合物の含有量の合計は、100質量部のペリレンブルー顔料3中、74質量部であった。ペリレンブルー顔料3は(b-2)成分であり、MT3000II(MICROTRAC社製)で測定された体積を基準とする粒度分布における累積90%二次粒子径は5μmであった。
(Synthesis Example 24: Synthesis of Perylene Blue Pigment 3)
100.00 g of PTCBI (Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.; cis and trans isomer mixture) was dissolved in 400.00 g of 20% by mass fuming sulfuric acid, and the liquid temperature was raised to 70° C. while stirring. The liquid was stirred at 70° C. for 5 hours to allow the sulfonation reaction to proceed. The mixture was then poured into 9 kg of ice water to obtain a slurry containing a precipitate, which was then filtered. The filtered product was washed with a mixed liquid (ethanol:water = mass ratio 80:20) and then filtered again, and dried under reduced pressure at 80° C. for 24 hours. Further, a dry grinding process was performed using a nanojet mister, and coarse components were removed through a stainless steel sieve filter (opening diameter 20 μm), to obtain perylene blue pigment 3. Analysis using LC-MS and MALDI-TOF MS revealed that Perylene Blue Pigment 3 was a mixture of the compound represented by formula (94), the compound represented by formula (95), the compound represented by formula (96), and the compound represented by formula (97). The total content of the compound represented by formula (96) and the compound represented by formula (97) was 74 parts by mass in 100 parts by mass of Perylene Blue Pigment 3. Perylene Blue Pigment 3 was component (b-2), and the cumulative 90% secondary particle diameter in the volume-based particle size distribution measured with MT3000II (manufactured by MICROTRAC Corporation) was 5 μm.
(合成例25:ペリレンブルー溶液の合成)
100.00gのPTCBIを、400.00gの20質量%発煙硫酸に溶解させて、攪拌しながら液温を80℃に昇温した。液温80℃で8時間攪拌し、スルホン化反応を進行させた。次いで、15kgの氷水の中に投入して攪拌した後に濾別し、ウェットケーキを得た。硫酸イオンが50質量ppmを下回るまでウェットケーキを混合溶液(エタノール:水=質量比率80:20)で洗浄して濾別した後に、固形分1質量%となるように脱イオン水を添加して、ペリレンブルー溶液を調製した。LC-MSおよびMALDI-TOF MSを用い、ペリレンブルー溶液は、PTCBIのジスルホン酸誘導体の水溶液であることを確認した。
(Synthesis Example 25: Synthesis of Perylene Blue Solution)
100.00 g of PTCBI was dissolved in 400.00 g of 20% by mass fuming sulfuric acid, and the liquid temperature was raised to 80° C. while stirring. The liquid was stirred at 80° C. for 8 hours to allow the sulfonation reaction to proceed. Next, the liquid was poured into 15 kg of ice water, stirred, and then filtered to obtain a wet cake. The wet cake was washed with a mixed solution (ethanol:water = mass ratio 80:20) until the sulfate ion was below 50 ppm by mass, and then filtered, and deionized water was added to obtain a solid content of 1% by mass to prepare a perylene blue solution. Using LC-MS and MALDI-TOF MS, it was confirmed that the perylene blue solution was an aqueous solution of a disulfonic acid derivative of PTCBI.
(合成例26:ペリレンブルー顔料4の合成)
合成例25で合成した3000.00gのペリレンブルー溶液(固形分1質量%)をフラスコに入れ、ヘキサデシルトリメチルアンモニウムブロミド(東京化成工業(株)製)の5質量%水溶液を533.60g攪拌しながら添加し、液温50℃で12時間攪拌後、7日間静置した。次いで、析出物を混合溶液(PGME:PGMEA=質量比率50:50)で洗浄し、溶解した濾液を廃棄し、濾物を脱イオン水で水洗して再び濾別した。減圧下80℃で24時間乾燥し、ナノジェットマイザーを用いて乾式粉砕処理を行い、ステンレス製ふるい濾過器(開口径20μm)にかけて粗大分を除去し、式(106)で表される化合物、および式(107)で表される化合物の混合物であるペリレンブルー顔料4を得た。ペリレンブルー顔料4は(b-2)成分であり、MT3000IIで測定された体積を基準とする粒度分布における累積90%二次粒子径は5μmであった。懸濁スラリー(ペリレンブルー顔料4:脱イオン水=質量比率1:99)はpH3.9を示し、ペリレンブルー顔料4は酸性表面を有する不溶粒子と考えられた。
(Synthesis Example 26: Synthesis of Perylene Blue Pigment 4)
3000.00 g of the perylene blue solution (
(合成例27:ペリレンブルー顔料5の合成)
合成例25で合成した3000.00gのペリレンブルー溶液(固形分1質量%)をフラスコに仕込み、ヘキサデシルピリジニウムブロミド(東京化成工業(株)製)の5質量%水溶液を562.88g攪拌しながら添加し、液温50℃で12時間攪拌後、7日間静置した。次いで、析出物を混合溶液(PGME:PGMEA=質量比率50:50)で洗浄し、溶解した濾液を廃棄し、濾物を脱イオン水で水洗して再び濾別した。減圧下80℃で24時間乾燥し、ナノジェットマイザーを用いて乾式粉砕処理を行い、ステンレス製ふるい濾過器(開口径20μm)にかけて粗大分を除去し、式(108)で表される化合物、および式(109)で表される化合物の混合物であるペリレンブルー顔料5を得た。ペリレンブルー顔料5は(b-2)成分であり、MT3000IIで測定された体積を基準とする粒度分布における累積90%二次粒子径は5μmであった。懸濁スラリー(ペリレンブルー顔料5:脱イオン水=質量比率1:99)はpH4.1を示し、ペリレンブルー顔料5は酸性表面を有する不溶粒子と考えられた。
(Synthesis Example 27: Synthesis of Perylene Blue Pigment 5)
3000.00 g of the perylene blue solution (
(合成例28:ペリレンブルー顔料6の合成)
ヘキサデシルトリメチルアンモニウムブロミドの5質量%水溶液に替えて、ベンジルドデシルジメチルアンモニウムブロミド(東京化成工業(株)製)の5質量%水溶液を562.88g用いた以外は合成例26と同じ方法で、ペリレンブルー顔料6を得た。ペリレンブルー顔料6は(b-2)成分であり、式(98)中、R88、およびR89がメチル基であり、R90がベンジル基であり、R91が炭素数12のアルキル基である化合物と、式(99)中、R93、およびR94がメチル基であり、R95がベンジル基であり、R96が炭素数12のアルキル基である化合物の混合物である。MT3000IIで測定された体積を基準とする粒度分布における累積90%二次粒子径は5μmであった。懸濁スラリー(ペリレンブルー顔料6:脱イオン水=質量比率1:99)はpH3.8を示し、ペリレンブルー顔料6は酸性表面を有する不溶粒子と考えられた。
(Synthesis Example 28: Synthesis of Perylene Blue Pigment 6)
Perylene Blue Pigment 6 was obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 26, except that 562.88 g of a 5 mass% aqueous solution of benzyldodecyldimethylammonium bromide (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) was used instead of the 5 mass% aqueous solution of hexadecyltrimethylammonium bromide. Perylene Blue Pigment 6 is component (b-2), and is a mixture of a compound in which, in formula (98), R 88 and R 89 are methyl groups, R 90 is a benzyl group, and R 91 is an alkyl group having 12 carbon atoms, and a compound in which, in formula (99), R 93 and R 94 are methyl groups, R 95 is a benzyl group, and R 96 is an alkyl group having 12 carbon atoms. The cumulative 90% secondary particle diameter in the volume-based particle size distribution measured with an MT3000II was 5 μm. The suspension slurry (perylene blue pigment 6:deionized water=mass ratio 1:99) had a pH of 3.8, and perylene blue pigment 6 was considered to be insoluble particles having an acidic surface.
(合成例29:水酸基含有アクリル樹脂溶液Xの合成)
冷却管及び撹拌機を備えたフラスコに、750.00gのPGMEを仕込み、38.57gの2,2-アゾビス(イソ酪酸)ジメチル(富士フイルム和光純薬(株)製)を添加し溶解させた。次いで、128.17g(1.00mol)のn-ブチルアクリレート(東京化成工業(株))と、77.11g(0.50mol)のシクロヘキシルアクリレート(東京化成工業(株)製)と、68.76g(0.33mol)のジシクロペンタニルアクリレート(東京化成工業(株)製)と、30.37g(0.17mol)の3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシルメチルアクリレート(東京化成工業(株)製)と、36.03g(0.50mol)のアクリル酸(東京化成工業(株)製)と、111.82g(0.83mol)の4-イソプロペニルフェノールと、29.87g(0.17mol)のN-シクロヘキシルマレイミド(日本触媒(株)製)を添加して窒素雰囲気下とした。80℃に昇温して5時間加熱した後、冷却して液温を23℃とし、PGMEを用いて希釈して固形分30.00質量%となるように調製した(a-2)成分の溶液を、水酸基含有アクリル樹脂溶液Xとした。Mwは23000であった。
(Synthesis Example 29: Synthesis of Hydroxyl-Containing Acrylic Resin Solution X)
A flask equipped with a condenser and a stirrer was charged with 750.00 g of PGME, and 38.57 g of
(調製例1:顔料分散液1の調製)
720.00gの混合溶剤(PGME:乳酸エチル:GBL=質量比率50:40:10)中に、40.00gのTR4020G(旭有機材(株)製。m-クレゾール由来の構造とp-クレゾール由来の構造を有する水酸基含有ノボラック樹脂)を添加し、30分間攪拌して溶解させた。さらに、200.00gの顔料分散剤溶液1と、12.00gのペリレンブルー顔料3を添加し、5分間攪拌した後に、28.00gの微細化ジオキサジン顔料2を添加して30分間攪拌し、予備攪拌液を得た。次いで、0.05mmφのジルコニアビーズである“トレセラム(登録商標)”(東レ(株)製)が充填率75体積%でベッセル内に充填された縦型ビーズミル“ウルトラアペックスミル アドバンス(登録商標)”;(株)広島メタル&マシナリー製)に予備攪拌液を送液し、循環方式で周速10m/sで5時間の湿式メディア分散処理を行い、固形分10.00質量%の顔料分散液1を得た。口径0.8μmの濾過フィルタで第一の濾過を行い、さらに口径0.2μmの濾過フィルタで第二の濾過を行った。濾過前後で小数点第二位までの固形分の値としては変動が観られなかったことを確認した。顔料分散液1の固形分中の質量比率は、(b-1)成分:(b-2)成分:(a-1)成分:(a-2)成分=70:30:50:100である。各原料の配合量を表10に示す。
(Preparation Example 1: Preparation of Pigment Dispersion 1)
40.00 g of TR4020G (manufactured by Asahi Organic Chemicals Co., Ltd.; a hydroxyl group-containing novolak resin having a structure derived from m-cresol and a structure derived from p-cresol) was added to 720.00 g of a mixed solvent (PGME:ethyl lactate:GBL = mass ratio 50:40:10) and dissolved by stirring for 30 minutes. Further, 200.00 g of
(調製例2~19:顔料分散液2~19の調製)
顔料分散剤溶液1に替えて、顔料分散剤溶液2~19をそれぞれ用いたこと以外は調製例1と同様の方法で顔料分散液2~19を調製した。各原料の配合量を表10~14に示す。
(Preparation Examples 2 to 19: Preparation of
(調製例20:顔料分散液20の調製)
顔料分散剤溶液1を用いず、表14に示す各原料の配合量としたこと以外は調製例1と同じ方法で顔料分散液20を調製した。
(Preparation Example 20: Preparation of Pigment Dispersion 20)
Pigment dispersion 20 was prepared in the same manner as in Preparation Example 1, except that
(調製例21:顔料分散液21の調製)
757.70gの混合溶剤(PGME:乳酸エチル:GBL=質量比率50:40:10)中に、52.57gのポリイミド前駆体Bを添加し、30分間攪拌して溶解させた。さらに、158.11gの顔料分散剤溶液1と、4.59gの色素Bを添加し、5分間攪拌した後に、18.92gの微細化ペリレンブラック顔料1と、8.11gの微細化ジオキサジン顔料2を添加して30分間攪拌し、予備攪拌液を得た。次いで、0.05mmφのジルコニアビーズである“トレセラム(登録商標)”(東レ(株)製)が充填率75体積%でベッセル内に充填された縦型ビーズミル“ウルトラアペックスミル アドバンス(登録商標)”;(株)広島メタル&マシナリー製)に予備攪拌液を送液し、循環方式で周速10m/sで5時間の湿式メディア分散処理を行い、固形分10.00質量%の顔料分散液21を得た。口径0.8μmの濾過フィルタで第一の濾過を行い、さらに口径0.2μmの濾過フィルタで第二の濾過を行い、濾過前後で小数点第二位までの固形分の値としては変動が観られなかったことを確認した。顔料分散液21の固形分中の質量比率は、(b-1)成分:(b-2)成分:(a-1)成分:(a-2)成分=100:17:59:195である。各原料の配合量を表15に示す。
(Preparation Example 21: Preparation of Pigment Dispersion 21)
52.57 g of polyimide precursor B was added to 757.70 g of mixed solvent (PGME: ethyl lactate: GBL = mass ratio 50: 40: 10), and dissolved by stirring for 30 minutes. Further, 158.11 g of
(調製例22:顔料分散液22の調製)
顔料分散剤溶液1に替えて、顔料分散剤溶液2を用いたこと以外は調製例21と同じ方法で顔料分散液22を調製した。各原料の配合量を表15に示す。
(Preparation Example 22: Preparation of Pigment Dispersion 22)
Pigment Dispersion Liquid 22 was prepared in the same manner as in Preparation Example 21, except that
(調製例23:顔料分散液23の調製)
顔料分散剤溶液1を用いず、表16に示す配合量としたこと以外は調製例21と同じ方法で顔料分散液23を調製した。顔料分散液23は、特許文献5で開示された顔料分散液19と同一である。
(Preparation Example 23: Preparation of Pigment Dispersion 23)
Pigment dispersion 23 was prepared in the same manner as in Preparation Example 21, except that
(調製例24~27:顔料分散液24~27の調製)
PGMEを用いてBYK-LPN6919を希釈し、固形分10.00質量%となるように調製したものを、顔料分散剤溶液21とした。なお、熱分解GC-MSおよび1H-NMRによる解析、およびアミン価(mgKOH/g)の測定から、BYK-LPN6919は特許文献3の実施例で開示された「分散剤-I」と、繰り返し単位の構造、mol比率、およびアミン価が完全に同一であることを確認した。
(Preparation Examples 24 to 27: Preparation of Pigment Dispersions 24 to 27)
BYK-LPN6919 was diluted with PGME to a solid content of 10.00% by mass, which was used as pigment dispersant solution 21. It was confirmed from pyrolysis GC-MS and 1 H-NMR analyses, and from measurement of the amine value (mgKOH/g), that BYK-LPN6919 has the same repeating unit structure, molar ratio, and amine value as “Dispersant-I” disclosed in the examples of Patent Document 3.
一方、特許文献4の実施例で開示された「分散剤4」(固形分100質量%)をPGMEに溶解させ、固形分10.00質量%溶液としたものを、顔料分散剤溶液22とした。
いずれの分散剤も希釈時に析出や白濁は観られず透明であり、PGMEに対する溶解性は良好であった。
Meanwhile, “Dispersant 4” (solid content 100% by mass) disclosed in the examples of Patent Document 4 was dissolved in PGME to give a solution with a solid content of 10.00% by mass, which was used as pigment dispersant solution 22.
All of the dispersants were transparent without any precipitation or cloudiness upon dilution, and had good solubility in PGME.
顔料分散剤溶液1に替えて、顔料分散剤溶液20~22をそれぞれ用い、表16に示す配合量としたこと以外は調製例21と同じ方法で顔料分散液24~27を調製した。
Pigment dispersions 24 to 27 were prepared in the same manner as in Preparation Example 21, except that pigment dispersant solutions 20 to 22 were used instead of
(実施例1)
黄色灯下、40.41gの混合溶剤(PGME:乳酸エチル:GBL=質量比率50:40:10)中に、2.64gのTR4020Gと、0.96gのキノンジアジド化合物aと、0.60gのキノンジアジド化合物bと、(e)成分である1.20gの4,4’,4”-トリヒドロキシトリフェニルメタン(東京化成工業(株)製)と、(f)成分である1.32gのHMOM-TPHAP(本州化学工業(株)製)と、レベリング剤である0.07gのBYK-333(ビックケミー社製)の固形分5質量%PGME溶液を添加し、30分間攪拌し溶解させた。さらに、52.80gの顔料分散液1を添加し、30分間攪拌して固形分12.00質量%のポジ型感光性顔料組成物1を得た。各原料の配合量を表17に示す。
Example 1
Under yellow light, 2.64 g of TR4020G, 0.96 g of quinone diazide compound a, 0.60 g of quinone diazide compound b, 1.20 g of 4,4',4"-trihydroxytriphenylmethane (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) as component (e), and 1.3 g of quinone diazide compound b (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) as component (f) were added to 40.41 g of a mixed solvent (PGME:ethyl lactate:GBL = mass ratio 50:40:10). 2 g of HMOM-TPHAP (manufactured by Honshu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) and 0.07 g of a PGME solution containing 5% by mass of solids as a leveling agent, BYK-333 (manufactured by BYK-Chemie), were added and dissolved by stirring for 30 minutes. Furthermore, 52.80 g of
前述の方法で、半乾きの膜状異物の発生量、第一の露光感度、第二の露光感度、開口幅の面内均一性の評価および硬化膜の遮光性について評価した。評価結果を表18~19に示す。 Using the method described above, the amount of semi-dry film-like foreign matter generated, the first exposure sensitivity, the second exposure sensitivity, the in-plane uniformity of the opening width, and the light-shielding properties of the cured film were evaluated. The evaluation results are shown in Tables 18 to 19.
次いで、以下の方法で、ポジ型感光性顔料組成物1の硬化物を含有する硬化膜を画素分割層、およびスペーサー層として具備するトップエミッション型の有機EL表示装置を作製し、非点灯画素の発生率(%)を評価した。図5に作製工程を示す。
Next, a top-emission organic EL display device was fabricated using the following method, which had a cured film containing the cured product of positive-type
縦70mm/横70mmの無アルカリガラス基板17の表面に、スパッタ法により銀合金(99.00質量%の銀と、1.00質量%の銅からなる合金)を全面成膜した。アルカリ可溶性ノボラック系ポジ型レジストを用いて、液温30℃の銀合金エッチング液に浸漬してエッチングし、膜厚100nmのパターン状の銀合金膜18を得た。さらに、スパッタ法により準安定相であるアモルファスITO(インジウム-錫酸化物)膜を全面成膜した。アルカリ可溶性ノボラック系ポジ型レジストを用いて、液温50℃の5質量%シュウ酸水溶液に5分間浸漬し、脱イオン水で2分間シャワー水洗した後にエアーブローで乾燥させ、膜厚10nmの同パターン状のアモルファスITO膜を形成し、乾燥窒素雰囲気下150℃30分間、低温アニール処理をして低結晶性ITO膜19とした。以上の工程により、銀合金膜/低結晶性ITOの積層パターンからなる第一電極を具備する第一電極形成基板を得た。 A silver alloy (an alloy consisting of 99.00% by mass silver and 1.00% by mass copper) was formed on the entire surface of an alkali-free glass substrate 17 measuring 70 mm in length and 70 mm in width by sputtering. An alkali-soluble novolac-based positive resist was used, and the substrate was immersed in a silver alloy etching solution at a liquid temperature of 30°C for etching, to obtain a patterned silver alloy film 18 with a thickness of 100 nm. Furthermore, an amorphous ITO (indium-tin oxide) film, which is a metastable phase, was formed on the entire surface by sputtering. An alkali-soluble novolac-based positive resist was used, and the substrate was immersed in a 5% by mass oxalic acid solution at a liquid temperature of 50°C for 5 minutes, washed with deionized water for 2 minutes, and then dried with an air blower to form an amorphous ITO film with a thickness of 10 nm in the same pattern. The substrate was then subjected to low-temperature annealing treatment at 150°C for 30 minutes in a dry nitrogen atmosphere to obtain a low-crystalline ITO film 19. Through the above steps, a first electrode-forming substrate was obtained that had a first electrode consisting of a laminated pattern of silver alloy film/low-crystalline ITO.
ポジ型感光性顔料組成物1を、冷凍庫の中(大気圧下/遮光下、-20℃±1℃)に入れて30日間貯蔵後、冷凍庫から取り出して液温を25℃とし、50mL透明ガラス製バイアルの中に、10.00gのポジ型感光性顔料組成物1を滴下して密栓したものを5つ用意し、1分間攪拌することでバイアルの内壁表面の全てをポジ型感光性顔料組成物1で濡らした。大気圧下/液温25±1℃で維持された恒温室で7日間静置した後、5つのバイアルを10分間攪拌した後に開栓し、逆さまにして1分間維持し、落下した液を100mL容器に注いで混合した液を、スピンコーターを用いて、最終的に得られる画素分割層の膜厚が1.5μm、画素分割層の表面に配置されるスペーサー層の膜厚が1.5±0.1μmとなるように回転数を調節して、第一電極形成基板1の表面に塗布し、塗布膜を得た。
The positive
さらに、ホットプレートを用いて、塗布膜を大気圧下110℃で120秒間プリベークして、プリベーク膜を得た。ポジ型ハーフトーン露光マスク(縦:30.0μm、横:30.0μmの正方形の全透過部が220個配列し、全透過部における露光量を100%、遮蔽部の露光量を0%としたとき、半透過部における露光量が15%となるように設計されたマスク)を介して、両面アライメント片面露光装置を用いて、必要最小露光量(すなわち、第二の露光感度)で超高圧水銀灯のg、h、i混合線をプリベーク膜にパターン露光し、露光部、半露光部および未露光部を面内に有する露光膜を得た。なお、パターン露光はポジ型ハーフトーン露光マスクをプリベーク膜の表面に接触させて行った。 Furthermore, the coating film was prebaked at atmospheric pressure at 110°C for 120 seconds using a hot plate to obtain a prebaked film. The prebaked film was pattern-exposed to g, h, and i mixed rays of an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp at the minimum required exposure amount (i.e., second exposure sensitivity) using a double-sided alignment single-sided exposure device through a positive halftone exposure mask (a mask with 220 square total transmission parts of 30.0 μm length and 30.0 μm width, designed so that the exposure amount in the semi-transmission parts is 15% when the exposure amount in the total transmission parts is 100% and the exposure amount in the shielding parts is 0%) to obtain an exposed film having exposed parts, semi-exposed parts, and unexposed parts in its surface. The pattern exposure was performed by contacting the positive halftone exposure mask with the surface of the prebaked film.
次いで、第二の露光感度の測定方法と同じ方法で現像工程、およびキュア工程を行い、画素分割層/スペーサー層20を具備する画素分割層/スペーサー層形成基板1を得た。画素分割層の膜厚は1.5μmであり、画素分割層とスペーサー層が積層した部位の膜厚は、3.0μmであった。
Then, a development process and a curing process were carried out in the same manner as in the second exposure sensitivity measurement method, and a pixel division layer/spacer layer-forming
次いで、真空蒸着法により発光層を含む有機EL層21を形成するため、真空度1×10-3Pa以下の蒸着条件下で、蒸着源に対して画素分割層/スペーサー層形成基板1を回転させ、まず、正孔注入層として、構造式(110)で表される化合物(HT-1)を10nm、正孔輸送層として、構造式(111)で表される化合物(HT-2)を50nmの膜厚で成膜した。次に、発光層上に、ホスト材料として、構造式(112)で表される化合物(GH-1)、ドーパント材料として構造式(113)で表される化合物(GD-1)を40nmの膜厚で蒸着した。次いで、電子輸送材料として、構造式(115)で表される化合物(ET-1)と、構造式(114)で表される化合物(LiQ)を、体積比1:1で40nmの厚さで積層した。
Next, in order to form an organic EL layer 21 including a light-emitting layer by a vacuum deposition method, the pixel division layer/spacer
次いで、化合物(LiQ)を2nm蒸着した後、銀/マグネシウム合金(体積比10:1)をパターン蒸着し、膜厚30nmの第二電極22を形成することで、画素分割層が有する220個の開口部のうち、50個を発光画素部とした。その後、低湿/窒素雰囲気下、エポキシ樹脂系接着剤を用いて、キャップ状ガラス板を接着することにより封止し、トップエミッション型有機EL表示装置1を得た。なお、有機EL層21を構成する各層および第二電極の膜厚は、前述の画素分割層と比べて非常に薄く、触針式膜厚測定装置では高精度での測定が難しいため、100nm未満の薄膜に好適な水晶発振式膜厚モニターを用いてそれぞれ測定し、面内3点の平均値の少数点第一位を四捨五入して得られた値を膜厚とした。
Next, after depositing a compound (LiQ) to a thickness of 2 nm, a silver/magnesium alloy (volume ratio 10:1) was pattern-deposited to form a second electrode 22 with a thickness of 30 nm, and 50 of the 220 openings in the pixel division layer were made into light-emitting pixel sections. After that, in a low humidity/nitrogen atmosphere, a cap-shaped glass plate was attached and sealed using an epoxy resin adhesive to obtain a top-emission type organic
同一の方法で、前述と同じ有機EL表示装置1を追加で4部作製し、合計5部のトップエミッション型有機EL表示装置1について前述の方法で、非点灯画素の発生率(%)を評価した結果を表19に示す。
Four additional units of the same organic
(実施例2~16)
顔料分散液1に替えて、顔料分散液2~16をそれぞれ用いて、実施例1と同じ方法でポジ型感光性顔料組成物2~16を調製した。前述の方法で、半乾きの膜状異物の発生量、第一の露光感度、第二の露光感度、硬化膜の遮光性、および非点灯画素の発生率について評価した。評価結果を表18~表19に示す。各原料の配合量を表17、および表20~表22に示す。
(Examples 2 to 16)
Positive
(比較例1~4)
顔料分散液1に替えて、顔料分散液17~20をそれぞれ用いて、実施例1と同じ方法でポジ型感光性顔料組成物17~20を調製した。ポジ型感光性顔料組成物17~20は、(a-1)成分を含有しない。各原料の配合量を表23に示す。前述の方法で、半乾きの膜状異物の発生量、第一の露光感度、第二の露光感度、硬化膜の遮光性、および非点灯画素の発生率について評価した。評価結果を表24~表25に示す。
(Comparative Examples 1 to 4)
Positive photosensitive pigment compositions 17 to 20 were prepared in the same manner as in Example 1, using pigment dispersions 17 to 20, respectively, instead of
(実施例17~18)
顔料分散液1に替えて、顔料分散液21~22をそれぞれ用い、TR4020Gに替えて、ポリイミド前駆体Bを用い、表26に示す各原料の配合量としたこと以外は実施例1と同じ方法でポジ型感光性顔料組成物21~22を調製した。前述の方法で、半乾きの膜状異物の発生量、第一の露光感度、第二の露光感度、硬化膜の遮光性、および非点灯画素の発生率について評価した。評価結果を表24~表25に示す。
(Examples 17 to 18)
Positive photosensitive pigment compositions 21 and 22 were prepared in the same manner as in Example 1, except that
(比較例5~9)
顔料分散液1に替えて、顔料分散液24~27をそれぞれ用い、TR4020Gに替えて、ポリイミド前駆体Bを用い、表27に示す各原料の配合量としたこと以外は実施例1と同じ方法でポジ型感光性顔料組成物23~27を調製した。ポジ型感光性顔料組成物23~27は、(a-1)成分を含有しない。前述の方法で、半乾きの膜状異物の発生量、第一の露光感度、第二の露光感度、硬化膜の遮光性、および非点灯画素の発生率について評価した。評価結果を表24~表25に示す。なお、本明細書中におけるポジ型感光性組成物23は、特許文献5で開示されたポジ型感光性組成物21(実施例16)と同じ組成である。
(Comparative Examples 5 to 9)
Positive photosensitive pigment compositions 23 to 27 were prepared in the same manner as in Example 1, except that
(合成例30:顔料分散剤溶液23の合成)
4-ビニルピリジンに替えて、1-ビニルイミダゾール(Sigma-Aldrich社製)を用い、さらに、メトキシテトラエチレングリコールメタクリレート(新中村化学工業(株)製)と、2-エチルヘキシルアクリレート(東京化成工業(株)製)と、メタクリル酸を用い、PGMEに替えて、混合溶剤(乳酸エチル:PGMEA=質量比率50:50)を用い、表28に示す配合量とした以外は合成例1と同じ方法で、固形分10.00質量%の顔料分散剤溶液23を合成した。
(Synthesis Example 30: Synthesis of pigment dispersant solution 23)
Pigment dispersant solution 23 having a solid content of 10.00% by mass was synthesized in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1, except that 1-vinylimidazole (manufactured by Sigma-Aldrich) was used instead of 4-vinylpyridine, and further methoxytetraethylene glycol methacrylate (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), 2-ethylhexyl acrylate (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), and methacrylic acid were used, and a mixed solvent (ethyl lactate:PGMEA = mass ratio 50:50) was used instead of PGME, and the blending amounts shown in Table 28 were used.
13C-NMRにより、顔料分散剤溶液23は、式(21)で表される繰り返し単位のみからなるブロック鎖と、式(40)で表される繰り返し単位と、式(51)で表される繰り返し単位と、式(116)で表される繰り返し単位と、式(117)で表される繰り返し単位を有するブロック共重合体を含有することを確認した。 It was confirmed by 13 C-NMR that pigment dispersant solution 23 contains a block copolymer having a block chain consisting only of the repeating unit represented by formula (21), and a repeating unit represented by formula (40), a repeating unit represented by formula (51), a repeating unit represented by formula (116), and a repeating unit represented by formula (117).
式(116)および式(117)中、*は結合部位を表す。 In formula (116) and formula (117), * represents a binding site.
(合成例31:顔料分散剤溶液24の合成)
第一の重合工程として、709.12gの混合溶剤(乳酸エチル:PGMEA=質量比率50:50)に、14.12g(0.15mol)の1-ビニルイミダゾールと、62.37g(0.35mol)の4-ヒドロキシフェニルメタクリレートと、3.44g(0.04mol)のメタクリル酸と、44.21g(0.16mol)のメトキシテトラエチレングリコールメタクリレートと、55.28g(0.30mol)の2-エチルヘキシルアクリレートと、5.67gのAIBNを溶解させた溶液を、窒素雰囲気下/液温70℃を維持してMw10000に到達するまで攪拌した後に、冷却して反応を停止させた。必要な加熱時間は5時間であった。得られた樹脂溶液に混合溶剤(乳酸エチル:PGMEA=質量比率50:50)を添加して希釈し、固形分10.00質量%の顔料分散剤溶液24を得た。なお、第二の重合工程は行わなかった。
(Synthesis Example 31: Synthesis of Pigment Dispersant Solution 24)
As the first polymerization step, 14.12 g (0.15 mol) of 1-vinylimidazole, 62.37 g (0.35 mol) of 4-hydroxyphenyl methacrylate, 3.44 g (0.04 mol) of methacrylic acid, 44.21 g (0.16 mol) of methoxytetraethylene glycol methacrylate, 55.28 g (0.30 mol) of 2-ethylhexyl acrylate, and 5.67 g of AIBN were dissolved in 709.12 g of a mixed solvent (ethyl lactate: PGMEA = mass ratio 50:50), and the solution was stirred under a nitrogen atmosphere / liquid temperature was maintained at 70 ° C. until Mw reached 10000, and then cooled to stop the reaction. The required heating time was 5 hours. The obtained resin solution was diluted with a mixed solvent (ethyl lactate:PGMEA=mass ratio 50:50) to obtain a pigment dispersant solution 24 having a solid content of 10.00 mass %. The second polymerization step was not carried out.
13C-NMRにより、顔料分散剤溶液24は、繰り返し単位aからなるブロック鎖を有するブロック共重合体を含有せず、式(21)で表される繰り返し単位と、式(40)で表される繰り返し単位と、式(51)で表される繰り返し単位と、式(116)で表される繰り返し単位と、式(117)で表される繰り返し単位を有するランダム共重合体を含有することを確認した。各原料の配合量を表29に示す。 It was confirmed by 13C -NMR that pigment dispersant solution 24 does not contain a block copolymer having a block chain composed of repeating unit a, but contains a random copolymer having repeating units represented by formula (21), (40), (51), (116), and (117). The amounts of each raw material are shown in Table 29.
(合成例32:顔料分散剤溶液25の合成)
メトキシテトラエチレングリコールメタクリレートと、2-エチルヘキシルアクリレートと、メタクリル酸をさらに用い、PGMEに替えて、混合溶剤(乳酸エチル:PGMEA=質量比率50:50)を用い、表30に示す配合量とした以外は合成例1と同じ方法で、固形分10.00質量%の顔料分散剤溶液25を合成した。
(Synthesis Example 32: Synthesis of Pigment Dispersant Solution 25)
A pigment dispersant solution 25 having a solid content of 10.00 mass% was synthesized in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1, except that methoxytetraethylene glycol methacrylate, 2-ethylhexyl acrylate, and methacrylic acid were further used, a mixed solvent (ethyl lactate:PGMEA = mass ratio of 50:50) was used instead of PGME, and the blending amounts were as shown in Table 30.
13C-NMRにより、顔料分散剤溶液25は、式(12)で表される繰り返し単位のみからなるブロック鎖と、式(40)で表される繰り返し単位と、式(51)で表される繰り返し単位と、式(116)で表される繰り返し単位と、式(117)で表される繰り返し単位を有するブロック共重合体を含有することを確認した。 It was confirmed by 13 C-NMR that pigment dispersant solution 25 contains a block copolymer having a block chain consisting only of the repeating unit represented by formula (12), a repeating unit represented by formula (40), a repeating unit represented by formula (51), a repeating unit represented by formula (116), and a repeating unit represented by formula (117).
(調製例28:顔料分散液28の調製)
676.00gの混合溶剤(乳酸エチル:PGMEA=質量比率50:50)中に、212.00gの水酸基含有アクリル樹脂溶液Xと、84.00gの顔料分散剤溶液23を添加し、5分間攪拌した後に、28.00gのペリレンブルー顔料3を添加して30分間攪拌し、予備攪拌液を得た。次いで、0.4mmφのジルコニアビーズである“トレセラム(登録商標)”(東レ(株)製)が充填率75体積%でベッセル内に充填された縦型ビーズミル“ウルトラアペックスミル アドバンス(登録商標)”;(株)広島メタル&マシナリー製)に予備攪拌液を送液し、循環方式で周速10m/sで3時間の湿式メディア分散処理を行い、さらに、同じ充填率75体積%で0.05mmφのジルコニアビーズに変更して、循環方式で周速8m/sで3時間の湿式メディア分散処理を行い、固形分10.00質量%の顔料分散液28を得た。口径0.8μmの濾過フィルタで第一の濾過を行い、さらに口径0.2μmの濾過フィルタで第二の濾過を行った。濾過前後で小数点第二位までの固形分の値としては変動が観られなかったことを確認した。顔料分散液28の固形分中の質量比率は、(b-2)成分:(a-1)成分:(a-2)成分=28:8.4:63.6である。各原料の配合量を表31に示す。
(Preparation Example 28: Preparation of Pigment Dispersion 28)
To 676.00 g of a mixed solvent (ethyl lactate:PGMEA = mass ratio 50:50), 212.00 g of the hydroxyl group-containing acrylic resin solution X and 84.00 g of the pigment dispersant solution 23 were added and stirred for 5 minutes, and then 28.00 g of the perylene blue pigment 3 was added and stirred for 30 minutes to obtain a preliminary stirred liquid. Next, the preliminary stirring liquid was sent to a vertical bead mill "Ultra Apex Mill Advance (registered trademark)" (manufactured by Hiroshima Metal & Machinery Co., Ltd.) in which 0.4 mmφ zirconia beads "TORECERAM (registered trademark)" (manufactured by Toray Industries, Inc.) were filled in a vessel at a filling rate of 75 volume %, and a wet media dispersion treatment was performed for 3 hours by a circulation method at a peripheral speed of 10 m/s. Furthermore, the same filling rate of 75 volume % was changed to 0.05 mmφ zirconia beads, and a wet media dispersion treatment was performed for 3 hours by a circulation method at a peripheral speed of 8 m/s to obtain a pigment dispersion liquid 28 with a solid content of 10.00 mass %. A first filtration was performed with a filter having a diameter of 0.8 μm, and a second filtration was performed with a filter having a diameter of 0.2 μm. It was confirmed that no change was observed in the value of the solid content up to the second decimal place before and after filtration. The mass ratio of the solid content of the pigment dispersion 28 was (b-2) component:(a-1) component:(a-2) component=28:8.4:63.6. The blending amount of each raw material is shown in Table 31.
(調製例29~31:顔料分散液29~31の調製)
ペリレンブルー顔料3に替えて、ペリレンブルー顔料4~6をそれぞれ用いたこと以外は調製例28と同じ方法で、表31に示す配合量で顔料分散液29~31を調製した。なお、ペリレンブルー顔料4~6の質量あたりの遮光性は、ペリレンブルー顔料3の質量あたりの遮光性と比べて低く、後述の実施例20~22において実施例19と同一の遮光性を有する硬化膜が得られる組成で効果を実証するため、顔料分散液29~31の固形分中の質量比率を調整し、(b-2)成分:(a-1)成分:(a-2)成分=34.15:7.68:58.17とした。
(Preparation Examples 29 to 31: Preparation of Pigment Dispersions 29 to 31)
Pigment dispersions 29 to 31 were prepared in the same manner as in Preparation Example 28, except that Perylene Blue Pigments 4 to 6 were used, respectively, instead of Perylene Blue Pigment 3, in the amounts shown in Table 31. Note that the light-shielding properties per mass of Perylene Blue Pigment 4 to 6 were lower than the light-shielding property per mass of Perylene Blue Pigment 3, and in order to demonstrate the effect of a composition that gives a cured film having the same light-shielding properties as in Example 19 in Examples 20 to 22 described below, the mass ratio in the solid content of Pigment Dispersions 29 to 31 was adjusted to component (b-2):component (a-1):component (a-2)=34.15:7.68:58.17.
(調製例32:顔料分散液32の調製)
ペリレンブルー顔料3に替えて、ペリレンブルー顔料4を用いたこと、顔料分散剤溶液23を用いなかったこと以外は調製例28と同じ方法で、表31に示す配合量で顔料分散液32を調製した。顔料分散液32の固形分中の質量比率は、(b-2)成分:(a-2)成分=34.15:65.85である。顔料分散液32は、(a-1)成分を含有しない。
(Preparation Example 32: Preparation of Pigment Dispersion 32)
Pigment dispersion 32 was prepared in the same manner as in Preparation Example 28, except that Perylene Blue Pigment 4 was used instead of Perylene Blue Pigment 3, and Pigment Dispersant Solution 23 was not used, in the amounts shown in Table 31. The mass ratio of the solid content in pigment dispersion 32 was component (b-2):component (a-2)=34.15:65.85. Pigment dispersion 32 does not contain component (a-1).
(調製例33~34:顔料分散液33~34の調製)
ペリレンブルー顔料3に替えて、ペリレンブルー顔料4を用い、顔料分散剤溶液23に替えて、顔料分散剤溶液24~25を用いたこと以外は調製例28と同じ方法で、表32に示す配合量で顔料分散液33~34を調製した。
(Preparation Examples 33 to 34: Preparation of Pigment Dispersions 33 to 34)
Pigment dispersions 33 and 34 were prepared in the same manner as in Preparation Example 28, except that Perylene Blue Pigment 4 was used instead of Perylene Blue Pigment 3, and Pigment Dispersant Solutions 24 and 25 were used instead of Pigment Dispersant Solution 23, in the amounts shown in Table 32.
(実施例19)
黄色灯下、12.82gの混合溶剤(乳酸エチル:PGMEA=質量比率50:50)中に、2.39gの水酸基含有アクリル樹脂溶液Xと、0.96gのキノンジアジド化合物aと、0.48gのキノンジアジド化合物bと、(e)成分である0.72gの1,2,4-トリヒドロキシベンゼンと、(f)成分である0.07gのMW-100LMと、レベリング剤である0.07gのBYK-333の固形分5質量%PGME溶液を添加し、30分間攪拌し溶解させた。さらに、81.60gの顔料分散液28を添加し、30分間攪拌して固形分12.00質量%のポジ型感光性顔料組成物28を得た。各原料の配合量を表33に示す。
(Example 19)
Under yellow light, 2.39 g of hydroxyl group-containing acrylic resin solution X, 0.96 g of quinone diazide compound a, 0.48 g of quinone diazide compound b, 0.72 g of 1,2,4-trihydroxybenzene as component (e), 0.07 g of MW-100LM as component (f), and 0.07 g of BYK-333 as a leveling agent in a 5% solids by mass PGME solution were added to 12.82 g of mixed solvent (ethyl lactate: PGMEA = mass ratio 50:50), and the mixture was stirred for 30 minutes to dissolve. Furthermore, 81.60 g of pigment dispersion 28 was added, and the mixture was stirred for 30 minutes to obtain a positive photosensitive pigment composition 28 with a solids content of 12.00% by mass. The blending amounts of each raw material are shown in Table 33.
前述の方法で、半乾きの膜状異物の発生量、第一の露光感度、第二の露光感度、開口幅の面内均一性の評価、硬化膜の遮光性、および非点灯画素の発生率について評価した。評価結果を表34~35に示す。 Using the method described above, the amount of semi-dry film-like foreign matter generated, the first exposure sensitivity, the second exposure sensitivity, the in-plane uniformity of the aperture width, the light-shielding properties of the cured film, and the rate of non-illuminated pixels were evaluated. The evaluation results are shown in Tables 34 to 35.
(実施例20~22)
顔料分散液28に替えて、顔料分散液29~31をそれぞれ用い、表33に示す配合量で、実施例19と同じ方法でポジ型感光性顔料組成物29~31を調製した。前述の方法で、半乾きの膜状異物の発生量、第一の露光感度、第二の露光感度、硬化膜の遮光性、および非点灯画素の発生率について評価した。評価結果を表34~35に示す。
(Examples 20 to 22)
Positive photosensitive pigment compositions 29 to 31 were prepared in the same manner as in Example 19 using pigment dispersions 29 to 31 instead of pigment dispersion 28 in the amounts shown in Table 33. Using the methods described above, the amount of semi-dry film-like foreign matter generated, the first exposure sensitivity, the second exposure sensitivity, the light-shielding property of the cured film, and the rate of generation of non-lit pixels were evaluated. The evaluation results are shown in Tables 34 to 35.
(比較例10)
顔料分散液28に替えて、顔料分散液32を用い、表30に示す配合量で、実施例19と同じ方法でポジ型感光性顔料組成物32を調製した。前述の方法で、半乾きの膜状異物の発生量、第一の露光感度、第二の露光感度、硬化膜の遮光性、および非点灯画素の発生率について評価した。評価結果を表34~35に示す。
(Comparative Example 10)
A positive photosensitive pigment composition 32 was prepared in the same manner as in Example 19, using Pigment Dispersion 32 instead of Pigment Dispersion 28 in the amounts shown in Table 30. Using the methods described above, the amount of semi-dried film-like foreign matter generated, the first exposure sensitivity, the second exposure sensitivity, the light-shielding property of the cured film, and the rate of non-illuminated pixels were evaluated. The evaluation results are shown in Tables 34 and 35.
(実施例23~24)
顔料分散液28に替えて、顔料分散液33~34をそれぞれ用い、表36に示す配合量で、実施例19と同じ方法でポジ型感光性顔料組成物33~34を調製した。前述の方法で、半乾きの膜状異物の発生量、第一の露光感度、第二の露光感度、硬化膜の遮光性、および非点灯画素の発生率について評価した。評価結果を表34~35に示す。
(Examples 23 to 24)
Positive photosensitive pigment compositions 33 and 34 were prepared in the same manner as in Example 19 using Pigment Dispersions 33 and 34 instead of Pigment Dispersion 28 in the amounts shown in Table 36. Using the methods described above, the amount of semi-dry film-like foreign matter generated, the first exposure sensitivity, the second exposure sensitivity, the light-shielding property of the cured film, and the rate of non-illuminated pixels were evaluated. The evaluation results are shown in Tables 34 and 35.
(参考例)
黒色染料であるVALIFAST(登録商標)BLACK 3804(C.I.ソルベントブラック34とアミンのオニウム塩;オリエント化学工業(株)製)のSafety Data Sheet(改訂日:2016年7月11日)を参照したところ、「酸化条件によっては6価クロムの生成が懸念される」、「焼却等で条件によっては6価Crになる可能性がある。」と記載されており、人体に対する安全性と環境保全の観点から、該黒色染料を含有する特許文献6で開示されたポジ型感光性染料組成物の評価を実施することはできなかった。
(Reference example)
When the Safety Data Sheet (revised on July 11, 2016) for VALIFAST (registered trademark) BLACK 3804 (onium salt of C.I. Solvent Black 34 and an amine; manufactured by Orient Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), which is a black dye, is referred to, it states that "there is a concern that hexavalent chromium may be generated depending on the oxidation conditions" and "depending on the conditions, incineration, etc., may turn into hexavalent Cr." From the viewpoints of safety for the human body and environmental conservation, it was not possible to evaluate the positive-type photosensitive dye composition disclosed in Patent Document 6, which contains the black dye.
以上の実施例、および比較例から、本発明のポジ型感光性顔料組成物、その硬化物を含有する硬化膜、有機EL表示装置、電子機器、ならびにブロック共重合体が有用であることがわかる。 The above examples and comparative examples demonstrate the usefulness of the positive-type photosensitive pigment composition of the present invention, the cured film containing the cured product thereof, the organic EL display device, the electronic device, and the block copolymer.
繰り返し単位aのみからなるブロック鎖を有する(a-1)成分を採用した実施例1は、繰り返し単位aのみからなるブロック鎖を有さない(a-1)成分を採用した実施例16と比べて優位な結果が得られている。また、繰り返し単位aのみからなるブロック鎖を有する(a-1)成分を採用した実施例29は、繰り返し単位aのみからなるブロック鎖を有さない(a-1)成分を採用した実施例33と比べて優位な結果が得られている。すなわち、繰り返し単位aのみからなるブロック鎖と、繰り返し単位bを有するブロック共重合体が好ましいことがわかる。 Example 1, which employs an (a-1) component having a block chain consisting of only repeating unit a, has better results than Example 16, which employs an (a-1) component having no block chain consisting of only repeating unit a. Also, Example 29, which employs an (a-1) component having a block chain consisting of only repeating unit a, has better results than Example 33, which employs an (a-1) component having no block chain consisting of only repeating unit a. In other words, it can be seen that a block copolymer having a block chain consisting of only repeating unit a and a repeating unit b is preferable.
また、(a-1)成分として、式(9)で表される繰り返し単位のみからなるブロック鎖と、式(33)で表される繰り返し単位と、式(54)で表される繰り返し単位を有するブロック共重合体を採用し、かつ(b-2)成分として、式(98)で表される化合物、式(99)で表される化合物、式(100)で表される化合物、式(101)で表される化合物からなる群より選択される1種以上を採用した実施例20~22では、前述の(1)~(5)の各評価において、最良の結果が得られていることがわかる。 Furthermore, in Examples 20 to 22, which use as the component (a-1) a block copolymer having a block chain consisting only of repeating units represented by formula (9), repeating units represented by formula (33), and repeating units represented by formula (54), and which use as the component (b-2) one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of compounds represented by formula (98), compounds represented by formula (99), compounds represented by formula (100), and compounds represented by formula (101), the best results were obtained in each of the evaluations (1) to (5) above.
本発明のポジ型感光性顔料組成物は、高い遮光性を有する高精細な硬化膜を、高い露光感度で形成することが求められる用途、例えば、有機EL表示装置の画素分割層およびスペーサー層、有機EL表示装置のTFT平坦化層、量子ドット有機EL表示装置(QD-OLED)の隔壁、マイクロLEDディスプレイの平坦化層、液晶表示装置のブラックマトリクス、液晶表示装置のブラックカラムスペーサー、固体撮像素子の近赤外線透過性可視光遮蔽膜などを形成するための材料として好ましく利用することができる。中でも、折り曲げが可能なフレキシブルタイプのトップエミッション型有機EL表示装置が具備する画素分割層、およびスペーサー層を一括して形成するための材料として、特に好ましく利用することができる。 The positive photosensitive pigment composition of the present invention can be preferably used as a material for forming pixel division layers and spacer layers in organic EL display devices, TFT planarization layers in organic EL display devices, partition walls in quantum dot organic EL display devices (QD-OLEDs), planarization layers in micro LED displays, black matrices in liquid crystal display devices, black column spacers in liquid crystal display devices, near-infrared-transmitting visible light shielding films in solid-state imaging devices, and other applications requiring the formation of highly precise cured films with high light-shielding properties and high exposure sensitivity. In particular, it can be preferably used as a material for collectively forming pixel division layers and spacer layers in flexible, bendable top-emission organic EL display devices.
1:TFT
2:配線
3:TFT絶縁層
4:平坦化層
5:第一電極
6:基板
7:コンタクトホール
8:画素分割層
9:スペーサー層
10:発光画素
11:第二電極
12:バイアルの蓋
13:バイアル
14:ポジ型感光性顔料組成物
15:バイアル
16:半乾きの膜状異物
17:無アルカリガラス基板
18:銀合金膜
19:低結晶性ITO膜
20:画素分割層/スペーサー層
21:有機EL層
22:第二電極
1: TFT
2: Wiring 3: TFT insulating layer 4: Planarization layer 5: First electrode 6: Substrate 7: Contact hole 8: Pixel division layer 9: Spacer layer 10: Light-emitting pixel 11: Second electrode 12: Vial lid 13: Vial 14: Positive photosensitive pigment composition 15: Vial 16: Semi-dry film-like foreign matter 17: Non-alkali glass substrate 18: Silver alloy film 19: Low-crystalline ITO film 20: Pixel division layer/spacer layer 21: Organic EL layer 22: Second electrode
Claims (11)
該(a)樹脂が、(a-1)繰り返し単位aと繰り返し単位bを有する樹脂を含有し、
該繰り返し単位aは、式(1)で表される繰り返し単位、式(2)で表される繰り返し単位、式(3)で表される繰り返し単位、式(4)で表される繰り返し単位、および式(5)で表される繰り返し単位からなる群より選択される1種以上であり、
該繰り返し単位bは、式(6)で表される繰り返し単位である、ポジ型感光性顔料組成物。
R1、R4、R7、R11、R15およびR20は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、または炭素数1~3のアルキル基を表し、
R2、R5、R8、R12、およびR16は、それぞれ独立に、単結合、または炭素数1~8の窒素原子を含まない2価の連結基を表し、
R3、R6、R9、R14、およびR19は、それぞれ独立に、炭素数1~3のアルキル基を表し、
n1、n2、n3、n4、およびn5は整数であり、それぞれ独立に、0~2を表し、
R10およびR13は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、または炭素数1~3のアルキル基を表し、
R17およびR18は、それぞれ独立に、炭素数1~5のアルキル基を表し、
R21は水酸基を含む炭素数1~30の1価の基を表す。
ただし、R21は-CONH-に含まれる窒素原子以外の窒素原子を含まない。) A positive-type photosensitive pigment composition comprising: (a) a resin; (b) an organic pigment; (c) a photoacid generator; and (d) an organic solvent,
The (a) resin contains (a-1) a resin having a repeating unit a and a repeating unit b,
The repeating unit a is at least one selected from the group consisting of a repeating unit represented by formula (1), a repeating unit represented by formula (2), a repeating unit represented by formula (3), a repeating unit represented by formula (4), and a repeating unit represented by formula (5),
The repeating unit b is a repeating unit represented by formula (6).
R 1 , R 4 , R 7 , R 11 , R 15 and R 20 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms;
R 2 , R 5 , R 8 , R 12 , and R 16 each independently represent a single bond or a divalent linking group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms and not containing a nitrogen atom;
R 3 , R 6 , R 9 , R 14 , and R 19 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms;
n 1 , n 2 , n 3 , n 4 , and n 5 are integers each independently representing 0 to 2;
R 10 and R 13 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms;
R 17 and R 18 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms;
R 21 represents a monovalent group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms and containing a hydroxyl group.
However, R 21 does not contain any nitrogen atom other than the nitrogen atom contained in -CONH-.)
R31およびR34は、水素原子、または炭素数1~3のアルキル基を表し、
R32およびR35は、それぞれ独立に、単結合、または炭素数1~8の2価の連結基を表し、
R33、R36、およびR37は、それぞれ独立に、炭素数1~3のアルキル基を表し、
n9は整数であり、1または2を表し、
n10、n11、n12、n13、n14は整数であり、それぞれ独立に、0~2を表す。
ただし、R32およびR35は、-CONH-に含まれる窒素原子以外の窒素原子を含まず、
n11とn12の合計は0~3であり、n12とn14の合計は1または2である。) 3. The positive photosensitive pigment composition according to claim 2, wherein the repeating unit represented by formula (6) includes a repeating unit represented by formula (33) and/or a repeating unit represented by formula (34).
R 31 and R 34 each represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms;
R 32 and R 35 each independently represent a single bond or a divalent linking group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms;
R 33 , R 36 , and R 37 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms;
n 9 is an integer number which is 1 or 2;
n 10 , n 11 , n 12 , n 13 and n 14 are integers, each independently representing 0 to 2.
However, R 32 and R 35 do not contain any nitrogen atom other than the nitrogen atom contained in -CONH-.
The sum of n11 and n12 is 0 to 3, and the sum of n12 and n14 is 1 or 2.
R38は水素原子、または炭素数1~3のアルキル基を表し、
R39は-COO-、または-O-を表し、R40は炭素数1~3のアルキレン基を表し、
n15は整数であり、2~30を表し、R41は炭素数1~10のアルキル基が置換したフェニル基、無置換のフェニル基、または炭素数1~10のアルキル基を表す。) 2. The positive photosensitive pigment composition according to claim 1, wherein the resin (a-1) having the repeating unit a and the repeating unit b further has a repeating unit c, and the repeating unit c is a repeating unit represented by formula (54).
R 38 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms;
R 39 represents -COO- or -O-; R 40 represents an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms;
n15 is an integer of 2 to 30, and R41 represents a phenyl group substituted with an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an unsubstituted phenyl group, or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
該繰り返し単位aは、式(1)で表される繰り返し単位、式(2)で表される繰り返し単位、式(3)で表される繰り返し単位、式(4)で表される繰り返し単位、および式(5)で表される繰り返し単位からなる群より選択される1種以上であり、
該繰り返し単位bは、式(33)で表される繰り返し単位、および/または式(34)で表される繰り返し単位であるブロック共重合体。
R1、R4、R7、R11、およびR15は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、または炭素数1~3のアルキル基を表し、
R2、R5、R8、R12、およびR16は、それぞれ独立に、単結合、または炭素数1~8の窒素原子を含まない2価の連結基を表し、
R3、R6、R9、R14、およびR19は、それぞれ独立に、炭素数1~3のアルキル基を表し、
n1、n2、n3、n4、およびn5は整数であり、それぞれ独立に、0~2を表し、
R10およびR13は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、または炭素数1~3のアルキル基を表し、
R17およびR18は、それぞれ独立に、炭素数1~5のアルキル基を表す。)
R31およびR34は、水素原子、または炭素数1~3のアルキル基を表し、
R32およびR35は、それぞれ独立に、単結合、または炭素数1~8の2価の連結基を表し、
R33、R36、およびR37は、それぞれ独立に、炭素数1~3のアルキル基を表し、
n9は整数であり、1または2を表し、
n10、n11、n12、n13、n14は整数であり、それぞれ独立に、0~2を表す。
ただし、R32およびR35は、-CONH-に含まれる窒素原子以外の窒素原子を含まず、
n11とn12の合計は0~3であり、n12とn14の合計は1または2である。)
A block copolymer having a block chain consisting of only repeating units a and repeating units b,
The repeating unit a is at least one selected from the group consisting of a repeating unit represented by formula (1), a repeating unit represented by formula (2), a repeating unit represented by formula (3), a repeating unit represented by formula (4), and a repeating unit represented by formula (5),
The repeating unit b is a repeating unit represented by formula (33) and/or a repeating unit represented by formula (34).
R 1 , R 4 , R 7 , R 11 , and R 15 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms;
R 2 , R 5 , R 8 , R 12 , and R 16 each independently represent a single bond or a divalent linking group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms and not containing a nitrogen atom;
R 3 , R 6 , R 9 , R 14 , and R 19 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms;
n 1 , n 2 , n 3 , n 4 , and n 5 are integers each independently representing 0 to 2;
R 10 and R 13 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms;
R 17 and R 18 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
R 31 and R 34 each represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms;
R 32 and R 35 each independently represent a single bond or a divalent linking group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms;
R 33 , R 36 , and R 37 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms;
n 9 is an integer number which is 1 or 2;
n 10 , n 11 , n 12 , n 13 and n 14 are integers, each independently representing 0 to 2.
However, R 32 and R 35 do not contain any nitrogen atom other than the nitrogen atom contained in -CONH-.
The sum of n11 and n12 is 0 to 3, and the sum of n12 and n14 is 1 or 2.
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| JP2023-141989 | 2023-09-01 | ||
| JP2023141989 | 2023-09-01 |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| WO2025047654A1 true WO2025047654A1 (en) | 2025-03-06 |
Family
ID=94819200
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/JP2024/030197 Pending WO2025047654A1 (en) | 2023-09-01 | 2024-08-26 | Positive photosensitive pigment composition, cured film containing cured product thereof, organic el display device, electronic apparatus, and block copolymer |
Country Status (1)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| WO (1) | WO2025047654A1 (en) |
Citations (5)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| JPH09106073A (en) * | 1995-10-09 | 1997-04-22 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Positive photosensitive composition |
| JP2008145715A (en) * | 2006-12-08 | 2008-06-26 | Fujifilm Corp | Positive photosensitive composition, pattern forming method, and thin film transistor array substrate |
| US20120046415A1 (en) * | 2010-08-20 | 2012-02-23 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Methods of forming block copolymers, methods of forming a self-assembled block copolymer structure and related compositions |
| JP2015132811A (en) * | 2013-12-13 | 2015-07-23 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Pattern forming method, electronic device manufacturing method |
| WO2023067908A1 (en) * | 2021-10-18 | 2023-04-27 | 東レ株式会社 | Organic el display device |
-
2024
- 2024-08-26 WO PCT/JP2024/030197 patent/WO2025047654A1/en active Pending
Patent Citations (5)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| JPH09106073A (en) * | 1995-10-09 | 1997-04-22 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Positive photosensitive composition |
| JP2008145715A (en) * | 2006-12-08 | 2008-06-26 | Fujifilm Corp | Positive photosensitive composition, pattern forming method, and thin film transistor array substrate |
| US20120046415A1 (en) * | 2010-08-20 | 2012-02-23 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Methods of forming block copolymers, methods of forming a self-assembled block copolymer structure and related compositions |
| JP2015132811A (en) * | 2013-12-13 | 2015-07-23 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Pattern forming method, electronic device manufacturing method |
| WO2023067908A1 (en) * | 2021-10-18 | 2023-04-27 | 東レ株式会社 | Organic el display device |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| TWI786189B (en) | Organic EL display device, and method for forming pixel division layer and planarization layer | |
| CN103502363B (en) | Dye dispersion, photosensitive resin composition for color filter, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic light-emitting display device | |
| CN104145196B (en) | Black matrix photosensitive polymer combination and its manufacture method | |
| TWI675257B (en) | Colored resin composition, colored film, decorative substrate, and touch panel | |
| CN108885399A (en) | Negative photosensitive resin composition, cured film, display device equipped with cured film, and manufacturing method thereof | |
| CN105308484A (en) | Method for manufacturing laminated resin black-matrix substrate | |
| CN110036340B (en) | Organic EL display device | |
| US20110117498A1 (en) | Photosensitive resin composition | |
| CN104937491B (en) | Photosensitive resin composition and method for forming pattern using the same | |
| JPWO2018003808A1 (en) | Negative photosensitive resin composition, cured film, element provided with cured film, display device provided with element, and organic EL display | |
| WO2022270182A1 (en) | Positive photosensitive pigment composition, cured film containing cured product thereof, and organic el display device | |
| CN114730128A (en) | Photosensitive composition, negative photosensitive composition, pixel dividing layer, and organic EL display device | |
| JP2015001654A (en) | Method for manufacturing laminate resin black matrix substrate | |
| KR102247811B1 (en) | Photoresist composition and method for manufacturing a thin film transistor substrate using the same | |
| TW201840744A (en) | Coloring composition, and color filter substrate and display device using same | |
| TWI414539B (en) | Photosensitive resin composition and light blocking layer using the same | |
| US9239518B2 (en) | Photosensitive resin composition and method of forming pattern using the same | |
| WO2025047654A1 (en) | Positive photosensitive pigment composition, cured film containing cured product thereof, organic el display device, electronic apparatus, and block copolymer | |
| TWI724045B (en) | A blue photosensitive resin composition, blue color filter and display device comprising the same | |
| CN115236939A (en) | A kind of positive photoresist composition for organic insulating film of liquid crystal display element with high aperture ratio | |
| CN110967927B (en) | Photosensitive resin composition and display device including the same | |
| TW202204501A (en) | Resin composition, wiring board and method for producing conductive pattern | |
| KR102246858B1 (en) | Colored photo sensitive resin composition, a color filter comprising the same, and a display device comprising the color filter | |
| KR102843020B1 (en) | Positive photosensitive pigment composition and cured film including the cured product thereof and organic EL display device | |
| WO2024038810A1 (en) | Positive-type photosensitive composition, cured film, organic el display device, and colorant |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| ENP | Entry into the national phase |
Ref document number: 2024552373 Country of ref document: JP Kind code of ref document: A |
|
| WWE | Wipo information: entry into national phase |
Ref document number: 2024552373 Country of ref document: JP |
|
| 121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 24859687 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |